2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* CDDL HEADER START
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
|
|
|
|
* Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
|
|
|
|
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
|
|
|
|
* or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
|
|
|
|
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions
|
|
|
|
* and limitations under the License.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
|
|
|
|
* file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
|
|
|
|
* If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
|
|
|
|
* fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
|
|
|
|
* information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* CDDL HEADER END
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/*
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
* Copyright (c) 2005, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
|
Illumos #764: panic in zfs:dbuf_sync_list
Hypothesis about what's going on here.
At some time in the past, something, i.e. dnode_reallocate()
calls one of:
dbuf_rm_spill(dn, tx);
These will do:
dbuf_rm_spill(dnode_t *dn, dmu_tx_t *tx)
dbuf_free_range(dn, DMU_SPILL_BLKID, DMU_SPILL_BLKID, tx)
dbuf_undirty(db, tx)
Currently dbuf_undirty can leave a spill block in dn_dirty_records[],
(it having been put there previously by dbuf_dirty) and free it.
Sometime later, dbuf_sync_list trips over this reference to free'd
(and typically reused) memory.
Also, dbuf_undirty can call dnode_clear_range with a bogus
block ID. It needs to test for DMU_SPILL_BLKID, similar to
how dnode_clear_range is called in dbuf_dirty().
References to Illumos issue and patch:
- https://www.illumos.org/issues/764
- https://github.com/illumos/illumos-gate/commit/3f2366c2bb
Reviewed by: George Wilson <gwilson@zfsmail.com>
Reviewed by: Mark.Maybe@oracle.com
Reviewed by: Albert Lee <trisk@nexenta.com
Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@nexenta.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Issue #340
2011-07-26 18:37:06 +00:00
|
|
|
* Copyright 2011 Nexenta Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
|
2018-08-29 18:33:33 +00:00
|
|
|
* Copyright (c) 2012, 2018 by Delphix. All rights reserved.
|
2013-08-01 20:02:10 +00:00
|
|
|
* Copyright (c) 2013 by Saso Kiselkov. All rights reserved.
|
2015-04-02 03:44:32 +00:00
|
|
|
* Copyright (c) 2014 Spectra Logic Corporation, All rights reserved.
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#include <sys/zfs_context.h>
|
2010-08-26 18:49:16 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/arc.h>
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/dmu.h>
|
2013-07-29 18:58:53 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/dmu_send.h>
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/dmu_impl.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <sys/dbuf.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <sys/dmu_objset.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <sys/dsl_dataset.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <sys/dsl_dir.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <sys/dmu_tx.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <sys/spa.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <sys/zio.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <sys/dmu_zfetch.h>
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/sa.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <sys/sa_impl.h>
|
2014-06-05 21:19:08 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/zfeature.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <sys/blkptr.h>
|
2014-04-16 03:40:22 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/range_tree.h>
|
2014-12-13 02:07:39 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/trace_dbuf.h>
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/callb.h>
|
2016-07-22 15:52:49 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/abd.h>
|
OpenZFS 7614, 9064 - zfs device evacuation/removal
OpenZFS 7614 - zfs device evacuation/removal
OpenZFS 9064 - remove_mirror should wait for device removal to complete
This project allows top-level vdevs to be removed from the storage pool
with "zpool remove", reducing the total amount of storage in the pool.
This operation copies all allocated regions of the device to be removed
onto other devices, recording the mapping from old to new location.
After the removal is complete, read and free operations to the removed
(now "indirect") vdev must be remapped and performed at the new location
on disk. The indirect mapping table is kept in memory whenever the pool
is loaded, so there is minimal performance overhead when doing operations
on the indirect vdev.
The size of the in-memory mapping table will be reduced when its entries
become "obsolete" because they are no longer used by any block pointers
in the pool. An entry becomes obsolete when all the blocks that use
it are freed. An entry can also become obsolete when all the snapshots
that reference it are deleted, and the block pointers that reference it
have been "remapped" in all filesystems/zvols (and clones). Whenever an
indirect block is written, all the block pointers in it will be "remapped"
to their new (concrete) locations if possible. This process can be
accelerated by using the "zfs remap" command to proactively rewrite all
indirect blocks that reference indirect (removed) vdevs.
Note that when a device is removed, we do not verify the checksum of
the data that is copied. This makes the process much faster, but if it
were used on redundant vdevs (i.e. mirror or raidz vdevs), it would be
possible to copy the wrong data, when we have the correct data on e.g.
the other side of the mirror.
At the moment, only mirrors and simple top-level vdevs can be removed
and no removal is allowed if any of the top-level vdevs are raidz.
Porting Notes:
* Avoid zero-sized kmem_alloc() in vdev_compact_children().
The device evacuation code adds a dependency that
vdev_compact_children() be able to properly empty the vdev_child
array by setting it to NULL and zeroing vdev_children. Under Linux,
kmem_alloc() and related functions return a sentinel pointer rather
than NULL for zero-sized allocations.
* Remove comment regarding "mpt" driver where zfs_remove_max_segment
is initialized to SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE.
Change zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ticks to
zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ms for consistency with
most other tunables in which delays are specified in ms.
* ZTS changes:
Use set_tunable rather than mdb
Use zpool sync as appropriate
Use sync_pool instead of sync
Kill jobs during test_removal_with_operation to allow unmount/export
Don't add non-disk names such as "mirror" or "raidz" to $DISKS
Use $TEST_BASE_DIR instead of /tmp
Increase HZ from 100 to 1000 which is more common on Linux
removal_multiple_indirection.ksh
Reduce iterations in order to not time out on the code
coverage builders.
removal_resume_export:
Functionally, the test case is correct but there exists a race
where the kernel thread hasn't been fully started yet and is
not visible. Wait for up to 1 second for the removal thread
to be started before giving up on it. Also, increase the
amount of data copied in order that the removal not finish
before the export has a chance to fail.
* MMP compatibility, the concept of concrete versus non-concrete devices
has slightly changed the semantics of vdev_writeable(). Update
mmp_random_leaf_impl() accordingly.
* Updated dbuf_remap() to handle the org.zfsonlinux:large_dnode pool
feature which is not supported by OpenZFS.
* Added support for new vdev removal tracepoints.
* Test cases removal_with_zdb and removal_condense_export have been
intentionally disabled. When run manually they pass as intended,
but when running in the automated test environment they produce
unreliable results on the latest Fedora release.
They may work better once the upstream pool import refectoring is
merged into ZoL at which point they will be re-enabled.
Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org>
Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7614
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/f539f1eb
Closes #6900
2016-09-22 16:30:13 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/vdev.h>
|
2017-05-25 18:32:40 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/cityhash.h>
|
2018-07-10 17:49:50 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/spa_impl.h>
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2018-01-29 18:24:52 +00:00
|
|
|
kstat_t *dbuf_ksp;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
typedef struct dbuf_stats {
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Various statistics about the size of the dbuf cache.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
kstat_named_t cache_count;
|
|
|
|
kstat_named_t cache_size_bytes;
|
|
|
|
kstat_named_t cache_size_bytes_max;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Statistics regarding the bounds on the dbuf cache size.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
kstat_named_t cache_target_bytes;
|
|
|
|
kstat_named_t cache_lowater_bytes;
|
|
|
|
kstat_named_t cache_hiwater_bytes;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Total number of dbuf cache evictions that have occurred.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
kstat_named_t cache_total_evicts;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* The distribution of dbuf levels in the dbuf cache and
|
|
|
|
* the total size of all dbufs at each level.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
kstat_named_t cache_levels[DN_MAX_LEVELS];
|
|
|
|
kstat_named_t cache_levels_bytes[DN_MAX_LEVELS];
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Statistics about the dbuf hash table.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
kstat_named_t hash_hits;
|
|
|
|
kstat_named_t hash_misses;
|
|
|
|
kstat_named_t hash_collisions;
|
|
|
|
kstat_named_t hash_elements;
|
|
|
|
kstat_named_t hash_elements_max;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Number of sublists containing more than one dbuf in the dbuf
|
|
|
|
* hash table. Keep track of the longest hash chain.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
kstat_named_t hash_chains;
|
|
|
|
kstat_named_t hash_chain_max;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Number of times a dbuf_create() discovers that a dbuf was
|
|
|
|
* already created and in the dbuf hash table.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
kstat_named_t hash_insert_race;
|
2018-07-10 17:49:50 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Statistics about the size of the metadata dbuf cache.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
kstat_named_t metadata_cache_count;
|
|
|
|
kstat_named_t metadata_cache_size_bytes;
|
|
|
|
kstat_named_t metadata_cache_size_bytes_max;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* For diagnostic purposes, this is incremented whenever we can't add
|
|
|
|
* something to the metadata cache because it's full, and instead put
|
|
|
|
* the data in the regular dbuf cache.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
kstat_named_t metadata_cache_overflow;
|
2018-01-29 18:24:52 +00:00
|
|
|
} dbuf_stats_t;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dbuf_stats_t dbuf_stats = {
|
|
|
|
{ "cache_count", KSTAT_DATA_UINT64 },
|
|
|
|
{ "cache_size_bytes", KSTAT_DATA_UINT64 },
|
|
|
|
{ "cache_size_bytes_max", KSTAT_DATA_UINT64 },
|
|
|
|
{ "cache_target_bytes", KSTAT_DATA_UINT64 },
|
|
|
|
{ "cache_lowater_bytes", KSTAT_DATA_UINT64 },
|
|
|
|
{ "cache_hiwater_bytes", KSTAT_DATA_UINT64 },
|
|
|
|
{ "cache_total_evicts", KSTAT_DATA_UINT64 },
|
|
|
|
{ { "cache_levels_N", KSTAT_DATA_UINT64 } },
|
|
|
|
{ { "cache_levels_bytes_N", KSTAT_DATA_UINT64 } },
|
|
|
|
{ "hash_hits", KSTAT_DATA_UINT64 },
|
|
|
|
{ "hash_misses", KSTAT_DATA_UINT64 },
|
|
|
|
{ "hash_collisions", KSTAT_DATA_UINT64 },
|
|
|
|
{ "hash_elements", KSTAT_DATA_UINT64 },
|
|
|
|
{ "hash_elements_max", KSTAT_DATA_UINT64 },
|
|
|
|
{ "hash_chains", KSTAT_DATA_UINT64 },
|
|
|
|
{ "hash_chain_max", KSTAT_DATA_UINT64 },
|
2018-07-10 17:49:50 +00:00
|
|
|
{ "hash_insert_race", KSTAT_DATA_UINT64 },
|
|
|
|
{ "metadata_cache_count", KSTAT_DATA_UINT64 },
|
|
|
|
{ "metadata_cache_size_bytes", KSTAT_DATA_UINT64 },
|
|
|
|
{ "metadata_cache_size_bytes_max", KSTAT_DATA_UINT64 },
|
|
|
|
{ "metadata_cache_overflow", KSTAT_DATA_UINT64 }
|
2018-01-29 18:24:52 +00:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define DBUF_STAT_INCR(stat, val) \
|
|
|
|
atomic_add_64(&dbuf_stats.stat.value.ui64, (val));
|
|
|
|
#define DBUF_STAT_DECR(stat, val) \
|
|
|
|
DBUF_STAT_INCR(stat, -(val));
|
|
|
|
#define DBUF_STAT_BUMP(stat) \
|
|
|
|
DBUF_STAT_INCR(stat, 1);
|
|
|
|
#define DBUF_STAT_BUMPDOWN(stat) \
|
|
|
|
DBUF_STAT_INCR(stat, -1);
|
|
|
|
#define DBUF_STAT_MAX(stat, v) { \
|
|
|
|
uint64_t _m; \
|
|
|
|
while ((v) > (_m = dbuf_stats.stat.value.ui64) && \
|
|
|
|
(_m != atomic_cas_64(&dbuf_stats.stat.value.ui64, _m, (v))))\
|
|
|
|
continue; \
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-08-26 17:52:00 +00:00
|
|
|
struct dbuf_hold_impl_data {
|
|
|
|
/* Function arguments */
|
|
|
|
dnode_t *dh_dn;
|
|
|
|
uint8_t dh_level;
|
|
|
|
uint64_t dh_blkid;
|
2015-12-22 01:31:57 +00:00
|
|
|
boolean_t dh_fail_sparse;
|
|
|
|
boolean_t dh_fail_uncached;
|
2010-08-26 17:52:00 +00:00
|
|
|
void *dh_tag;
|
|
|
|
dmu_buf_impl_t **dh_dbp;
|
|
|
|
/* Local variables */
|
|
|
|
dmu_buf_impl_t *dh_db;
|
|
|
|
dmu_buf_impl_t *dh_parent;
|
|
|
|
blkptr_t *dh_bp;
|
|
|
|
int dh_err;
|
|
|
|
dbuf_dirty_record_t *dh_dr;
|
|
|
|
int dh_depth;
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void __dbuf_hold_impl_init(struct dbuf_hold_impl_data *dh,
|
2015-12-22 01:31:57 +00:00
|
|
|
dnode_t *dn, uint8_t level, uint64_t blkid, boolean_t fail_sparse,
|
|
|
|
boolean_t fail_uncached,
|
|
|
|
void *tag, dmu_buf_impl_t **dbp, int depth);
|
2010-08-26 17:52:00 +00:00
|
|
|
static int __dbuf_hold_impl(struct dbuf_hold_impl_data *dh);
|
|
|
|
|
2013-09-04 12:00:57 +00:00
|
|
|
static boolean_t dbuf_undirty(dmu_buf_impl_t *db, dmu_tx_t *tx);
|
2008-12-03 20:09:06 +00:00
|
|
|
static void dbuf_write(dbuf_dirty_record_t *dr, arc_buf_t *data, dmu_tx_t *tx);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-04-02 03:44:32 +00:00
|
|
|
extern inline void dmu_buf_init_user(dmu_buf_user_t *dbu,
|
2017-01-26 22:43:28 +00:00
|
|
|
dmu_buf_evict_func_t *evict_func_sync,
|
|
|
|
dmu_buf_evict_func_t *evict_func_async,
|
|
|
|
dmu_buf_t **clear_on_evict_dbufp);
|
2015-04-02 03:44:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Global data structures and functions for the dbuf cache.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
static kmem_cache_t *dbuf_kmem_cache;
|
2015-04-02 03:44:32 +00:00
|
|
|
static taskq_t *dbu_evict_taskq;
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
static kthread_t *dbuf_cache_evict_thread;
|
|
|
|
static kmutex_t dbuf_evict_lock;
|
|
|
|
static kcondvar_t dbuf_evict_cv;
|
|
|
|
static boolean_t dbuf_evict_thread_exit;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
2018-07-10 17:49:50 +00:00
|
|
|
* There are two dbuf caches; each dbuf can only be in one of them at a time.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* 1. Cache of metadata dbufs, to help make read-heavy administrative commands
|
|
|
|
* from /sbin/zfs run faster. The "metadata cache" specifically stores dbufs
|
|
|
|
* that represent the metadata that describes filesystems/snapshots/
|
|
|
|
* bookmarks/properties/etc. We only evict from this cache when we export a
|
|
|
|
* pool, to short-circuit as much I/O as possible for all administrative
|
|
|
|
* commands that need the metadata. There is no eviction policy for this
|
|
|
|
* cache, because we try to only include types in it which would occupy a
|
|
|
|
* very small amount of space per object but create a large impact on the
|
|
|
|
* performance of these commands. Instead, after it reaches a maximum size
|
|
|
|
* (which should only happen on very small memory systems with a very large
|
|
|
|
* number of filesystem objects), we stop taking new dbufs into the
|
|
|
|
* metadata cache, instead putting them in the normal dbuf cache.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* 2. LRU cache of dbufs. The dbuf cache maintains a list of dbufs that
|
|
|
|
* are not currently held but have been recently released. These dbufs
|
|
|
|
* are not eligible for arc eviction until they are aged out of the cache.
|
|
|
|
* Dbufs that are aged out of the cache will be immediately destroyed and
|
|
|
|
* become eligible for arc eviction.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Dbufs are added to these caches once the last hold is released. If a dbuf is
|
|
|
|
* later accessed and still exists in the dbuf cache, then it will be removed
|
|
|
|
* from the cache and later re-added to the head of the cache.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* If a given dbuf meets the requirements for the metadata cache, it will go
|
|
|
|
* there, otherwise it will be considered for the generic LRU dbuf cache. The
|
|
|
|
* caches and the refcounts tracking their sizes are stored in an array indexed
|
|
|
|
* by those caches' matching enum values (from dbuf_cached_state_t).
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2018-07-10 17:49:50 +00:00
|
|
|
typedef struct dbuf_cache {
|
|
|
|
multilist_t *cache;
|
|
|
|
refcount_t size;
|
|
|
|
} dbuf_cache_t;
|
|
|
|
dbuf_cache_t dbuf_caches[DB_CACHE_MAX];
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2018-07-10 17:49:50 +00:00
|
|
|
/* Size limits for the caches */
|
|
|
|
unsigned long dbuf_cache_max_bytes = 0;
|
|
|
|
unsigned long dbuf_metadata_cache_max_bytes = 0;
|
|
|
|
/* Set the default sizes of the caches to log2 fraction of arc size */
|
2018-03-13 17:52:48 +00:00
|
|
|
int dbuf_cache_shift = 5;
|
2018-07-10 17:49:50 +00:00
|
|
|
int dbuf_metadata_cache_shift = 6;
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
2018-07-10 17:49:50 +00:00
|
|
|
* The LRU dbuf cache uses a three-stage eviction policy:
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
* - A low water marker designates when the dbuf eviction thread
|
|
|
|
* should stop evicting from the dbuf cache.
|
|
|
|
* - When we reach the maximum size (aka mid water mark), we
|
|
|
|
* signal the eviction thread to run.
|
|
|
|
* - The high water mark indicates when the eviction thread
|
|
|
|
* is unable to keep up with the incoming load and eviction must
|
|
|
|
* happen in the context of the calling thread.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* The dbuf cache:
|
|
|
|
* (max size)
|
|
|
|
* low water mid water hi water
|
|
|
|
* +----------------------------------------+----------+----------+
|
|
|
|
* | | | |
|
|
|
|
* | | | |
|
|
|
|
* | | | |
|
|
|
|
* | | | |
|
|
|
|
* +----------------------------------------+----------+----------+
|
|
|
|
* stop signal evict
|
|
|
|
* evicting eviction directly
|
|
|
|
* thread
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* The high and low water marks indicate the operating range for the eviction
|
|
|
|
* thread. The low water mark is, by default, 90% of the total size of the
|
|
|
|
* cache and the high water mark is at 110% (both of these percentages can be
|
|
|
|
* changed by setting dbuf_cache_lowater_pct and dbuf_cache_hiwater_pct,
|
|
|
|
* respectively). The eviction thread will try to ensure that the cache remains
|
|
|
|
* within this range by waking up every second and checking if the cache is
|
|
|
|
* above the low water mark. The thread can also be woken up by callers adding
|
|
|
|
* elements into the cache if the cache is larger than the mid water (i.e max
|
|
|
|
* cache size). Once the eviction thread is woken up and eviction is required,
|
|
|
|
* it will continue evicting buffers until it's able to reduce the cache size
|
|
|
|
* to the low water mark. If the cache size continues to grow and hits the high
|
2017-01-03 17:31:18 +00:00
|
|
|
* water mark, then callers adding elements to the cache will begin to evict
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
* directly from the cache until the cache is no longer above the high water
|
|
|
|
* mark.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* The percentage above and below the maximum cache size.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
uint_t dbuf_cache_hiwater_pct = 10;
|
|
|
|
uint_t dbuf_cache_lowater_pct = 10;
|
|
|
|
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
/* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
|
static int
|
|
|
|
dbuf_cons(void *vdb, void *unused, int kmflag)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
dmu_buf_impl_t *db = vdb;
|
|
|
|
bzero(db, sizeof (dmu_buf_impl_t));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
mutex_init(&db->db_mtx, NULL, MUTEX_DEFAULT, NULL);
|
|
|
|
cv_init(&db->db_changed, NULL, CV_DEFAULT, NULL);
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
multilist_link_init(&db->db_cache_link);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
refcount_create(&db->db_holds);
|
2015-04-03 03:14:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
return (0);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
dbuf_dest(void *vdb, void *unused)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
dmu_buf_impl_t *db = vdb;
|
|
|
|
mutex_destroy(&db->db_mtx);
|
|
|
|
cv_destroy(&db->db_changed);
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(!multilist_link_active(&db->db_cache_link));
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
refcount_destroy(&db->db_holds);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* dbuf hash table routines
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static dbuf_hash_table_t dbuf_hash_table;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static uint64_t dbuf_hash_count;
|
|
|
|
|
2017-05-25 18:32:40 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* We use Cityhash for this. It's fast, and has good hash properties without
|
|
|
|
* requiring any large static buffers.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
static uint64_t
|
|
|
|
dbuf_hash(void *os, uint64_t obj, uint8_t lvl, uint64_t blkid)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2017-05-25 18:32:40 +00:00
|
|
|
return (cityhash4((uintptr_t)os, obj, (uint64_t)lvl, blkid));
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define DBUF_EQUAL(dbuf, os, obj, level, blkid) \
|
|
|
|
((dbuf)->db.db_object == (obj) && \
|
|
|
|
(dbuf)->db_objset == (os) && \
|
|
|
|
(dbuf)->db_level == (level) && \
|
|
|
|
(dbuf)->db_blkid == (blkid))
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dmu_buf_impl_t *
|
2015-04-02 11:59:15 +00:00
|
|
|
dbuf_find(objset_t *os, uint64_t obj, uint8_t level, uint64_t blkid)
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
dbuf_hash_table_t *h = &dbuf_hash_table;
|
2010-08-26 16:52:39 +00:00
|
|
|
uint64_t hv;
|
|
|
|
uint64_t idx;
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
dmu_buf_impl_t *db;
|
|
|
|
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
hv = dbuf_hash(os, obj, level, blkid);
|
2010-08-26 16:52:39 +00:00
|
|
|
idx = hv & h->hash_table_mask;
|
|
|
|
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
mutex_enter(DBUF_HASH_MUTEX(h, idx));
|
|
|
|
for (db = h->hash_table[idx]; db != NULL; db = db->db_hash_next) {
|
|
|
|
if (DBUF_EQUAL(db, os, obj, level, blkid)) {
|
|
|
|
mutex_enter(&db->db_mtx);
|
|
|
|
if (db->db_state != DB_EVICTING) {
|
|
|
|
mutex_exit(DBUF_HASH_MUTEX(h, idx));
|
|
|
|
return (db);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
mutex_exit(DBUF_HASH_MUTEX(h, idx));
|
|
|
|
return (NULL);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2015-04-02 11:59:15 +00:00
|
|
|
static dmu_buf_impl_t *
|
|
|
|
dbuf_find_bonus(objset_t *os, uint64_t object)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
dnode_t *dn;
|
|
|
|
dmu_buf_impl_t *db = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (dnode_hold(os, object, FTAG, &dn) == 0) {
|
|
|
|
rw_enter(&dn->dn_struct_rwlock, RW_READER);
|
|
|
|
if (dn->dn_bonus != NULL) {
|
|
|
|
db = dn->dn_bonus;
|
|
|
|
mutex_enter(&db->db_mtx);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
rw_exit(&dn->dn_struct_rwlock);
|
|
|
|
dnode_rele(dn, FTAG);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return (db);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Insert an entry into the hash table. If there is already an element
|
|
|
|
* equal to elem in the hash table, then the already existing element
|
|
|
|
* will be returned and the new element will not be inserted.
|
|
|
|
* Otherwise returns NULL.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static dmu_buf_impl_t *
|
|
|
|
dbuf_hash_insert(dmu_buf_impl_t *db)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
dbuf_hash_table_t *h = &dbuf_hash_table;
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
objset_t *os = db->db_objset;
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
uint64_t obj = db->db.db_object;
|
|
|
|
int level = db->db_level;
|
2010-08-26 16:52:39 +00:00
|
|
|
uint64_t blkid, hv, idx;
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
dmu_buf_impl_t *dbf;
|
2018-01-29 18:24:52 +00:00
|
|
|
uint32_t i;
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-08-26 16:52:39 +00:00
|
|
|
blkid = db->db_blkid;
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
hv = dbuf_hash(os, obj, level, blkid);
|
2010-08-26 16:52:39 +00:00
|
|
|
idx = hv & h->hash_table_mask;
|
|
|
|
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
mutex_enter(DBUF_HASH_MUTEX(h, idx));
|
2018-01-29 18:24:52 +00:00
|
|
|
for (dbf = h->hash_table[idx], i = 0; dbf != NULL;
|
|
|
|
dbf = dbf->db_hash_next, i++) {
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
if (DBUF_EQUAL(dbf, os, obj, level, blkid)) {
|
|
|
|
mutex_enter(&dbf->db_mtx);
|
|
|
|
if (dbf->db_state != DB_EVICTING) {
|
|
|
|
mutex_exit(DBUF_HASH_MUTEX(h, idx));
|
|
|
|
return (dbf);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
mutex_exit(&dbf->db_mtx);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2018-01-29 18:24:52 +00:00
|
|
|
if (i > 0) {
|
|
|
|
DBUF_STAT_BUMP(hash_collisions);
|
|
|
|
if (i == 1)
|
|
|
|
DBUF_STAT_BUMP(hash_chains);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DBUF_STAT_MAX(hash_chain_max, i);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
mutex_enter(&db->db_mtx);
|
|
|
|
db->db_hash_next = h->hash_table[idx];
|
|
|
|
h->hash_table[idx] = db;
|
|
|
|
mutex_exit(DBUF_HASH_MUTEX(h, idx));
|
2016-01-14 00:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
atomic_inc_64(&dbuf_hash_count);
|
2018-01-29 18:24:52 +00:00
|
|
|
DBUF_STAT_MAX(hash_elements_max, dbuf_hash_count);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (NULL);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2018-07-10 17:49:50 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* This returns whether this dbuf should be stored in the metadata cache, which
|
|
|
|
* is based on whether it's from one of the dnode types that store data related
|
|
|
|
* to traversing dataset hierarchies.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static boolean_t
|
|
|
|
dbuf_include_in_metadata_cache(dmu_buf_impl_t *db)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
DB_DNODE_ENTER(db);
|
|
|
|
dmu_object_type_t type = DB_DNODE(db)->dn_type;
|
|
|
|
DB_DNODE_EXIT(db);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Check if this dbuf is one of the types we care about */
|
|
|
|
if (DMU_OT_IS_METADATA_CACHED(type)) {
|
|
|
|
/* If we hit this, then we set something up wrong in dmu_ot */
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(DMU_OT_IS_METADATA(type));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Sanity check for small-memory systems: don't allocate too
|
|
|
|
* much memory for this purpose.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (refcount_count(&dbuf_caches[DB_DBUF_METADATA_CACHE].size) >
|
|
|
|
dbuf_metadata_cache_max_bytes) {
|
|
|
|
DBUF_STAT_BUMP(metadata_cache_overflow);
|
|
|
|
return (B_FALSE);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (B_TRUE);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (B_FALSE);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
2014-07-15 07:43:18 +00:00
|
|
|
* Remove an entry from the hash table. It must be in the EVICTING state.
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
dbuf_hash_remove(dmu_buf_impl_t *db)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
dbuf_hash_table_t *h = &dbuf_hash_table;
|
2010-08-26 16:52:39 +00:00
|
|
|
uint64_t hv, idx;
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
dmu_buf_impl_t *dbf, **dbp;
|
|
|
|
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
hv = dbuf_hash(db->db_objset, db->db.db_object,
|
2010-08-26 16:52:39 +00:00
|
|
|
db->db_level, db->db_blkid);
|
|
|
|
idx = hv & h->hash_table_mask;
|
|
|
|
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
2017-01-03 17:31:18 +00:00
|
|
|
* We mustn't hold db_mtx to maintain lock ordering:
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
* DBUF_HASH_MUTEX > db_mtx.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(refcount_is_zero(&db->db_holds));
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db_state == DB_EVICTING);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(!MUTEX_HELD(&db->db_mtx));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
mutex_enter(DBUF_HASH_MUTEX(h, idx));
|
|
|
|
dbp = &h->hash_table[idx];
|
|
|
|
while ((dbf = *dbp) != db) {
|
|
|
|
dbp = &dbf->db_hash_next;
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(dbf != NULL);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
*dbp = db->db_hash_next;
|
|
|
|
db->db_hash_next = NULL;
|
2018-01-29 18:24:52 +00:00
|
|
|
if (h->hash_table[idx] &&
|
|
|
|
h->hash_table[idx]->db_hash_next == NULL)
|
|
|
|
DBUF_STAT_BUMPDOWN(hash_chains);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
mutex_exit(DBUF_HASH_MUTEX(h, idx));
|
2016-01-14 00:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
atomic_dec_64(&dbuf_hash_count);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2015-04-02 03:44:32 +00:00
|
|
|
typedef enum {
|
|
|
|
DBVU_EVICTING,
|
|
|
|
DBVU_NOT_EVICTING
|
|
|
|
} dbvu_verify_type_t;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
dbuf_verify_user(dmu_buf_impl_t *db, dbvu_verify_type_t verify_type)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
#ifdef ZFS_DEBUG
|
|
|
|
int64_t holds;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (db->db_user == NULL)
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Only data blocks support the attachment of user data. */
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db_level == 0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Clients must resolve a dbuf before attaching user data. */
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db.db_data != NULL);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(db->db_state, ==, DB_CACHED);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
holds = refcount_count(&db->db_holds);
|
|
|
|
if (verify_type == DBVU_EVICTING) {
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Immediate eviction occurs when holds == dirtycnt.
|
|
|
|
* For normal eviction buffers, holds is zero on
|
|
|
|
* eviction, except when dbuf_fix_old_data() calls
|
|
|
|
* dbuf_clear_data(). However, the hold count can grow
|
|
|
|
* during eviction even though db_mtx is held (see
|
|
|
|
* dmu_bonus_hold() for an example), so we can only
|
|
|
|
* test the generic invariant that holds >= dirtycnt.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(holds, >=, db->db_dirtycnt);
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
2015-10-13 21:09:45 +00:00
|
|
|
if (db->db_user_immediate_evict == TRUE)
|
2015-04-02 03:44:32 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(holds, >=, db->db_dirtycnt);
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(holds, >, 0);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
dbuf_evict_user(dmu_buf_impl_t *db)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2015-04-02 03:44:32 +00:00
|
|
|
dmu_buf_user_t *dbu = db->db_user;
|
|
|
|
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&db->db_mtx));
|
|
|
|
|
2015-04-02 03:44:32 +00:00
|
|
|
if (dbu == NULL)
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
2015-04-02 03:44:32 +00:00
|
|
|
dbuf_verify_user(db, DBVU_EVICTING);
|
|
|
|
db->db_user = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef ZFS_DEBUG
|
|
|
|
if (dbu->dbu_clear_on_evict_dbufp != NULL)
|
|
|
|
*dbu->dbu_clear_on_evict_dbufp = NULL;
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
2017-01-26 22:43:28 +00:00
|
|
|
* There are two eviction callbacks - one that we call synchronously
|
|
|
|
* and one that we invoke via a taskq. The async one is useful for
|
|
|
|
* avoiding lock order reversals and limiting stack depth.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Note that if we have a sync callback but no async callback,
|
|
|
|
* it's likely that the sync callback will free the structure
|
|
|
|
* containing the dbu. In that case we need to take care to not
|
|
|
|
* dereference dbu after calling the sync evict func.
|
2015-04-02 03:44:32 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2017-04-11 21:56:54 +00:00
|
|
|
boolean_t has_async = (dbu->dbu_evict_func_async != NULL);
|
2017-01-26 22:43:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (dbu->dbu_evict_func_sync != NULL)
|
|
|
|
dbu->dbu_evict_func_sync(dbu);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (has_async) {
|
|
|
|
taskq_dispatch_ent(dbu_evict_taskq, dbu->dbu_evict_func_async,
|
|
|
|
dbu, 0, &dbu->dbu_tqent);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
boolean_t
|
|
|
|
dbuf_is_metadata(dmu_buf_impl_t *db)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2014-05-02 19:26:47 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Consider indirect blocks and spill blocks to be meta data.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (db->db_level > 0 || db->db_blkid == DMU_SPILL_BLKID) {
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
return (B_TRUE);
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
boolean_t is_metadata;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DB_DNODE_ENTER(db);
|
2012-12-13 23:24:15 +00:00
|
|
|
is_metadata = DMU_OT_IS_METADATA(DB_DNODE(db)->dn_type);
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
DB_DNODE_EXIT(db);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (is_metadata);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* This function *must* return indices evenly distributed between all
|
|
|
|
* sublists of the multilist. This is needed due to how the dbuf eviction
|
|
|
|
* code is laid out; dbuf_evict_thread() assumes dbufs are evenly
|
|
|
|
* distributed between all sublists and uses this assumption when
|
|
|
|
* deciding which sublist to evict from and how much to evict from it.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
unsigned int
|
|
|
|
dbuf_cache_multilist_index_func(multilist_t *ml, void *obj)
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
dmu_buf_impl_t *db = obj;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* The assumption here, is the hash value for a given
|
|
|
|
* dmu_buf_impl_t will remain constant throughout it's lifetime
|
|
|
|
* (i.e. it's objset, object, level and blkid fields don't change).
|
|
|
|
* Thus, we don't need to store the dbuf's sublist index
|
|
|
|
* on insertion, as this index can be recalculated on removal.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Also, the low order bits of the hash value are thought to be
|
|
|
|
* distributed evenly. Otherwise, in the case that the multilist
|
|
|
|
* has a power of two number of sublists, each sublists' usage
|
|
|
|
* would not be evenly distributed.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
return (dbuf_hash(db->db_objset, db->db.db_object,
|
|
|
|
db->db_level, db->db_blkid) %
|
|
|
|
multilist_get_num_sublists(ml));
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2017-09-29 22:49:19 +00:00
|
|
|
static inline unsigned long
|
|
|
|
dbuf_cache_target_bytes(void)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return MIN(dbuf_cache_max_bytes,
|
2018-03-13 17:52:48 +00:00
|
|
|
arc_target_bytes() >> dbuf_cache_shift);
|
2017-09-29 22:49:19 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2018-01-29 18:24:52 +00:00
|
|
|
static inline uint64_t
|
|
|
|
dbuf_cache_hiwater_bytes(void)
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2017-09-29 22:49:19 +00:00
|
|
|
uint64_t dbuf_cache_target = dbuf_cache_target_bytes();
|
2018-01-29 18:24:52 +00:00
|
|
|
return (dbuf_cache_target +
|
|
|
|
(dbuf_cache_target * dbuf_cache_hiwater_pct) / 100);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2017-09-29 22:49:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2018-01-29 18:24:52 +00:00
|
|
|
static inline uint64_t
|
|
|
|
dbuf_cache_lowater_bytes(void)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
uint64_t dbuf_cache_target = dbuf_cache_target_bytes();
|
|
|
|
return (dbuf_cache_target -
|
|
|
|
(dbuf_cache_target * dbuf_cache_lowater_pct) / 100);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2018-01-29 18:24:52 +00:00
|
|
|
static inline boolean_t
|
|
|
|
dbuf_cache_above_hiwater(void)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2018-07-10 17:49:50 +00:00
|
|
|
return (refcount_count(&dbuf_caches[DB_DBUF_CACHE].size) >
|
|
|
|
dbuf_cache_hiwater_bytes());
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static inline boolean_t
|
|
|
|
dbuf_cache_above_lowater(void)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2018-07-10 17:49:50 +00:00
|
|
|
return (refcount_count(&dbuf_caches[DB_DBUF_CACHE].size) >
|
|
|
|
dbuf_cache_lowater_bytes());
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Evict the oldest eligible dbuf from the dbuf cache.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
dbuf_evict_one(void)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2018-07-10 17:49:50 +00:00
|
|
|
int idx = multilist_get_random_index(dbuf_caches[DB_DBUF_CACHE].cache);
|
|
|
|
multilist_sublist_t *mls = multilist_sublist_lock(
|
|
|
|
dbuf_caches[DB_DBUF_CACHE].cache, idx);
|
2017-11-04 20:25:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(!MUTEX_HELD(&dbuf_evict_lock));
|
|
|
|
|
2017-11-04 20:25:13 +00:00
|
|
|
dmu_buf_impl_t *db = multilist_sublist_tail(mls);
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
while (db != NULL && mutex_tryenter(&db->db_mtx) == 0) {
|
|
|
|
db = multilist_sublist_prev(mls, db);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DTRACE_PROBE2(dbuf__evict__one, dmu_buf_impl_t *, db,
|
|
|
|
multilist_sublist_t *, mls);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (db != NULL) {
|
|
|
|
multilist_sublist_remove(mls, db);
|
|
|
|
multilist_sublist_unlock(mls);
|
2018-07-10 17:49:50 +00:00
|
|
|
(void) refcount_remove_many(&dbuf_caches[DB_DBUF_CACHE].size,
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
db->db.db_size, db);
|
2018-01-29 18:24:52 +00:00
|
|
|
DBUF_STAT_BUMPDOWN(cache_levels[db->db_level]);
|
|
|
|
DBUF_STAT_BUMPDOWN(cache_count);
|
|
|
|
DBUF_STAT_DECR(cache_levels_bytes[db->db_level],
|
|
|
|
db->db.db_size);
|
2018-07-10 17:49:50 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(db->db_caching_status, ==, DB_DBUF_CACHE);
|
|
|
|
db->db_caching_status = DB_NO_CACHE;
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
dbuf_destroy(db);
|
2018-01-29 18:24:52 +00:00
|
|
|
DBUF_STAT_MAX(cache_size_bytes_max,
|
2018-07-10 17:49:50 +00:00
|
|
|
refcount_count(&dbuf_caches[DB_DBUF_CACHE].size));
|
2018-01-29 18:24:52 +00:00
|
|
|
DBUF_STAT_BUMP(cache_total_evicts);
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
multilist_sublist_unlock(mls);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* The dbuf evict thread is responsible for aging out dbufs from the
|
|
|
|
* cache. Once the cache has reached it's maximum size, dbufs are removed
|
|
|
|
* and destroyed. The eviction thread will continue running until the size
|
|
|
|
* of the dbuf cache is at or below the maximum size. Once the dbuf is aged
|
|
|
|
* out of the cache it is destroyed and becomes eligible for arc eviction.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2017-10-27 19:46:35 +00:00
|
|
|
/* ARGSUSED */
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
static void
|
Simplify threads, mutexs, cvs and rwlocks
* Simplify threads, mutexs, cvs and rwlocks
* Update the zk_thread_create() function to use the same trick
as Illumos. Specifically, cast the new pthread_t to a void
pointer and return that as the kthread_t *. This avoids the
issues associated with managing a wrapper structure and is
safe as long as the callers never attempt to dereference it.
* Update all function prototypes passed to pthread_create() to
match the expected prototype. We were getting away this with
before since the function were explicitly cast.
* Replaced direct zk_thread_create() calls with thread_create()
for code consistency. All consumers of libzpool now use the
proper wrappers.
* The mutex_held() calls were converted to MUTEX_HELD().
* Removed all mutex_owner() calls and retired the interface.
Instead use MUTEX_HELD() which provides the same information
and allows the implementation details to be hidden. In this
case the use of the pthread_equals() function.
* The kthread_t, kmutex_t, krwlock_t, and krwlock_t types had
any non essential fields removed. In the case of kthread_t
and kcondvar_t they could be directly typedef'd to pthread_t
and pthread_cond_t respectively.
* Removed all extra ASSERTS from the thread, mutex, rwlock, and
cv wrapper functions. In practice, pthreads already provides
the vast majority of checks as long as we check the return
code. Removing this code from our wrappers help readability.
* Added TS_JOINABLE state flag to pass to request a joinable rather
than detached thread. This isn't a standard thread_create() state
but it's the least invasive way to pass this information and is
only used by ztest.
TEST_ZTEST_TIMEOUT=3600
Chunwei Chen <tuxoko@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes #4547
Closes #5503
Closes #5523
Closes #6377
Closes #6495
2017-08-11 15:51:44 +00:00
|
|
|
dbuf_evict_thread(void *unused)
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
callb_cpr_t cpr;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CALLB_CPR_INIT(&cpr, &dbuf_evict_lock, callb_generic_cpr, FTAG);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
mutex_enter(&dbuf_evict_lock);
|
|
|
|
while (!dbuf_evict_thread_exit) {
|
|
|
|
while (!dbuf_cache_above_lowater() && !dbuf_evict_thread_exit) {
|
|
|
|
CALLB_CPR_SAFE_BEGIN(&cpr);
|
|
|
|
(void) cv_timedwait_sig_hires(&dbuf_evict_cv,
|
|
|
|
&dbuf_evict_lock, SEC2NSEC(1), MSEC2NSEC(1), 0);
|
|
|
|
CALLB_CPR_SAFE_END(&cpr, &dbuf_evict_lock);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
mutex_exit(&dbuf_evict_lock);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Keep evicting as long as we're above the low water mark
|
|
|
|
* for the cache. We do this without holding the locks to
|
|
|
|
* minimize lock contention.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
while (dbuf_cache_above_lowater() && !dbuf_evict_thread_exit) {
|
|
|
|
dbuf_evict_one();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
mutex_enter(&dbuf_evict_lock);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dbuf_evict_thread_exit = B_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
cv_broadcast(&dbuf_evict_cv);
|
|
|
|
CALLB_CPR_EXIT(&cpr); /* drops dbuf_evict_lock */
|
|
|
|
thread_exit();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Wake up the dbuf eviction thread if the dbuf cache is at its max size.
|
|
|
|
* If the dbuf cache is at its high water mark, then evict a dbuf from the
|
|
|
|
* dbuf cache using the callers context.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
dbuf_evict_notify(void)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2017-03-28 22:31:49 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* We check if we should evict without holding the dbuf_evict_lock,
|
|
|
|
* because it's OK to occasionally make the wrong decision here,
|
|
|
|
* and grabbing the lock results in massive lock contention.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2018-07-10 17:49:50 +00:00
|
|
|
if (refcount_count(&dbuf_caches[DB_DBUF_CACHE].size) >
|
|
|
|
dbuf_cache_target_bytes()) {
|
2017-03-28 22:31:49 +00:00
|
|
|
if (dbuf_cache_above_hiwater())
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
dbuf_evict_one();
|
2017-03-28 22:31:49 +00:00
|
|
|
cv_signal(&dbuf_evict_cv);
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2018-01-29 18:24:52 +00:00
|
|
|
static int
|
|
|
|
dbuf_kstat_update(kstat_t *ksp, int rw)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
dbuf_stats_t *ds = ksp->ks_data;
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2018-01-29 18:24:52 +00:00
|
|
|
if (rw == KSTAT_WRITE) {
|
|
|
|
return (SET_ERROR(EACCES));
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
2018-07-10 17:49:50 +00:00
|
|
|
ds->metadata_cache_size_bytes.value.ui64 =
|
|
|
|
refcount_count(&dbuf_caches[DB_DBUF_METADATA_CACHE].size);
|
2018-01-29 18:24:52 +00:00
|
|
|
ds->cache_size_bytes.value.ui64 =
|
2018-07-10 17:49:50 +00:00
|
|
|
refcount_count(&dbuf_caches[DB_DBUF_CACHE].size);
|
2018-01-29 18:24:52 +00:00
|
|
|
ds->cache_target_bytes.value.ui64 = dbuf_cache_target_bytes();
|
|
|
|
ds->cache_hiwater_bytes.value.ui64 = dbuf_cache_hiwater_bytes();
|
|
|
|
ds->cache_lowater_bytes.value.ui64 = dbuf_cache_lowater_bytes();
|
|
|
|
ds->hash_elements.value.ui64 = dbuf_hash_count;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (0);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
dbuf_init(void)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
uint64_t hsize = 1ULL << 16;
|
|
|
|
dbuf_hash_table_t *h = &dbuf_hash_table;
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* The hash table is big enough to fill all of physical memory
|
2015-08-31 01:59:23 +00:00
|
|
|
* with an average block size of zfs_arc_average_blocksize (default 8K).
|
|
|
|
* By default, the table will take up
|
|
|
|
* totalmem * sizeof(void*) / 8K (1MB per GB with 8-byte pointers).
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2015-08-31 01:59:23 +00:00
|
|
|
while (hsize * zfs_arc_average_blocksize < physmem * PAGESIZE)
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
hsize <<= 1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
retry:
|
|
|
|
h->hash_table_mask = hsize - 1;
|
2018-02-16 01:53:18 +00:00
|
|
|
#if defined(_KERNEL)
|
2013-11-01 19:26:11 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Large allocations which do not require contiguous pages
|
|
|
|
* should be using vmem_alloc() in the linux kernel
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2014-11-21 00:09:39 +00:00
|
|
|
h->hash_table = vmem_zalloc(hsize * sizeof (void *), KM_SLEEP);
|
2010-08-26 18:46:09 +00:00
|
|
|
#else
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
h->hash_table = kmem_zalloc(hsize * sizeof (void *), KM_NOSLEEP);
|
2010-08-26 18:46:09 +00:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
if (h->hash_table == NULL) {
|
|
|
|
/* XXX - we should really return an error instead of assert */
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(hsize > (1ULL << 10));
|
|
|
|
hsize >>= 1;
|
|
|
|
goto retry;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
dbuf_kmem_cache = kmem_cache_create("dmu_buf_impl_t",
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
sizeof (dmu_buf_impl_t),
|
|
|
|
0, dbuf_cons, dbuf_dest, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < DBUF_MUTEXES; i++)
|
2015-03-31 03:43:29 +00:00
|
|
|
mutex_init(&h->hash_mutexes[i], NULL, MUTEX_DEFAULT, NULL);
|
2013-10-03 00:11:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dbuf_stats_init(h);
|
2015-04-02 03:44:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
2018-07-10 17:49:50 +00:00
|
|
|
* Setup the parameters for the dbuf caches. We set the sizes of the
|
|
|
|
* dbuf cache and the metadata cache to 1/32nd and 1/16th (default)
|
|
|
|
* of the target size of the ARC. If the values has been specified as
|
|
|
|
* a module option and they're not greater than the target size of the
|
|
|
|
* ARC, then we honor that value.
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2018-03-13 17:52:48 +00:00
|
|
|
if (dbuf_cache_max_bytes == 0 ||
|
|
|
|
dbuf_cache_max_bytes >= arc_target_bytes()) {
|
|
|
|
dbuf_cache_max_bytes = arc_target_bytes() >> dbuf_cache_shift;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2018-07-10 17:49:50 +00:00
|
|
|
if (dbuf_metadata_cache_max_bytes == 0 ||
|
|
|
|
dbuf_metadata_cache_max_bytes >= arc_target_bytes()) {
|
|
|
|
dbuf_metadata_cache_max_bytes =
|
|
|
|
arc_target_bytes() >> dbuf_metadata_cache_shift;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-04-02 03:44:32 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* All entries are queued via taskq_dispatch_ent(), so min/maxalloc
|
|
|
|
* configuration is not required.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2015-07-24 17:08:31 +00:00
|
|
|
dbu_evict_taskq = taskq_create("dbu_evict", 1, defclsyspri, 0, 0, 0);
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2018-07-10 17:49:50 +00:00
|
|
|
for (dbuf_cached_state_t dcs = 0; dcs < DB_CACHE_MAX; dcs++) {
|
|
|
|
dbuf_caches[dcs].cache =
|
|
|
|
multilist_create(sizeof (dmu_buf_impl_t),
|
|
|
|
offsetof(dmu_buf_impl_t, db_cache_link),
|
|
|
|
dbuf_cache_multilist_index_func);
|
|
|
|
refcount_create(&dbuf_caches[dcs].size);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dbuf_evict_thread_exit = B_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
mutex_init(&dbuf_evict_lock, NULL, MUTEX_DEFAULT, NULL);
|
|
|
|
cv_init(&dbuf_evict_cv, NULL, CV_DEFAULT, NULL);
|
|
|
|
dbuf_cache_evict_thread = thread_create(NULL, 0, dbuf_evict_thread,
|
|
|
|
NULL, 0, &p0, TS_RUN, minclsyspri);
|
2018-01-29 18:24:52 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dbuf_ksp = kstat_create("zfs", 0, "dbufstats", "misc",
|
|
|
|
KSTAT_TYPE_NAMED, sizeof (dbuf_stats) / sizeof (kstat_named_t),
|
|
|
|
KSTAT_FLAG_VIRTUAL);
|
|
|
|
if (dbuf_ksp != NULL) {
|
|
|
|
dbuf_ksp->ks_data = &dbuf_stats;
|
|
|
|
dbuf_ksp->ks_update = dbuf_kstat_update;
|
|
|
|
kstat_install(dbuf_ksp);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < DN_MAX_LEVELS; i++) {
|
|
|
|
snprintf(dbuf_stats.cache_levels[i].name,
|
|
|
|
KSTAT_STRLEN, "cache_level_%d", i);
|
|
|
|
dbuf_stats.cache_levels[i].data_type =
|
|
|
|
KSTAT_DATA_UINT64;
|
|
|
|
snprintf(dbuf_stats.cache_levels_bytes[i].name,
|
|
|
|
KSTAT_STRLEN, "cache_level_%d_bytes", i);
|
|
|
|
dbuf_stats.cache_levels_bytes[i].data_type =
|
|
|
|
KSTAT_DATA_UINT64;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
dbuf_fini(void)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
dbuf_hash_table_t *h = &dbuf_hash_table;
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
|
2013-10-03 00:11:19 +00:00
|
|
|
dbuf_stats_destroy();
|
|
|
|
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < DBUF_MUTEXES; i++)
|
|
|
|
mutex_destroy(&h->hash_mutexes[i]);
|
2018-02-16 01:53:18 +00:00
|
|
|
#if defined(_KERNEL)
|
2013-11-01 19:26:11 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Large allocations which do not require contiguous pages
|
|
|
|
* should be using vmem_free() in the linux kernel
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2010-08-26 18:46:09 +00:00
|
|
|
vmem_free(h->hash_table, (h->hash_table_mask + 1) * sizeof (void *));
|
|
|
|
#else
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
kmem_free(h->hash_table, (h->hash_table_mask + 1) * sizeof (void *));
|
2010-08-26 18:46:09 +00:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
kmem_cache_destroy(dbuf_kmem_cache);
|
2015-04-02 03:44:32 +00:00
|
|
|
taskq_destroy(dbu_evict_taskq);
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
mutex_enter(&dbuf_evict_lock);
|
|
|
|
dbuf_evict_thread_exit = B_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
while (dbuf_evict_thread_exit) {
|
|
|
|
cv_signal(&dbuf_evict_cv);
|
|
|
|
cv_wait(&dbuf_evict_cv, &dbuf_evict_lock);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
mutex_exit(&dbuf_evict_lock);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
mutex_destroy(&dbuf_evict_lock);
|
|
|
|
cv_destroy(&dbuf_evict_cv);
|
|
|
|
|
2018-07-10 17:49:50 +00:00
|
|
|
for (dbuf_cached_state_t dcs = 0; dcs < DB_CACHE_MAX; dcs++) {
|
|
|
|
refcount_destroy(&dbuf_caches[dcs].size);
|
|
|
|
multilist_destroy(dbuf_caches[dcs].cache);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2018-01-29 18:24:52 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (dbuf_ksp != NULL) {
|
|
|
|
kstat_delete(dbuf_ksp);
|
|
|
|
dbuf_ksp = NULL;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Other stuff.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef ZFS_DEBUG
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
dbuf_verify(dmu_buf_impl_t *db)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
dnode_t *dn;
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
dbuf_dirty_record_t *dr;
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&db->db_mtx));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!(zfs_flags & ZFS_DEBUG_DBUF_VERIFY))
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db_objset != NULL);
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
DB_DNODE_ENTER(db);
|
|
|
|
dn = DB_DNODE(db);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
if (dn == NULL) {
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db_parent == NULL);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db_blkptr == NULL);
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(db->db.db_object, ==, dn->dn_object);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT3P(db->db_objset, ==, dn->dn_objset);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(db->db_level, <, dn->dn_nlevels);
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db_blkid == DMU_BONUS_BLKID ||
|
|
|
|
db->db_blkid == DMU_SPILL_BLKID ||
|
2015-04-03 03:14:28 +00:00
|
|
|
!avl_is_empty(&dn->dn_dbufs));
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
if (db->db_blkid == DMU_BONUS_BLKID) {
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(dn != NULL);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(db->db.db_size, >=, dn->dn_bonuslen);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(db->db.db_offset, ==, DMU_BONUS_BLKID);
|
|
|
|
} else if (db->db_blkid == DMU_SPILL_BLKID) {
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(dn != NULL);
|
2013-05-10 21:17:03 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT0(db->db.db_offset);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(db->db.db_offset, ==, db->db_blkid * db->db.db_size);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
for (dr = db->db_data_pending; dr != NULL; dr = dr->dr_next)
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(dr->dr_dbuf == db);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (dr = db->db_last_dirty; dr != NULL; dr = dr->dr_next)
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(dr->dr_dbuf == db);
|
|
|
|
|
2008-12-03 20:09:06 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* We can't assert that db_size matches dn_datablksz because it
|
|
|
|
* can be momentarily different when another thread is doing
|
|
|
|
* dnode_set_blksz().
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (db->db_level == 0 && db->db.db_object == DMU_META_DNODE_OBJECT) {
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
dr = db->db_data_pending;
|
2008-12-03 20:09:06 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* It should only be modified in syncing context, so
|
|
|
|
* make sure we only have one copy of the data.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(dr == NULL || dr->dt.dl.dr_data == db->db_buf);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* verify db->db_blkptr */
|
|
|
|
if (db->db_blkptr) {
|
|
|
|
if (db->db_parent == dn->dn_dbuf) {
|
|
|
|
/* db is pointed to by the dnode */
|
|
|
|
/* ASSERT3U(db->db_blkid, <, dn->dn_nblkptr); */
|
2009-07-02 22:44:48 +00:00
|
|
|
if (DMU_OBJECT_IS_SPECIAL(db->db.db_object))
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db_parent == NULL);
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db_parent != NULL);
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
if (db->db_blkid != DMU_SPILL_BLKID)
|
|
|
|
ASSERT3P(db->db_blkptr, ==,
|
|
|
|
&dn->dn_phys->dn_blkptr[db->db_blkid]);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
/* db is pointed to by an indirect block */
|
2010-08-26 16:53:00 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERTV(int epb = db->db_parent->db.db_size >>
|
2016-12-12 18:46:26 +00:00
|
|
|
SPA_BLKPTRSHIFT);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(db->db_parent->db_level, ==, db->db_level+1);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(db->db_parent->db.db_object, ==,
|
|
|
|
db->db.db_object);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* dnode_grow_indblksz() can make this fail if we don't
|
|
|
|
* have the struct_rwlock. XXX indblksz no longer
|
|
|
|
* grows. safe to do this now?
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
if (RW_WRITE_HELD(&dn->dn_struct_rwlock)) {
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT3P(db->db_blkptr, ==,
|
|
|
|
((blkptr_t *)db->db_parent->db.db_data +
|
|
|
|
db->db_blkid % epb));
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ((db->db_blkptr == NULL || BP_IS_HOLE(db->db_blkptr)) &&
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
(db->db_buf == NULL || db->db_buf->b_data) &&
|
|
|
|
db->db.db_data && db->db_blkid != DMU_BONUS_BLKID &&
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
db->db_state != DB_FILL && !dn->dn_free_txg) {
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* If the blkptr isn't set but they have nonzero data,
|
|
|
|
* it had better be dirty, otherwise we'll lose that
|
|
|
|
* data when we evict this buffer.
|
2016-05-15 15:02:28 +00:00
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* There is an exception to this rule for indirect blocks; in
|
|
|
|
* this case, if the indirect block is a hole, we fill in a few
|
|
|
|
* fields on each of the child blocks (importantly, birth time)
|
|
|
|
* to prevent hole birth times from being lost when you
|
|
|
|
* partially fill in a hole.
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (db->db_dirtycnt == 0) {
|
2016-05-15 15:02:28 +00:00
|
|
|
if (db->db_level == 0) {
|
|
|
|
uint64_t *buf = db->db.db_data;
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-05-15 15:02:28 +00:00
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < db->db.db_size >> 3; i++) {
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(buf[i] == 0);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
blkptr_t *bps = db->db.db_data;
|
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(1 << DB_DNODE(db)->dn_indblkshift, ==,
|
|
|
|
db->db.db_size);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* We want to verify that all the blkptrs in the
|
|
|
|
* indirect block are holes, but we may have
|
|
|
|
* automatically set up a few fields for them.
|
|
|
|
* We iterate through each blkptr and verify
|
|
|
|
* they only have those fields set.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2017-11-04 20:25:13 +00:00
|
|
|
for (int i = 0;
|
2016-05-15 15:02:28 +00:00
|
|
|
i < db->db.db_size / sizeof (blkptr_t);
|
|
|
|
i++) {
|
|
|
|
blkptr_t *bp = &bps[i];
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(ZIO_CHECKSUM_IS_ZERO(
|
|
|
|
&bp->blk_cksum));
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(
|
|
|
|
DVA_IS_EMPTY(&bp->blk_dva[0]) &&
|
|
|
|
DVA_IS_EMPTY(&bp->blk_dva[1]) &&
|
|
|
|
DVA_IS_EMPTY(&bp->blk_dva[2]));
|
|
|
|
ASSERT0(bp->blk_fill);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT0(bp->blk_pad[0]);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT0(bp->blk_pad[1]);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(!BP_IS_EMBEDDED(bp));
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(BP_IS_HOLE(bp));
|
|
|
|
ASSERT0(bp->blk_phys_birth);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
DB_DNODE_EXIT(db);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
2015-04-02 03:44:32 +00:00
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
dbuf_clear_data(dmu_buf_impl_t *db)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&db->db_mtx));
|
|
|
|
dbuf_evict_user(db);
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT3P(db->db_buf, ==, NULL);
|
2015-04-02 03:44:32 +00:00
|
|
|
db->db.db_data = NULL;
|
|
|
|
if (db->db_state != DB_NOFILL)
|
|
|
|
db->db_state = DB_UNCACHED;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
dbuf_set_data(dmu_buf_impl_t *db, arc_buf_t *buf)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&db->db_mtx));
|
2015-04-02 03:44:32 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(buf != NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
db->db_buf = buf;
|
2015-04-02 03:44:32 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(buf->b_data != NULL);
|
|
|
|
db->db.db_data = buf->b_data;
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Loan out an arc_buf for read. Return the loaned arc_buf.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
arc_buf_t *
|
|
|
|
dbuf_loan_arcbuf(dmu_buf_impl_t *db)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
arc_buf_t *abuf;
|
|
|
|
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db_blkid != DMU_BONUS_BLKID);
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
mutex_enter(&db->db_mtx);
|
|
|
|
if (arc_released(db->db_buf) || refcount_count(&db->db_holds) > 1) {
|
|
|
|
int blksz = db->db.db_size;
|
2013-12-09 18:37:51 +00:00
|
|
|
spa_t *spa = db->db_objset->os_spa;
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
|
2016-07-11 17:45:52 +00:00
|
|
|
abuf = arc_loan_buf(spa, B_FALSE, blksz);
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
bcopy(db->db.db_data, abuf->b_data, blksz);
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
abuf = db->db_buf;
|
|
|
|
arc_loan_inuse_buf(abuf, db);
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
db->db_buf = NULL;
|
2015-04-02 03:44:32 +00:00
|
|
|
dbuf_clear_data(db);
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return (abuf);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2015-12-22 01:31:57 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Calculate which level n block references the data at the level 0 offset
|
|
|
|
* provided.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
uint64_t
|
2016-08-31 08:12:08 +00:00
|
|
|
dbuf_whichblock(const dnode_t *dn, const int64_t level, const uint64_t offset)
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2015-12-22 01:31:57 +00:00
|
|
|
if (dn->dn_datablkshift != 0 && dn->dn_indblkshift != 0) {
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* The level n blkid is equal to the level 0 blkid divided by
|
|
|
|
* the number of level 0s in a level n block.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* The level 0 blkid is offset >> datablkshift =
|
|
|
|
* offset / 2^datablkshift.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* The number of level 0s in a level n is the number of block
|
|
|
|
* pointers in an indirect block, raised to the power of level.
|
|
|
|
* This is 2^(indblkshift - SPA_BLKPTRSHIFT)^level =
|
|
|
|
* 2^(level*(indblkshift - SPA_BLKPTRSHIFT)).
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Thus, the level n blkid is: offset /
|
2018-08-13 20:33:47 +00:00
|
|
|
* ((2^datablkshift)*(2^(level*(indblkshift-SPA_BLKPTRSHIFT))))
|
2015-12-22 01:31:57 +00:00
|
|
|
* = offset / 2^(datablkshift + level *
|
|
|
|
* (indblkshift - SPA_BLKPTRSHIFT))
|
|
|
|
* = offset >> (datablkshift + level *
|
|
|
|
* (indblkshift - SPA_BLKPTRSHIFT))
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2016-08-31 08:12:08 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const unsigned exp = dn->dn_datablkshift +
|
|
|
|
level * (dn->dn_indblkshift - SPA_BLKPTRSHIFT);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (exp >= 8 * sizeof (offset)) {
|
|
|
|
/* This only happens on the highest indirection level */
|
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(level, ==, dn->dn_nlevels - 1);
|
|
|
|
return (0);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(exp, <, 8 * sizeof (offset));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (offset >> exp);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(offset, <, dn->dn_datablksz);
|
|
|
|
return (0);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
2017-11-16 01:27:01 +00:00
|
|
|
dbuf_read_done(zio_t *zio, const zbookmark_phys_t *zb, const blkptr_t *bp,
|
|
|
|
arc_buf_t *buf, void *vdb)
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
dmu_buf_impl_t *db = vdb;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
mutex_enter(&db->db_mtx);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(db->db_state, ==, DB_READ);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* All reads are synchronous, so we must have a hold on the dbuf
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(refcount_count(&db->db_holds) > 0);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db_buf == NULL);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db.db_data == NULL);
|
2018-08-29 18:33:33 +00:00
|
|
|
if (buf == NULL) {
|
|
|
|
/* i/o error */
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(zio == NULL || zio->io_error != 0);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db_blkid != DMU_BONUS_BLKID);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT3P(db->db_buf, ==, NULL);
|
|
|
|
db->db_state = DB_UNCACHED;
|
|
|
|
} else if (db->db_level == 0 && db->db_freed_in_flight) {
|
|
|
|
/* freed in flight */
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(zio == NULL || zio->io_error == 0);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
arc_release(buf, db);
|
|
|
|
bzero(buf->b_data, db->db.db_size);
|
|
|
|
arc_buf_freeze(buf);
|
|
|
|
db->db_freed_in_flight = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
dbuf_set_data(db, buf);
|
|
|
|
db->db_state = DB_CACHED;
|
2018-08-29 18:33:33 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
/* success */
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(zio == NULL || zio->io_error == 0);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
dbuf_set_data(db, buf);
|
|
|
|
db->db_state = DB_CACHED;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cv_broadcast(&db->db_changed);
|
2018-07-31 21:51:15 +00:00
|
|
|
dbuf_rele_and_unlock(db, NULL, B_FALSE);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2018-06-28 16:20:34 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* This function ensures that, when doing a decrypting read of a block,
|
|
|
|
* we make sure we have decrypted the dnode associated with it. We must do
|
|
|
|
* this so that we ensure we are fully authenticating the checksum-of-MACs
|
|
|
|
* tree from the root of the objset down to this block. Indirect blocks are
|
|
|
|
* always verified against their secure checksum-of-MACs assuming that the
|
|
|
|
* dnode containing them is correct. Now that we are doing a decrypting read,
|
|
|
|
* we can be sure that the key is loaded and verify that assumption. This is
|
|
|
|
* especially important considering that we always read encrypted dnode
|
|
|
|
* blocks as raw data (without verifying their MACs) to start, and
|
|
|
|
* decrypt / authenticate them when we need to read an encrypted bonus buffer.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static int
|
|
|
|
dbuf_read_verify_dnode_crypt(dmu_buf_impl_t *db, uint32_t flags)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
int err = 0;
|
|
|
|
objset_t *os = db->db_objset;
|
|
|
|
arc_buf_t *dnode_abuf;
|
|
|
|
dnode_t *dn;
|
|
|
|
zbookmark_phys_t zb;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&db->db_mtx));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!os->os_encrypted || os->os_raw_receive ||
|
|
|
|
(flags & DB_RF_NO_DECRYPT) != 0)
|
|
|
|
return (0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DB_DNODE_ENTER(db);
|
|
|
|
dn = DB_DNODE(db);
|
|
|
|
dnode_abuf = (dn->dn_dbuf != NULL) ? dn->dn_dbuf->db_buf : NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (dnode_abuf == NULL || !arc_is_encrypted(dnode_abuf)) {
|
|
|
|
DB_DNODE_EXIT(db);
|
|
|
|
return (0);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SET_BOOKMARK(&zb, dmu_objset_id(os),
|
|
|
|
DMU_META_DNODE_OBJECT, 0, dn->dn_dbuf->db_blkid);
|
|
|
|
err = arc_untransform(dnode_abuf, os->os_spa, &zb, B_TRUE);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* An error code of EACCES tells us that the key is still not
|
|
|
|
* available. This is ok if we are only reading authenticated
|
|
|
|
* (and therefore non-encrypted) blocks.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (err == EACCES && ((db->db_blkid != DMU_BONUS_BLKID &&
|
|
|
|
!DMU_OT_IS_ENCRYPTED(dn->dn_type)) ||
|
|
|
|
(db->db_blkid == DMU_BONUS_BLKID &&
|
|
|
|
!DMU_OT_IS_ENCRYPTED(dn->dn_bonustype))))
|
|
|
|
err = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DB_DNODE_EXIT(db);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (err);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2014-09-10 18:59:03 +00:00
|
|
|
static int
|
2015-12-26 21:10:31 +00:00
|
|
|
dbuf_read_impl(dmu_buf_impl_t *db, zio_t *zio, uint32_t flags)
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
dnode_t *dn;
|
2014-06-25 18:37:59 +00:00
|
|
|
zbookmark_phys_t zb;
|
2014-12-06 17:24:32 +00:00
|
|
|
uint32_t aflags = ARC_FLAG_NOWAIT;
|
Native Encryption for ZFS on Linux
This change incorporates three major pieces:
The first change is a keystore that manages wrapping
and encryption keys for encrypted datasets. These
commands mostly involve manipulating the new
DSL Crypto Key ZAP Objects that live in the MOS. Each
encrypted dataset has its own DSL Crypto Key that is
protected with a user's key. This level of indirection
allows users to change their keys without re-encrypting
their entire datasets. The change implements the new
subcommands "zfs load-key", "zfs unload-key" and
"zfs change-key" which allow the user to manage their
encryption keys and settings. In addition, several new
flags and properties have been added to allow dataset
creation and to make mounting and unmounting more
convenient.
The second piece of this patch provides the ability to
encrypt, decyrpt, and authenticate protected datasets.
Each object set maintains a Merkel tree of Message
Authentication Codes that protect the lower layers,
similarly to how checksums are maintained. This part
impacts the zio layer, which handles the actual
encryption and generation of MACs, as well as the ARC
and DMU, which need to be able to handle encrypted
buffers and protected data.
The last addition is the ability to do raw, encrypted
sends and receives. The idea here is to send raw
encrypted and compressed data and receive it exactly
as is on a backup system. This means that the dataset
on the receiving system is protected using the same
user key that is in use on the sending side. By doing
so, datasets can be efficiently backed up to an
untrusted system without fear of data being
compromised.
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes #494
Closes #5769
2017-08-14 17:36:48 +00:00
|
|
|
int err, zio_flags = 0;
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
DB_DNODE_ENTER(db);
|
|
|
|
dn = DB_DNODE(db);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(!refcount_is_zero(&db->db_holds));
|
|
|
|
/* We need the struct_rwlock to prevent db_blkptr from changing. */
|
2008-12-03 20:09:06 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(RW_LOCK_HELD(&dn->dn_struct_rwlock));
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&db->db_mtx));
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db_state == DB_UNCACHED);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db_buf == NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
if (db->db_blkid == DMU_BONUS_BLKID) {
|
Implement large_dnode pool feature
Justification
-------------
This feature adds support for variable length dnodes. Our motivation is
to eliminate the overhead associated with using spill blocks. Spill
blocks are used to store system attribute data (i.e. file metadata) that
does not fit in the dnode's bonus buffer. By allowing a larger bonus
buffer area the use of a spill block can be avoided. Spill blocks
potentially incur an additional read I/O for every dnode in a dnode
block. As a worst case example, reading 32 dnodes from a 16k dnode block
and all of the spill blocks could issue 33 separate reads. Now suppose
those dnodes have size 1024 and therefore don't need spill blocks. Then
the worst case number of blocks read is reduced to from 33 to two--one
per dnode block. In practice spill blocks may tend to be co-located on
disk with the dnode blocks so the reduction in I/O would not be this
drastic. In a badly fragmented pool, however, the improvement could be
significant.
ZFS-on-Linux systems that make heavy use of extended attributes would
benefit from this feature. In particular, ZFS-on-Linux supports the
xattr=sa dataset property which allows file extended attribute data
to be stored in the dnode bonus buffer as an alternative to the
traditional directory-based format. Workloads such as SELinux and the
Lustre distributed filesystem often store enough xattr data to force
spill bocks when xattr=sa is in effect. Large dnodes may therefore
provide a performance benefit to such systems.
Other use cases that may benefit from this feature include files with
large ACLs and symbolic links with long target names. Furthermore,
this feature may be desirable on other platforms in case future
applications or features are developed that could make use of a
larger bonus buffer area.
Implementation
--------------
The size of a dnode may be a multiple of 512 bytes up to the size of
a dnode block (currently 16384 bytes). A dn_extra_slots field was
added to the current on-disk dnode_phys_t structure to describe the
size of the physical dnode on disk. The 8 bits for this field were
taken from the zero filled dn_pad2 field. The field represents how
many "extra" dnode_phys_t slots a dnode consumes in its dnode block.
This convention results in a value of 0 for 512 byte dnodes which
preserves on-disk format compatibility with older software.
Similarly, the in-memory dnode_t structure has a new dn_num_slots field
to represent the total number of dnode_phys_t slots consumed on disk.
Thus dn->dn_num_slots is 1 greater than the corresponding
dnp->dn_extra_slots. This difference in convention was adopted
because, unlike on-disk structures, backward compatibility is not a
concern for in-memory objects, so we used a more natural way to
represent size for a dnode_t.
The default size for newly created dnodes is determined by the value of
a new "dnodesize" dataset property. By default the property is set to
"legacy" which is compatible with older software. Setting the property
to "auto" will allow the filesystem to choose the most suitable dnode
size. Currently this just sets the default dnode size to 1k, but future
code improvements could dynamically choose a size based on observed
workload patterns. Dnodes of varying sizes can coexist within the same
dataset and even within the same dnode block. For example, to enable
automatically-sized dnodes, run
# zfs set dnodesize=auto tank/fish
The user can also specify literal values for the dnodesize property.
These are currently limited to powers of two from 1k to 16k. The
power-of-2 limitation is only for simplicity of the user interface.
Internally the implementation can handle any multiple of 512 up to 16k,
and consumers of the DMU API can specify any legal dnode value.
The size of a new dnode is determined at object allocation time and
stored as a new field in the znode in-memory structure. New DMU
interfaces are added to allow the consumer to specify the dnode size
that a newly allocated object should use. Existing interfaces are
unchanged to avoid having to update every call site and to preserve
compatibility with external consumers such as Lustre. The new
interfaces names are given below. The versions of these functions that
don't take a dnodesize parameter now just call the _dnsize() versions
with a dnodesize of 0, which means use the legacy dnode size.
New DMU interfaces:
dmu_object_alloc_dnsize()
dmu_object_claim_dnsize()
dmu_object_reclaim_dnsize()
New ZAP interfaces:
zap_create_dnsize()
zap_create_norm_dnsize()
zap_create_flags_dnsize()
zap_create_claim_norm_dnsize()
zap_create_link_dnsize()
The constant DN_MAX_BONUSLEN is renamed to DN_OLD_MAX_BONUSLEN. The
spa_maxdnodesize() function should be used to determine the maximum
bonus length for a pool.
These are a few noteworthy changes to key functions:
* The prototype for dnode_hold_impl() now takes a "slots" parameter.
When the DNODE_MUST_BE_FREE flag is set, this parameter is used to
ensure the hole at the specified object offset is large enough to
hold the dnode being created. The slots parameter is also used
to ensure a dnode does not span multiple dnode blocks. In both of
these cases, if a failure occurs, ENOSPC is returned. Keep in mind,
these failure cases are only possible when using DNODE_MUST_BE_FREE.
If the DNODE_MUST_BE_ALLOCATED flag is set, "slots" must be 0.
dnode_hold_impl() will check if the requested dnode is already
consumed as an extra dnode slot by an large dnode, in which case
it returns ENOENT.
* The function dmu_object_alloc() advances to the next dnode block
if dnode_hold_impl() returns an error for a requested object.
This is because the beginning of the next dnode block is the only
location it can safely assume to either be a hole or a valid
starting point for a dnode.
* dnode_next_offset_level() and other functions that iterate
through dnode blocks may no longer use a simple array indexing
scheme. These now use the current dnode's dn_num_slots field to
advance to the next dnode in the block. This is to ensure we
properly skip the current dnode's bonus area and don't interpret it
as a valid dnode.
zdb
---
The zdb command was updated to display a dnode's size under the
"dnsize" column when the object is dumped.
For ZIL create log records, zdb will now display the slot count for
the object.
ztest
-----
Ztest chooses a random dnodesize for every newly created object. The
random distribution is more heavily weighted toward small dnodes to
better simulate real-world datasets.
Unused bonus buffer space is filled with non-zero values computed from
the object number, dataset id, offset, and generation number. This
helps ensure that the dnode traversal code properly skips the interior
regions of large dnodes, and that these interior regions are not
overwritten by data belonging to other dnodes. A new test visits each
object in a dataset. It verifies that the actual dnode size matches what
was stored in the ztest block tag when it was created. It also verifies
that the unused bonus buffer space is filled with the expected data
patterns.
ZFS Test Suite
--------------
Added six new large dnode-specific tests, and integrated the dnodesize
property into existing tests for zfs allow and send/recv.
Send/Receive
------------
ZFS send streams for datasets containing large dnodes cannot be received
on pools that don't support the large_dnode feature. A send stream with
large dnodes sets a DMU_BACKUP_FEATURE_LARGE_DNODE flag which will be
unrecognized by an incompatible receiving pool so that the zfs receive
will fail gracefully.
While not implemented here, it may be possible to generate a
backward-compatible send stream from a dataset containing large
dnodes. The implementation may be tricky, however, because the send
object record for a large dnode would need to be resized to a 512
byte dnode, possibly kicking in a spill block in the process. This
means we would need to construct a new SA layout and possibly
register it in the SA layout object. The SA layout is normally just
sent as an ordinary object record. But if we are constructing new
layouts while generating the send stream we'd have to build the SA
layout object dynamically and send it at the end of the stream.
For sending and receiving between pools that do support large dnodes,
the drr_object send record type is extended with a new field to store
the dnode slot count. This field was repurposed from unused padding
in the structure.
ZIL Replay
----------
The dnode slot count is stored in the uppermost 8 bits of the lr_foid
field. The bits were unused as the object id is currently capped at
48 bits.
Resizing Dnodes
---------------
It should be possible to resize a dnode when it is dirtied if the
current dnodesize dataset property differs from the dnode's size, but
this functionality is not currently implemented. Clearly a dnode can
only grow if there are sufficient contiguous unused slots in the
dnode block, but it should always be possible to shrink a dnode.
Growing dnodes may be useful to reduce fragmentation in a pool with
many spill blocks in use. Shrinking dnodes may be useful to allow
sending a dataset to a pool that doesn't support the large_dnode
feature.
Feature Reference Counting
--------------------------
The reference count for the large_dnode pool feature tracks the
number of datasets that have ever contained a dnode of size larger
than 512 bytes. The first time a large dnode is created in a dataset
the dataset is converted to an extensible dataset. This is a one-way
operation and the only way to decrement the feature count is to
destroy the dataset, even if the dataset no longer contains any large
dnodes. The complexity of reference counting on a per-dnode basis was
too high, so we chose to track it on a per-dataset basis similarly to
the large_block feature.
Signed-off-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes #3542
2016-03-17 01:25:34 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* The bonus length stored in the dnode may be less than
|
|
|
|
* the maximum available space in the bonus buffer.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2009-07-02 22:44:48 +00:00
|
|
|
int bonuslen = MIN(dn->dn_bonuslen, dn->dn_phys->dn_bonuslen);
|
Implement large_dnode pool feature
Justification
-------------
This feature adds support for variable length dnodes. Our motivation is
to eliminate the overhead associated with using spill blocks. Spill
blocks are used to store system attribute data (i.e. file metadata) that
does not fit in the dnode's bonus buffer. By allowing a larger bonus
buffer area the use of a spill block can be avoided. Spill blocks
potentially incur an additional read I/O for every dnode in a dnode
block. As a worst case example, reading 32 dnodes from a 16k dnode block
and all of the spill blocks could issue 33 separate reads. Now suppose
those dnodes have size 1024 and therefore don't need spill blocks. Then
the worst case number of blocks read is reduced to from 33 to two--one
per dnode block. In practice spill blocks may tend to be co-located on
disk with the dnode blocks so the reduction in I/O would not be this
drastic. In a badly fragmented pool, however, the improvement could be
significant.
ZFS-on-Linux systems that make heavy use of extended attributes would
benefit from this feature. In particular, ZFS-on-Linux supports the
xattr=sa dataset property which allows file extended attribute data
to be stored in the dnode bonus buffer as an alternative to the
traditional directory-based format. Workloads such as SELinux and the
Lustre distributed filesystem often store enough xattr data to force
spill bocks when xattr=sa is in effect. Large dnodes may therefore
provide a performance benefit to such systems.
Other use cases that may benefit from this feature include files with
large ACLs and symbolic links with long target names. Furthermore,
this feature may be desirable on other platforms in case future
applications or features are developed that could make use of a
larger bonus buffer area.
Implementation
--------------
The size of a dnode may be a multiple of 512 bytes up to the size of
a dnode block (currently 16384 bytes). A dn_extra_slots field was
added to the current on-disk dnode_phys_t structure to describe the
size of the physical dnode on disk. The 8 bits for this field were
taken from the zero filled dn_pad2 field. The field represents how
many "extra" dnode_phys_t slots a dnode consumes in its dnode block.
This convention results in a value of 0 for 512 byte dnodes which
preserves on-disk format compatibility with older software.
Similarly, the in-memory dnode_t structure has a new dn_num_slots field
to represent the total number of dnode_phys_t slots consumed on disk.
Thus dn->dn_num_slots is 1 greater than the corresponding
dnp->dn_extra_slots. This difference in convention was adopted
because, unlike on-disk structures, backward compatibility is not a
concern for in-memory objects, so we used a more natural way to
represent size for a dnode_t.
The default size for newly created dnodes is determined by the value of
a new "dnodesize" dataset property. By default the property is set to
"legacy" which is compatible with older software. Setting the property
to "auto" will allow the filesystem to choose the most suitable dnode
size. Currently this just sets the default dnode size to 1k, but future
code improvements could dynamically choose a size based on observed
workload patterns. Dnodes of varying sizes can coexist within the same
dataset and even within the same dnode block. For example, to enable
automatically-sized dnodes, run
# zfs set dnodesize=auto tank/fish
The user can also specify literal values for the dnodesize property.
These are currently limited to powers of two from 1k to 16k. The
power-of-2 limitation is only for simplicity of the user interface.
Internally the implementation can handle any multiple of 512 up to 16k,
and consumers of the DMU API can specify any legal dnode value.
The size of a new dnode is determined at object allocation time and
stored as a new field in the znode in-memory structure. New DMU
interfaces are added to allow the consumer to specify the dnode size
that a newly allocated object should use. Existing interfaces are
unchanged to avoid having to update every call site and to preserve
compatibility with external consumers such as Lustre. The new
interfaces names are given below. The versions of these functions that
don't take a dnodesize parameter now just call the _dnsize() versions
with a dnodesize of 0, which means use the legacy dnode size.
New DMU interfaces:
dmu_object_alloc_dnsize()
dmu_object_claim_dnsize()
dmu_object_reclaim_dnsize()
New ZAP interfaces:
zap_create_dnsize()
zap_create_norm_dnsize()
zap_create_flags_dnsize()
zap_create_claim_norm_dnsize()
zap_create_link_dnsize()
The constant DN_MAX_BONUSLEN is renamed to DN_OLD_MAX_BONUSLEN. The
spa_maxdnodesize() function should be used to determine the maximum
bonus length for a pool.
These are a few noteworthy changes to key functions:
* The prototype for dnode_hold_impl() now takes a "slots" parameter.
When the DNODE_MUST_BE_FREE flag is set, this parameter is used to
ensure the hole at the specified object offset is large enough to
hold the dnode being created. The slots parameter is also used
to ensure a dnode does not span multiple dnode blocks. In both of
these cases, if a failure occurs, ENOSPC is returned. Keep in mind,
these failure cases are only possible when using DNODE_MUST_BE_FREE.
If the DNODE_MUST_BE_ALLOCATED flag is set, "slots" must be 0.
dnode_hold_impl() will check if the requested dnode is already
consumed as an extra dnode slot by an large dnode, in which case
it returns ENOENT.
* The function dmu_object_alloc() advances to the next dnode block
if dnode_hold_impl() returns an error for a requested object.
This is because the beginning of the next dnode block is the only
location it can safely assume to either be a hole or a valid
starting point for a dnode.
* dnode_next_offset_level() and other functions that iterate
through dnode blocks may no longer use a simple array indexing
scheme. These now use the current dnode's dn_num_slots field to
advance to the next dnode in the block. This is to ensure we
properly skip the current dnode's bonus area and don't interpret it
as a valid dnode.
zdb
---
The zdb command was updated to display a dnode's size under the
"dnsize" column when the object is dumped.
For ZIL create log records, zdb will now display the slot count for
the object.
ztest
-----
Ztest chooses a random dnodesize for every newly created object. The
random distribution is more heavily weighted toward small dnodes to
better simulate real-world datasets.
Unused bonus buffer space is filled with non-zero values computed from
the object number, dataset id, offset, and generation number. This
helps ensure that the dnode traversal code properly skips the interior
regions of large dnodes, and that these interior regions are not
overwritten by data belonging to other dnodes. A new test visits each
object in a dataset. It verifies that the actual dnode size matches what
was stored in the ztest block tag when it was created. It also verifies
that the unused bonus buffer space is filled with the expected data
patterns.
ZFS Test Suite
--------------
Added six new large dnode-specific tests, and integrated the dnodesize
property into existing tests for zfs allow and send/recv.
Send/Receive
------------
ZFS send streams for datasets containing large dnodes cannot be received
on pools that don't support the large_dnode feature. A send stream with
large dnodes sets a DMU_BACKUP_FEATURE_LARGE_DNODE flag which will be
unrecognized by an incompatible receiving pool so that the zfs receive
will fail gracefully.
While not implemented here, it may be possible to generate a
backward-compatible send stream from a dataset containing large
dnodes. The implementation may be tricky, however, because the send
object record for a large dnode would need to be resized to a 512
byte dnode, possibly kicking in a spill block in the process. This
means we would need to construct a new SA layout and possibly
register it in the SA layout object. The SA layout is normally just
sent as an ordinary object record. But if we are constructing new
layouts while generating the send stream we'd have to build the SA
layout object dynamically and send it at the end of the stream.
For sending and receiving between pools that do support large dnodes,
the drr_object send record type is extended with a new field to store
the dnode slot count. This field was repurposed from unused padding
in the structure.
ZIL Replay
----------
The dnode slot count is stored in the uppermost 8 bits of the lr_foid
field. The bits were unused as the object id is currently capped at
48 bits.
Resizing Dnodes
---------------
It should be possible to resize a dnode when it is dirtied if the
current dnodesize dataset property differs from the dnode's size, but
this functionality is not currently implemented. Clearly a dnode can
only grow if there are sufficient contiguous unused slots in the
dnode block, but it should always be possible to shrink a dnode.
Growing dnodes may be useful to reduce fragmentation in a pool with
many spill blocks in use. Shrinking dnodes may be useful to allow
sending a dataset to a pool that doesn't support the large_dnode
feature.
Feature Reference Counting
--------------------------
The reference count for the large_dnode pool feature tracks the
number of datasets that have ever contained a dnode of size larger
than 512 bytes. The first time a large dnode is created in a dataset
the dataset is converted to an extensible dataset. This is a one-way
operation and the only way to decrement the feature count is to
destroy the dataset, even if the dataset no longer contains any large
dnodes. The complexity of reference counting on a per-dnode basis was
too high, so we chose to track it on a per-dataset basis similarly to
the large_block feature.
Signed-off-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes #3542
2016-03-17 01:25:34 +00:00
|
|
|
int max_bonuslen = DN_SLOTS_TO_BONUSLEN(dn->dn_num_slots);
|
Native Encryption for ZFS on Linux
This change incorporates three major pieces:
The first change is a keystore that manages wrapping
and encryption keys for encrypted datasets. These
commands mostly involve manipulating the new
DSL Crypto Key ZAP Objects that live in the MOS. Each
encrypted dataset has its own DSL Crypto Key that is
protected with a user's key. This level of indirection
allows users to change their keys without re-encrypting
their entire datasets. The change implements the new
subcommands "zfs load-key", "zfs unload-key" and
"zfs change-key" which allow the user to manage their
encryption keys and settings. In addition, several new
flags and properties have been added to allow dataset
creation and to make mounting and unmounting more
convenient.
The second piece of this patch provides the ability to
encrypt, decyrpt, and authenticate protected datasets.
Each object set maintains a Merkel tree of Message
Authentication Codes that protect the lower layers,
similarly to how checksums are maintained. This part
impacts the zio layer, which handles the actual
encryption and generation of MACs, as well as the ARC
and DMU, which need to be able to handle encrypted
buffers and protected data.
The last addition is the ability to do raw, encrypted
sends and receives. The idea here is to send raw
encrypted and compressed data and receive it exactly
as is on a backup system. This means that the dataset
on the receiving system is protected using the same
user key that is in use on the sending side. By doing
so, datasets can be efficiently backed up to an
untrusted system without fear of data being
compromised.
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes #494
Closes #5769
2017-08-14 17:36:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* if the underlying dnode block is encrypted, decrypt it */
|
2018-06-28 16:20:34 +00:00
|
|
|
err = dbuf_read_verify_dnode_crypt(db, flags);
|
|
|
|
if (err != 0) {
|
|
|
|
DB_DNODE_EXIT(db);
|
|
|
|
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
|
|
|
|
return (err);
|
Native Encryption for ZFS on Linux
This change incorporates three major pieces:
The first change is a keystore that manages wrapping
and encryption keys for encrypted datasets. These
commands mostly involve manipulating the new
DSL Crypto Key ZAP Objects that live in the MOS. Each
encrypted dataset has its own DSL Crypto Key that is
protected with a user's key. This level of indirection
allows users to change their keys without re-encrypting
their entire datasets. The change implements the new
subcommands "zfs load-key", "zfs unload-key" and
"zfs change-key" which allow the user to manage their
encryption keys and settings. In addition, several new
flags and properties have been added to allow dataset
creation and to make mounting and unmounting more
convenient.
The second piece of this patch provides the ability to
encrypt, decyrpt, and authenticate protected datasets.
Each object set maintains a Merkel tree of Message
Authentication Codes that protect the lower layers,
similarly to how checksums are maintained. This part
impacts the zio layer, which handles the actual
encryption and generation of MACs, as well as the ARC
and DMU, which need to be able to handle encrypted
buffers and protected data.
The last addition is the ability to do raw, encrypted
sends and receives. The idea here is to send raw
encrypted and compressed data and receive it exactly
as is on a backup system. This means that the dataset
on the receiving system is protected using the same
user key that is in use on the sending side. By doing
so, datasets can be efficiently backed up to an
untrusted system without fear of data being
compromised.
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes #494
Closes #5769
2017-08-14 17:36:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(bonuslen, <=, db->db.db_size);
|
2016-11-30 23:18:20 +00:00
|
|
|
db->db.db_data = kmem_alloc(max_bonuslen, KM_SLEEP);
|
2016-07-13 12:42:40 +00:00
|
|
|
arc_space_consume(max_bonuslen, ARC_SPACE_BONUS);
|
Implement large_dnode pool feature
Justification
-------------
This feature adds support for variable length dnodes. Our motivation is
to eliminate the overhead associated with using spill blocks. Spill
blocks are used to store system attribute data (i.e. file metadata) that
does not fit in the dnode's bonus buffer. By allowing a larger bonus
buffer area the use of a spill block can be avoided. Spill blocks
potentially incur an additional read I/O for every dnode in a dnode
block. As a worst case example, reading 32 dnodes from a 16k dnode block
and all of the spill blocks could issue 33 separate reads. Now suppose
those dnodes have size 1024 and therefore don't need spill blocks. Then
the worst case number of blocks read is reduced to from 33 to two--one
per dnode block. In practice spill blocks may tend to be co-located on
disk with the dnode blocks so the reduction in I/O would not be this
drastic. In a badly fragmented pool, however, the improvement could be
significant.
ZFS-on-Linux systems that make heavy use of extended attributes would
benefit from this feature. In particular, ZFS-on-Linux supports the
xattr=sa dataset property which allows file extended attribute data
to be stored in the dnode bonus buffer as an alternative to the
traditional directory-based format. Workloads such as SELinux and the
Lustre distributed filesystem often store enough xattr data to force
spill bocks when xattr=sa is in effect. Large dnodes may therefore
provide a performance benefit to such systems.
Other use cases that may benefit from this feature include files with
large ACLs and symbolic links with long target names. Furthermore,
this feature may be desirable on other platforms in case future
applications or features are developed that could make use of a
larger bonus buffer area.
Implementation
--------------
The size of a dnode may be a multiple of 512 bytes up to the size of
a dnode block (currently 16384 bytes). A dn_extra_slots field was
added to the current on-disk dnode_phys_t structure to describe the
size of the physical dnode on disk. The 8 bits for this field were
taken from the zero filled dn_pad2 field. The field represents how
many "extra" dnode_phys_t slots a dnode consumes in its dnode block.
This convention results in a value of 0 for 512 byte dnodes which
preserves on-disk format compatibility with older software.
Similarly, the in-memory dnode_t structure has a new dn_num_slots field
to represent the total number of dnode_phys_t slots consumed on disk.
Thus dn->dn_num_slots is 1 greater than the corresponding
dnp->dn_extra_slots. This difference in convention was adopted
because, unlike on-disk structures, backward compatibility is not a
concern for in-memory objects, so we used a more natural way to
represent size for a dnode_t.
The default size for newly created dnodes is determined by the value of
a new "dnodesize" dataset property. By default the property is set to
"legacy" which is compatible with older software. Setting the property
to "auto" will allow the filesystem to choose the most suitable dnode
size. Currently this just sets the default dnode size to 1k, but future
code improvements could dynamically choose a size based on observed
workload patterns. Dnodes of varying sizes can coexist within the same
dataset and even within the same dnode block. For example, to enable
automatically-sized dnodes, run
# zfs set dnodesize=auto tank/fish
The user can also specify literal values for the dnodesize property.
These are currently limited to powers of two from 1k to 16k. The
power-of-2 limitation is only for simplicity of the user interface.
Internally the implementation can handle any multiple of 512 up to 16k,
and consumers of the DMU API can specify any legal dnode value.
The size of a new dnode is determined at object allocation time and
stored as a new field in the znode in-memory structure. New DMU
interfaces are added to allow the consumer to specify the dnode size
that a newly allocated object should use. Existing interfaces are
unchanged to avoid having to update every call site and to preserve
compatibility with external consumers such as Lustre. The new
interfaces names are given below. The versions of these functions that
don't take a dnodesize parameter now just call the _dnsize() versions
with a dnodesize of 0, which means use the legacy dnode size.
New DMU interfaces:
dmu_object_alloc_dnsize()
dmu_object_claim_dnsize()
dmu_object_reclaim_dnsize()
New ZAP interfaces:
zap_create_dnsize()
zap_create_norm_dnsize()
zap_create_flags_dnsize()
zap_create_claim_norm_dnsize()
zap_create_link_dnsize()
The constant DN_MAX_BONUSLEN is renamed to DN_OLD_MAX_BONUSLEN. The
spa_maxdnodesize() function should be used to determine the maximum
bonus length for a pool.
These are a few noteworthy changes to key functions:
* The prototype for dnode_hold_impl() now takes a "slots" parameter.
When the DNODE_MUST_BE_FREE flag is set, this parameter is used to
ensure the hole at the specified object offset is large enough to
hold the dnode being created. The slots parameter is also used
to ensure a dnode does not span multiple dnode blocks. In both of
these cases, if a failure occurs, ENOSPC is returned. Keep in mind,
these failure cases are only possible when using DNODE_MUST_BE_FREE.
If the DNODE_MUST_BE_ALLOCATED flag is set, "slots" must be 0.
dnode_hold_impl() will check if the requested dnode is already
consumed as an extra dnode slot by an large dnode, in which case
it returns ENOENT.
* The function dmu_object_alloc() advances to the next dnode block
if dnode_hold_impl() returns an error for a requested object.
This is because the beginning of the next dnode block is the only
location it can safely assume to either be a hole or a valid
starting point for a dnode.
* dnode_next_offset_level() and other functions that iterate
through dnode blocks may no longer use a simple array indexing
scheme. These now use the current dnode's dn_num_slots field to
advance to the next dnode in the block. This is to ensure we
properly skip the current dnode's bonus area and don't interpret it
as a valid dnode.
zdb
---
The zdb command was updated to display a dnode's size under the
"dnsize" column when the object is dumped.
For ZIL create log records, zdb will now display the slot count for
the object.
ztest
-----
Ztest chooses a random dnodesize for every newly created object. The
random distribution is more heavily weighted toward small dnodes to
better simulate real-world datasets.
Unused bonus buffer space is filled with non-zero values computed from
the object number, dataset id, offset, and generation number. This
helps ensure that the dnode traversal code properly skips the interior
regions of large dnodes, and that these interior regions are not
overwritten by data belonging to other dnodes. A new test visits each
object in a dataset. It verifies that the actual dnode size matches what
was stored in the ztest block tag when it was created. It also verifies
that the unused bonus buffer space is filled with the expected data
patterns.
ZFS Test Suite
--------------
Added six new large dnode-specific tests, and integrated the dnodesize
property into existing tests for zfs allow and send/recv.
Send/Receive
------------
ZFS send streams for datasets containing large dnodes cannot be received
on pools that don't support the large_dnode feature. A send stream with
large dnodes sets a DMU_BACKUP_FEATURE_LARGE_DNODE flag which will be
unrecognized by an incompatible receiving pool so that the zfs receive
will fail gracefully.
While not implemented here, it may be possible to generate a
backward-compatible send stream from a dataset containing large
dnodes. The implementation may be tricky, however, because the send
object record for a large dnode would need to be resized to a 512
byte dnode, possibly kicking in a spill block in the process. This
means we would need to construct a new SA layout and possibly
register it in the SA layout object. The SA layout is normally just
sent as an ordinary object record. But if we are constructing new
layouts while generating the send stream we'd have to build the SA
layout object dynamically and send it at the end of the stream.
For sending and receiving between pools that do support large dnodes,
the drr_object send record type is extended with a new field to store
the dnode slot count. This field was repurposed from unused padding
in the structure.
ZIL Replay
----------
The dnode slot count is stored in the uppermost 8 bits of the lr_foid
field. The bits were unused as the object id is currently capped at
48 bits.
Resizing Dnodes
---------------
It should be possible to resize a dnode when it is dirtied if the
current dnodesize dataset property differs from the dnode's size, but
this functionality is not currently implemented. Clearly a dnode can
only grow if there are sufficient contiguous unused slots in the
dnode block, but it should always be possible to shrink a dnode.
Growing dnodes may be useful to reduce fragmentation in a pool with
many spill blocks in use. Shrinking dnodes may be useful to allow
sending a dataset to a pool that doesn't support the large_dnode
feature.
Feature Reference Counting
--------------------------
The reference count for the large_dnode pool feature tracks the
number of datasets that have ever contained a dnode of size larger
than 512 bytes. The first time a large dnode is created in a dataset
the dataset is converted to an extensible dataset. This is a one-way
operation and the only way to decrement the feature count is to
destroy the dataset, even if the dataset no longer contains any large
dnodes. The complexity of reference counting on a per-dnode basis was
too high, so we chose to track it on a per-dataset basis similarly to
the large_block feature.
Signed-off-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes #3542
2016-03-17 01:25:34 +00:00
|
|
|
if (bonuslen < max_bonuslen)
|
|
|
|
bzero(db->db.db_data, max_bonuslen);
|
2009-07-02 22:44:48 +00:00
|
|
|
if (bonuslen)
|
|
|
|
bcopy(DN_BONUS(dn->dn_phys), db->db.db_data, bonuslen);
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
DB_DNODE_EXIT(db);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
db->db_state = DB_CACHED;
|
|
|
|
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
|
2014-09-10 18:59:03 +00:00
|
|
|
return (0);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2008-12-03 20:09:06 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Recheck BP_IS_HOLE() after dnode_block_freed() in case dnode_sync()
|
|
|
|
* processes the delete record and clears the bp while we are waiting
|
|
|
|
* for the dn_mtx (resulting in a "no" from block_freed).
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (db->db_blkptr == NULL || BP_IS_HOLE(db->db_blkptr) ||
|
|
|
|
(db->db_level == 0 && (dnode_block_freed(dn, db->db_blkid) ||
|
|
|
|
BP_IS_HOLE(db->db_blkptr)))) {
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
arc_buf_contents_t type = DBUF_GET_BUFC_TYPE(db);
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-11 17:45:52 +00:00
|
|
|
dbuf_set_data(db, arc_alloc_buf(db->db_objset->os_spa, db, type,
|
|
|
|
db->db.db_size));
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
bzero(db->db.db_data, db->db.db_size);
|
2016-05-15 15:02:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (db->db_blkptr != NULL && db->db_level > 0 &&
|
|
|
|
BP_IS_HOLE(db->db_blkptr) &&
|
|
|
|
db->db_blkptr->blk_birth != 0) {
|
|
|
|
blkptr_t *bps = db->db.db_data;
|
2017-11-04 20:25:13 +00:00
|
|
|
for (int i = 0; i < ((1 <<
|
2016-05-15 15:02:28 +00:00
|
|
|
DB_DNODE(db)->dn_indblkshift) / sizeof (blkptr_t));
|
|
|
|
i++) {
|
|
|
|
blkptr_t *bp = &bps[i];
|
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(BP_GET_LSIZE(db->db_blkptr), ==,
|
|
|
|
1 << dn->dn_indblkshift);
|
|
|
|
BP_SET_LSIZE(bp,
|
|
|
|
BP_GET_LEVEL(db->db_blkptr) == 1 ?
|
|
|
|
dn->dn_datablksz :
|
|
|
|
BP_GET_LSIZE(db->db_blkptr));
|
|
|
|
BP_SET_TYPE(bp, BP_GET_TYPE(db->db_blkptr));
|
|
|
|
BP_SET_LEVEL(bp,
|
|
|
|
BP_GET_LEVEL(db->db_blkptr) - 1);
|
|
|
|
BP_SET_BIRTH(bp, db->db_blkptr->blk_birth, 0);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
DB_DNODE_EXIT(db);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
db->db_state = DB_CACHED;
|
|
|
|
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
|
2014-09-10 18:59:03 +00:00
|
|
|
return (0);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2018-07-02 20:37:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SET_BOOKMARK(&zb, dmu_objset_id(db->db_objset),
|
|
|
|
db->db.db_object, db->db_level, db->db_blkid);
|
|
|
|
|
Native Encryption for ZFS on Linux
This change incorporates three major pieces:
The first change is a keystore that manages wrapping
and encryption keys for encrypted datasets. These
commands mostly involve manipulating the new
DSL Crypto Key ZAP Objects that live in the MOS. Each
encrypted dataset has its own DSL Crypto Key that is
protected with a user's key. This level of indirection
allows users to change their keys without re-encrypting
their entire datasets. The change implements the new
subcommands "zfs load-key", "zfs unload-key" and
"zfs change-key" which allow the user to manage their
encryption keys and settings. In addition, several new
flags and properties have been added to allow dataset
creation and to make mounting and unmounting more
convenient.
The second piece of this patch provides the ability to
encrypt, decyrpt, and authenticate protected datasets.
Each object set maintains a Merkel tree of Message
Authentication Codes that protect the lower layers,
similarly to how checksums are maintained. This part
impacts the zio layer, which handles the actual
encryption and generation of MACs, as well as the ARC
and DMU, which need to be able to handle encrypted
buffers and protected data.
The last addition is the ability to do raw, encrypted
sends and receives. The idea here is to send raw
encrypted and compressed data and receive it exactly
as is on a backup system. This means that the dataset
on the receiving system is protected using the same
user key that is in use on the sending side. By doing
so, datasets can be efficiently backed up to an
untrusted system without fear of data being
compromised.
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes #494
Closes #5769
2017-08-14 17:36:48 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* All bps of an encrypted os should have the encryption bit set.
|
|
|
|
* If this is not true it indicates tampering and we report an error.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (db->db_objset->os_encrypted && !BP_USES_CRYPT(db->db_blkptr)) {
|
|
|
|
spa_log_error(db->db_objset->os_spa, &zb);
|
|
|
|
zfs_panic_recover("unencrypted block in encrypted "
|
|
|
|
"object set %llu", dmu_objset_id(db->db_objset));
|
2018-06-28 16:20:34 +00:00
|
|
|
DB_DNODE_EXIT(db);
|
|
|
|
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
|
Native Encryption for ZFS on Linux
This change incorporates three major pieces:
The first change is a keystore that manages wrapping
and encryption keys for encrypted datasets. These
commands mostly involve manipulating the new
DSL Crypto Key ZAP Objects that live in the MOS. Each
encrypted dataset has its own DSL Crypto Key that is
protected with a user's key. This level of indirection
allows users to change their keys without re-encrypting
their entire datasets. The change implements the new
subcommands "zfs load-key", "zfs unload-key" and
"zfs change-key" which allow the user to manage their
encryption keys and settings. In addition, several new
flags and properties have been added to allow dataset
creation and to make mounting and unmounting more
convenient.
The second piece of this patch provides the ability to
encrypt, decyrpt, and authenticate protected datasets.
Each object set maintains a Merkel tree of Message
Authentication Codes that protect the lower layers,
similarly to how checksums are maintained. This part
impacts the zio layer, which handles the actual
encryption and generation of MACs, as well as the ARC
and DMU, which need to be able to handle encrypted
buffers and protected data.
The last addition is the ability to do raw, encrypted
sends and receives. The idea here is to send raw
encrypted and compressed data and receive it exactly
as is on a backup system. This means that the dataset
on the receiving system is protected using the same
user key that is in use on the sending side. By doing
so, datasets can be efficiently backed up to an
untrusted system without fear of data being
compromised.
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes #494
Closes #5769
2017-08-14 17:36:48 +00:00
|
|
|
return (SET_ERROR(EIO));
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2018-06-28 16:20:34 +00:00
|
|
|
err = dbuf_read_verify_dnode_crypt(db, flags);
|
|
|
|
if (err != 0) {
|
|
|
|
DB_DNODE_EXIT(db);
|
|
|
|
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
|
|
|
|
return (err);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DB_DNODE_EXIT(db);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
db->db_state = DB_READ;
|
|
|
|
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (DBUF_IS_L2CACHEABLE(db))
|
|
|
|
aflags |= ARC_FLAG_L2CACHE;
|
|
|
|
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
dbuf_add_ref(db, NULL);
|
2008-12-03 20:09:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Native Encryption for ZFS on Linux
This change incorporates three major pieces:
The first change is a keystore that manages wrapping
and encryption keys for encrypted datasets. These
commands mostly involve manipulating the new
DSL Crypto Key ZAP Objects that live in the MOS. Each
encrypted dataset has its own DSL Crypto Key that is
protected with a user's key. This level of indirection
allows users to change their keys without re-encrypting
their entire datasets. The change implements the new
subcommands "zfs load-key", "zfs unload-key" and
"zfs change-key" which allow the user to manage their
encryption keys and settings. In addition, several new
flags and properties have been added to allow dataset
creation and to make mounting and unmounting more
convenient.
The second piece of this patch provides the ability to
encrypt, decyrpt, and authenticate protected datasets.
Each object set maintains a Merkel tree of Message
Authentication Codes that protect the lower layers,
similarly to how checksums are maintained. This part
impacts the zio layer, which handles the actual
encryption and generation of MACs, as well as the ARC
and DMU, which need to be able to handle encrypted
buffers and protected data.
The last addition is the ability to do raw, encrypted
sends and receives. The idea here is to send raw
encrypted and compressed data and receive it exactly
as is on a backup system. This means that the dataset
on the receiving system is protected using the same
user key that is in use on the sending side. By doing
so, datasets can be efficiently backed up to an
untrusted system without fear of data being
compromised.
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes #494
Closes #5769
2017-08-14 17:36:48 +00:00
|
|
|
zio_flags = (flags & DB_RF_CANFAIL) ?
|
|
|
|
ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL : ZIO_FLAG_MUSTSUCCEED;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ((flags & DB_RF_NO_DECRYPT) && BP_IS_PROTECTED(db->db_blkptr))
|
|
|
|
zio_flags |= ZIO_FLAG_RAW;
|
|
|
|
|
2014-09-10 18:59:03 +00:00
|
|
|
err = arc_read(zio, db->db_objset->os_spa, db->db_blkptr,
|
Native Encryption for ZFS on Linux
This change incorporates three major pieces:
The first change is a keystore that manages wrapping
and encryption keys for encrypted datasets. These
commands mostly involve manipulating the new
DSL Crypto Key ZAP Objects that live in the MOS. Each
encrypted dataset has its own DSL Crypto Key that is
protected with a user's key. This level of indirection
allows users to change their keys without re-encrypting
their entire datasets. The change implements the new
subcommands "zfs load-key", "zfs unload-key" and
"zfs change-key" which allow the user to manage their
encryption keys and settings. In addition, several new
flags and properties have been added to allow dataset
creation and to make mounting and unmounting more
convenient.
The second piece of this patch provides the ability to
encrypt, decyrpt, and authenticate protected datasets.
Each object set maintains a Merkel tree of Message
Authentication Codes that protect the lower layers,
similarly to how checksums are maintained. This part
impacts the zio layer, which handles the actual
encryption and generation of MACs, as well as the ARC
and DMU, which need to be able to handle encrypted
buffers and protected data.
The last addition is the ability to do raw, encrypted
sends and receives. The idea here is to send raw
encrypted and compressed data and receive it exactly
as is on a backup system. This means that the dataset
on the receiving system is protected using the same
user key that is in use on the sending side. By doing
so, datasets can be efficiently backed up to an
untrusted system without fear of data being
compromised.
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes #494
Closes #5769
2017-08-14 17:36:48 +00:00
|
|
|
dbuf_read_done, db, ZIO_PRIORITY_SYNC_READ, zio_flags,
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
&aflags, &zb);
|
2014-09-10 18:59:03 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-09-21 20:37:20 +00:00
|
|
|
return (err);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-11 17:45:52 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* This is our just-in-time copy function. It makes a copy of buffers that
|
|
|
|
* have been modified in a previous transaction group before we access them in
|
|
|
|
* the current active group.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* This function is used in three places: when we are dirtying a buffer for the
|
|
|
|
* first time in a txg, when we are freeing a range in a dnode that includes
|
|
|
|
* this buffer, and when we are accessing a buffer which was received compressed
|
|
|
|
* and later referenced in a WRITE_BYREF record.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Note that when we are called from dbuf_free_range() we do not put a hold on
|
|
|
|
* the buffer, we just traverse the active dbuf list for the dnode.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
dbuf_fix_old_data(dmu_buf_impl_t *db, uint64_t txg)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
dbuf_dirty_record_t *dr = db->db_last_dirty;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&db->db_mtx));
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db.db_data != NULL);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db_level == 0);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db.db_object != DMU_META_DNODE_OBJECT);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (dr == NULL ||
|
|
|
|
(dr->dt.dl.dr_data !=
|
|
|
|
((db->db_blkid == DMU_BONUS_BLKID) ? db->db.db_data : db->db_buf)))
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* If the last dirty record for this dbuf has not yet synced
|
|
|
|
* and its referencing the dbuf data, either:
|
|
|
|
* reset the reference to point to a new copy,
|
|
|
|
* or (if there a no active holders)
|
|
|
|
* just null out the current db_data pointer.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2017-09-12 20:15:11 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(dr->dr_txg, >=, txg - 2);
|
2016-07-11 17:45:52 +00:00
|
|
|
if (db->db_blkid == DMU_BONUS_BLKID) {
|
|
|
|
dnode_t *dn = DB_DNODE(db);
|
|
|
|
int bonuslen = DN_SLOTS_TO_BONUSLEN(dn->dn_num_slots);
|
2016-11-30 23:18:20 +00:00
|
|
|
dr->dt.dl.dr_data = kmem_alloc(bonuslen, KM_SLEEP);
|
2016-07-11 17:45:52 +00:00
|
|
|
arc_space_consume(bonuslen, ARC_SPACE_BONUS);
|
|
|
|
bcopy(db->db.db_data, dr->dt.dl.dr_data, bonuslen);
|
|
|
|
} else if (refcount_count(&db->db_holds) > db->db_dirtycnt) {
|
Native Encryption for ZFS on Linux
This change incorporates three major pieces:
The first change is a keystore that manages wrapping
and encryption keys for encrypted datasets. These
commands mostly involve manipulating the new
DSL Crypto Key ZAP Objects that live in the MOS. Each
encrypted dataset has its own DSL Crypto Key that is
protected with a user's key. This level of indirection
allows users to change their keys without re-encrypting
their entire datasets. The change implements the new
subcommands "zfs load-key", "zfs unload-key" and
"zfs change-key" which allow the user to manage their
encryption keys and settings. In addition, several new
flags and properties have been added to allow dataset
creation and to make mounting and unmounting more
convenient.
The second piece of this patch provides the ability to
encrypt, decyrpt, and authenticate protected datasets.
Each object set maintains a Merkel tree of Message
Authentication Codes that protect the lower layers,
similarly to how checksums are maintained. This part
impacts the zio layer, which handles the actual
encryption and generation of MACs, as well as the ARC
and DMU, which need to be able to handle encrypted
buffers and protected data.
The last addition is the ability to do raw, encrypted
sends and receives. The idea here is to send raw
encrypted and compressed data and receive it exactly
as is on a backup system. This means that the dataset
on the receiving system is protected using the same
user key that is in use on the sending side. By doing
so, datasets can be efficiently backed up to an
untrusted system without fear of data being
compromised.
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes #494
Closes #5769
2017-08-14 17:36:48 +00:00
|
|
|
dnode_t *dn = DB_DNODE(db);
|
2016-07-11 17:45:52 +00:00
|
|
|
int size = arc_buf_size(db->db_buf);
|
|
|
|
arc_buf_contents_t type = DBUF_GET_BUFC_TYPE(db);
|
|
|
|
spa_t *spa = db->db_objset->os_spa;
|
|
|
|
enum zio_compress compress_type =
|
|
|
|
arc_get_compression(db->db_buf);
|
|
|
|
|
Native Encryption for ZFS on Linux
This change incorporates three major pieces:
The first change is a keystore that manages wrapping
and encryption keys for encrypted datasets. These
commands mostly involve manipulating the new
DSL Crypto Key ZAP Objects that live in the MOS. Each
encrypted dataset has its own DSL Crypto Key that is
protected with a user's key. This level of indirection
allows users to change their keys without re-encrypting
their entire datasets. The change implements the new
subcommands "zfs load-key", "zfs unload-key" and
"zfs change-key" which allow the user to manage their
encryption keys and settings. In addition, several new
flags and properties have been added to allow dataset
creation and to make mounting and unmounting more
convenient.
The second piece of this patch provides the ability to
encrypt, decyrpt, and authenticate protected datasets.
Each object set maintains a Merkel tree of Message
Authentication Codes that protect the lower layers,
similarly to how checksums are maintained. This part
impacts the zio layer, which handles the actual
encryption and generation of MACs, as well as the ARC
and DMU, which need to be able to handle encrypted
buffers and protected data.
The last addition is the ability to do raw, encrypted
sends and receives. The idea here is to send raw
encrypted and compressed data and receive it exactly
as is on a backup system. This means that the dataset
on the receiving system is protected using the same
user key that is in use on the sending side. By doing
so, datasets can be efficiently backed up to an
untrusted system without fear of data being
compromised.
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes #494
Closes #5769
2017-08-14 17:36:48 +00:00
|
|
|
if (arc_is_encrypted(db->db_buf)) {
|
|
|
|
boolean_t byteorder;
|
|
|
|
uint8_t salt[ZIO_DATA_SALT_LEN];
|
|
|
|
uint8_t iv[ZIO_DATA_IV_LEN];
|
|
|
|
uint8_t mac[ZIO_DATA_MAC_LEN];
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
arc_get_raw_params(db->db_buf, &byteorder, salt,
|
|
|
|
iv, mac);
|
|
|
|
dr->dt.dl.dr_data = arc_alloc_raw_buf(spa, db,
|
|
|
|
dmu_objset_id(dn->dn_objset), byteorder, salt, iv,
|
|
|
|
mac, dn->dn_type, size, arc_buf_lsize(db->db_buf),
|
|
|
|
compress_type);
|
|
|
|
} else if (compress_type != ZIO_COMPRESS_OFF) {
|
2016-07-11 17:45:52 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(type, ==, ARC_BUFC_DATA);
|
|
|
|
dr->dt.dl.dr_data = arc_alloc_compressed_buf(spa, db,
|
|
|
|
size, arc_buf_lsize(db->db_buf), compress_type);
|
Native Encryption for ZFS on Linux
This change incorporates three major pieces:
The first change is a keystore that manages wrapping
and encryption keys for encrypted datasets. These
commands mostly involve manipulating the new
DSL Crypto Key ZAP Objects that live in the MOS. Each
encrypted dataset has its own DSL Crypto Key that is
protected with a user's key. This level of indirection
allows users to change their keys without re-encrypting
their entire datasets. The change implements the new
subcommands "zfs load-key", "zfs unload-key" and
"zfs change-key" which allow the user to manage their
encryption keys and settings. In addition, several new
flags and properties have been added to allow dataset
creation and to make mounting and unmounting more
convenient.
The second piece of this patch provides the ability to
encrypt, decyrpt, and authenticate protected datasets.
Each object set maintains a Merkel tree of Message
Authentication Codes that protect the lower layers,
similarly to how checksums are maintained. This part
impacts the zio layer, which handles the actual
encryption and generation of MACs, as well as the ARC
and DMU, which need to be able to handle encrypted
buffers and protected data.
The last addition is the ability to do raw, encrypted
sends and receives. The idea here is to send raw
encrypted and compressed data and receive it exactly
as is on a backup system. This means that the dataset
on the receiving system is protected using the same
user key that is in use on the sending side. By doing
so, datasets can be efficiently backed up to an
untrusted system without fear of data being
compromised.
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes #494
Closes #5769
2017-08-14 17:36:48 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
dr->dt.dl.dr_data = arc_alloc_buf(spa, db, type, size);
|
2016-07-11 17:45:52 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bcopy(db->db.db_data, dr->dt.dl.dr_data->b_data, size);
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
db->db_buf = NULL;
|
|
|
|
dbuf_clear_data(db);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
int
|
|
|
|
dbuf_read(dmu_buf_impl_t *db, zio_t *zio, uint32_t flags)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
int err = 0;
|
2013-12-09 18:37:51 +00:00
|
|
|
boolean_t prefetch;
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
dnode_t *dn;
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* We don't have to hold the mutex to check db_state because it
|
|
|
|
* can't be freed while we have a hold on the buffer.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(!refcount_is_zero(&db->db_holds));
|
|
|
|
|
2008-12-03 20:09:06 +00:00
|
|
|
if (db->db_state == DB_NOFILL)
|
2013-03-08 18:41:28 +00:00
|
|
|
return (SET_ERROR(EIO));
|
2008-12-03 20:09:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
DB_DNODE_ENTER(db);
|
|
|
|
dn = DB_DNODE(db);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
if ((flags & DB_RF_HAVESTRUCT) == 0)
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
rw_enter(&dn->dn_struct_rwlock, RW_READER);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
prefetch = db->db_level == 0 && db->db_blkid != DMU_BONUS_BLKID &&
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
(flags & DB_RF_NOPREFETCH) == 0 && dn != NULL &&
|
2008-12-03 20:09:06 +00:00
|
|
|
DBUF_IS_CACHEABLE(db);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
mutex_enter(&db->db_mtx);
|
|
|
|
if (db->db_state == DB_CACHED) {
|
Native Encryption for ZFS on Linux
This change incorporates three major pieces:
The first change is a keystore that manages wrapping
and encryption keys for encrypted datasets. These
commands mostly involve manipulating the new
DSL Crypto Key ZAP Objects that live in the MOS. Each
encrypted dataset has its own DSL Crypto Key that is
protected with a user's key. This level of indirection
allows users to change their keys without re-encrypting
their entire datasets. The change implements the new
subcommands "zfs load-key", "zfs unload-key" and
"zfs change-key" which allow the user to manage their
encryption keys and settings. In addition, several new
flags and properties have been added to allow dataset
creation and to make mounting and unmounting more
convenient.
The second piece of this patch provides the ability to
encrypt, decyrpt, and authenticate protected datasets.
Each object set maintains a Merkel tree of Message
Authentication Codes that protect the lower layers,
similarly to how checksums are maintained. This part
impacts the zio layer, which handles the actual
encryption and generation of MACs, as well as the ARC
and DMU, which need to be able to handle encrypted
buffers and protected data.
The last addition is the ability to do raw, encrypted
sends and receives. The idea here is to send raw
encrypted and compressed data and receive it exactly
as is on a backup system. This means that the dataset
on the receiving system is protected using the same
user key that is in use on the sending side. By doing
so, datasets can be efficiently backed up to an
untrusted system without fear of data being
compromised.
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes #494
Closes #5769
2017-08-14 17:36:48 +00:00
|
|
|
spa_t *spa = dn->dn_objset->os_spa;
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-11 17:45:52 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
2018-06-28 16:20:34 +00:00
|
|
|
* Ensure that this block's dnode has been decrypted if
|
|
|
|
* the caller has requested decrypted data.
|
2016-07-11 17:45:52 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2018-06-28 16:20:34 +00:00
|
|
|
err = dbuf_read_verify_dnode_crypt(db, flags);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* If the arc buf is compressed or encrypted and the caller
|
|
|
|
* requested uncompressed data, we need to untransform it
|
|
|
|
* before returning. We also call arc_untransform() on any
|
|
|
|
* unauthenticated blocks, which will verify their MAC if
|
|
|
|
* the key is now available.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (err == 0 && db->db_buf != NULL &&
|
|
|
|
(flags & DB_RF_NO_DECRYPT) == 0 &&
|
Native Encryption for ZFS on Linux
This change incorporates three major pieces:
The first change is a keystore that manages wrapping
and encryption keys for encrypted datasets. These
commands mostly involve manipulating the new
DSL Crypto Key ZAP Objects that live in the MOS. Each
encrypted dataset has its own DSL Crypto Key that is
protected with a user's key. This level of indirection
allows users to change their keys without re-encrypting
their entire datasets. The change implements the new
subcommands "zfs load-key", "zfs unload-key" and
"zfs change-key" which allow the user to manage their
encryption keys and settings. In addition, several new
flags and properties have been added to allow dataset
creation and to make mounting and unmounting more
convenient.
The second piece of this patch provides the ability to
encrypt, decyrpt, and authenticate protected datasets.
Each object set maintains a Merkel tree of Message
Authentication Codes that protect the lower layers,
similarly to how checksums are maintained. This part
impacts the zio layer, which handles the actual
encryption and generation of MACs, as well as the ARC
and DMU, which need to be able to handle encrypted
buffers and protected data.
The last addition is the ability to do raw, encrypted
sends and receives. The idea here is to send raw
encrypted and compressed data and receive it exactly
as is on a backup system. This means that the dataset
on the receiving system is protected using the same
user key that is in use on the sending side. By doing
so, datasets can be efficiently backed up to an
untrusted system without fear of data being
compromised.
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes #494
Closes #5769
2017-08-14 17:36:48 +00:00
|
|
|
(arc_is_encrypted(db->db_buf) ||
|
2018-06-28 16:20:34 +00:00
|
|
|
arc_is_unauthenticated(db->db_buf) ||
|
Native Encryption for ZFS on Linux
This change incorporates three major pieces:
The first change is a keystore that manages wrapping
and encryption keys for encrypted datasets. These
commands mostly involve manipulating the new
DSL Crypto Key ZAP Objects that live in the MOS. Each
encrypted dataset has its own DSL Crypto Key that is
protected with a user's key. This level of indirection
allows users to change their keys without re-encrypting
their entire datasets. The change implements the new
subcommands "zfs load-key", "zfs unload-key" and
"zfs change-key" which allow the user to manage their
encryption keys and settings. In addition, several new
flags and properties have been added to allow dataset
creation and to make mounting and unmounting more
convenient.
The second piece of this patch provides the ability to
encrypt, decyrpt, and authenticate protected datasets.
Each object set maintains a Merkel tree of Message
Authentication Codes that protect the lower layers,
similarly to how checksums are maintained. This part
impacts the zio layer, which handles the actual
encryption and generation of MACs, as well as the ARC
and DMU, which need to be able to handle encrypted
buffers and protected data.
The last addition is the ability to do raw, encrypted
sends and receives. The idea here is to send raw
encrypted and compressed data and receive it exactly
as is on a backup system. This means that the dataset
on the receiving system is protected using the same
user key that is in use on the sending side. By doing
so, datasets can be efficiently backed up to an
untrusted system without fear of data being
compromised.
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes #494
Closes #5769
2017-08-14 17:36:48 +00:00
|
|
|
arc_get_compression(db->db_buf) != ZIO_COMPRESS_OFF)) {
|
2018-03-31 18:12:51 +00:00
|
|
|
zbookmark_phys_t zb;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SET_BOOKMARK(&zb, dmu_objset_id(db->db_objset),
|
|
|
|
db->db.db_object, db->db_level, db->db_blkid);
|
Native Encryption for ZFS on Linux
This change incorporates three major pieces:
The first change is a keystore that manages wrapping
and encryption keys for encrypted datasets. These
commands mostly involve manipulating the new
DSL Crypto Key ZAP Objects that live in the MOS. Each
encrypted dataset has its own DSL Crypto Key that is
protected with a user's key. This level of indirection
allows users to change their keys without re-encrypting
their entire datasets. The change implements the new
subcommands "zfs load-key", "zfs unload-key" and
"zfs change-key" which allow the user to manage their
encryption keys and settings. In addition, several new
flags and properties have been added to allow dataset
creation and to make mounting and unmounting more
convenient.
The second piece of this patch provides the ability to
encrypt, decyrpt, and authenticate protected datasets.
Each object set maintains a Merkel tree of Message
Authentication Codes that protect the lower layers,
similarly to how checksums are maintained. This part
impacts the zio layer, which handles the actual
encryption and generation of MACs, as well as the ARC
and DMU, which need to be able to handle encrypted
buffers and protected data.
The last addition is the ability to do raw, encrypted
sends and receives. The idea here is to send raw
encrypted and compressed data and receive it exactly
as is on a backup system. This means that the dataset
on the receiving system is protected using the same
user key that is in use on the sending side. By doing
so, datasets can be efficiently backed up to an
untrusted system without fear of data being
compromised.
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes #494
Closes #5769
2017-08-14 17:36:48 +00:00
|
|
|
dbuf_fix_old_data(db, spa_syncing_txg(spa));
|
2018-03-31 18:12:51 +00:00
|
|
|
err = arc_untransform(db->db_buf, spa, &zb, B_FALSE);
|
2016-07-11 17:45:52 +00:00
|
|
|
dbuf_set_data(db, db->db_buf);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
|
2018-06-28 16:20:34 +00:00
|
|
|
if (err == 0 && prefetch)
|
2016-08-29 21:36:39 +00:00
|
|
|
dmu_zfetch(&dn->dn_zfetch, db->db_blkid, 1, B_TRUE);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
if ((flags & DB_RF_HAVESTRUCT) == 0)
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
rw_exit(&dn->dn_struct_rwlock);
|
|
|
|
DB_DNODE_EXIT(db);
|
2018-01-29 18:24:52 +00:00
|
|
|
DBUF_STAT_BUMP(hash_hits);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
} else if (db->db_state == DB_UNCACHED) {
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
spa_t *spa = dn->dn_objset->os_spa;
|
2017-04-13 21:35:00 +00:00
|
|
|
boolean_t need_wait = B_FALSE;
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-12-01 23:50:11 +00:00
|
|
|
if (zio == NULL &&
|
2017-04-13 21:35:00 +00:00
|
|
|
db->db_blkptr != NULL && !BP_IS_HOLE(db->db_blkptr)) {
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
zio = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL, ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL);
|
2017-04-13 21:35:00 +00:00
|
|
|
need_wait = B_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2015-12-26 21:10:31 +00:00
|
|
|
err = dbuf_read_impl(db, zio, flags);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* dbuf_read_impl has dropped db_mtx for us */
|
|
|
|
|
2014-09-10 18:59:03 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!err && prefetch)
|
2016-08-29 21:36:39 +00:00
|
|
|
dmu_zfetch(&dn->dn_zfetch, db->db_blkid, 1, B_TRUE);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ((flags & DB_RF_HAVESTRUCT) == 0)
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
rw_exit(&dn->dn_struct_rwlock);
|
|
|
|
DB_DNODE_EXIT(db);
|
2018-01-29 18:24:52 +00:00
|
|
|
DBUF_STAT_BUMP(hash_misses);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2017-04-13 21:35:00 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!err && need_wait)
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
err = zio_wait(zio);
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
2013-06-11 17:12:34 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Another reader came in while the dbuf was in flight
|
|
|
|
* between UNCACHED and CACHED. Either a writer will finish
|
|
|
|
* writing the buffer (sending the dbuf to CACHED) or the
|
|
|
|
* first reader's request will reach the read_done callback
|
|
|
|
* and send the dbuf to CACHED. Otherwise, a failure
|
|
|
|
* occurred and the dbuf went to UNCACHED.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
|
|
|
|
if (prefetch)
|
2016-08-29 21:36:39 +00:00
|
|
|
dmu_zfetch(&dn->dn_zfetch, db->db_blkid, 1, B_TRUE);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
if ((flags & DB_RF_HAVESTRUCT) == 0)
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
rw_exit(&dn->dn_struct_rwlock);
|
|
|
|
DB_DNODE_EXIT(db);
|
2018-01-29 18:24:52 +00:00
|
|
|
DBUF_STAT_BUMP(hash_misses);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2013-06-11 17:12:34 +00:00
|
|
|
/* Skip the wait per the caller's request. */
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
mutex_enter(&db->db_mtx);
|
|
|
|
if ((flags & DB_RF_NEVERWAIT) == 0) {
|
|
|
|
while (db->db_state == DB_READ ||
|
|
|
|
db->db_state == DB_FILL) {
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db_state == DB_READ ||
|
|
|
|
(flags & DB_RF_HAVESTRUCT) == 0);
|
2014-09-17 06:53:02 +00:00
|
|
|
DTRACE_PROBE2(blocked__read, dmu_buf_impl_t *,
|
|
|
|
db, zio_t *, zio);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
cv_wait(&db->db_changed, &db->db_mtx);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (db->db_state == DB_UNCACHED)
|
2013-03-08 18:41:28 +00:00
|
|
|
err = SET_ERROR(EIO);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (err);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
dbuf_noread(dmu_buf_impl_t *db)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(!refcount_is_zero(&db->db_holds));
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db_blkid != DMU_BONUS_BLKID);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
mutex_enter(&db->db_mtx);
|
|
|
|
while (db->db_state == DB_READ || db->db_state == DB_FILL)
|
|
|
|
cv_wait(&db->db_changed, &db->db_mtx);
|
|
|
|
if (db->db_state == DB_UNCACHED) {
|
|
|
|
arc_buf_contents_t type = DBUF_GET_BUFC_TYPE(db);
|
2013-12-09 18:37:51 +00:00
|
|
|
spa_t *spa = db->db_objset->os_spa;
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db_buf == NULL);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db.db_data == NULL);
|
2016-07-11 17:45:52 +00:00
|
|
|
dbuf_set_data(db, arc_alloc_buf(spa, db, type, db->db.db_size));
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
db->db_state = DB_FILL;
|
2008-12-03 20:09:06 +00:00
|
|
|
} else if (db->db_state == DB_NOFILL) {
|
2015-04-02 03:44:32 +00:00
|
|
|
dbuf_clear_data(db);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(db->db_state, ==, DB_CACHED);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
dbuf_unoverride(dbuf_dirty_record_t *dr)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
dmu_buf_impl_t *db = dr->dr_dbuf;
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
blkptr_t *bp = &dr->dt.dl.dr_overridden_by;
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
uint64_t txg = dr->dr_txg;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&db->db_mtx));
|
2017-05-24 10:34:56 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* This assert is valid because dmu_sync() expects to be called by
|
|
|
|
* a zilog's get_data while holding a range lock. This call only
|
|
|
|
* comes from dbuf_dirty() callers who must also hold a range lock.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(dr->dt.dl.dr_override_state != DR_IN_DMU_SYNC);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db_level == 0);
|
|
|
|
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
if (db->db_blkid == DMU_BONUS_BLKID ||
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
dr->dt.dl.dr_override_state == DR_NOT_OVERRIDDEN)
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db_data_pending != dr);
|
|
|
|
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
/* free this block */
|
2013-12-09 18:37:51 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!BP_IS_HOLE(bp) && !dr->dt.dl.dr_nopwrite)
|
|
|
|
zio_free(db->db_objset->os_spa, txg, bp);
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
dr->dt.dl.dr_override_state = DR_NOT_OVERRIDDEN;
|
2013-05-10 19:47:54 +00:00
|
|
|
dr->dt.dl.dr_nopwrite = B_FALSE;
|
2018-04-17 18:06:54 +00:00
|
|
|
dr->dt.dl.dr_has_raw_params = B_FALSE;
|
2013-05-10 19:47:54 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Release the already-written buffer, so we leave it in
|
|
|
|
* a consistent dirty state. Note that all callers are
|
|
|
|
* modifying the buffer, so they will immediately do
|
|
|
|
* another (redundant) arc_release(). Therefore, leave
|
|
|
|
* the buf thawed to save the effort of freezing &
|
|
|
|
* immediately re-thawing it.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
arc_release(dr->dt.dl.dr_data, db);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2008-12-03 20:09:06 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Evict (if its unreferenced) or clear (if its referenced) any level-0
|
|
|
|
* data blocks in the free range, so that any future readers will find
|
2013-12-09 18:37:51 +00:00
|
|
|
* empty blocks.
|
2008-12-03 20:09:06 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
void
|
2015-04-03 03:14:28 +00:00
|
|
|
dbuf_free_range(dnode_t *dn, uint64_t start_blkid, uint64_t end_blkid,
|
|
|
|
dmu_tx_t *tx)
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2015-04-02 03:44:32 +00:00
|
|
|
dmu_buf_impl_t *db_search;
|
|
|
|
dmu_buf_impl_t *db, *db_next;
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
uint64_t txg = tx->tx_txg;
|
2015-04-03 03:14:28 +00:00
|
|
|
avl_index_t where;
|
|
|
|
|
2017-01-26 23:15:48 +00:00
|
|
|
if (end_blkid > dn->dn_maxblkid &&
|
|
|
|
!(start_blkid == DMU_SPILL_BLKID || end_blkid == DMU_SPILL_BLKID))
|
2015-04-03 03:14:28 +00:00
|
|
|
end_blkid = dn->dn_maxblkid;
|
|
|
|
dprintf_dnode(dn, "start=%llu end=%llu\n", start_blkid, end_blkid);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-04-02 03:44:32 +00:00
|
|
|
db_search = kmem_alloc(sizeof (dmu_buf_impl_t), KM_SLEEP);
|
2015-04-03 03:14:28 +00:00
|
|
|
db_search->db_level = 0;
|
|
|
|
db_search->db_blkid = start_blkid;
|
2015-04-01 15:10:58 +00:00
|
|
|
db_search->db_state = DB_SEARCH;
|
2013-07-29 18:58:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2013-08-21 04:11:52 +00:00
|
|
|
mutex_enter(&dn->dn_dbufs_mtx);
|
2015-04-03 03:14:28 +00:00
|
|
|
db = avl_find(&dn->dn_dbufs, db_search, &where);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT3P(db, ==, NULL);
|
2017-01-26 23:15:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-04-03 03:14:28 +00:00
|
|
|
db = avl_nearest(&dn->dn_dbufs, where, AVL_AFTER);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (; db != NULL; db = db_next) {
|
|
|
|
db_next = AVL_NEXT(&dn->dn_dbufs, db);
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db_blkid != DMU_BONUS_BLKID);
|
2008-12-03 20:09:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-04-03 03:14:28 +00:00
|
|
|
if (db->db_level != 0 || db->db_blkid > end_blkid) {
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(db->db_blkid, >=, start_blkid);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* found a level 0 buffer in the range */
|
2013-09-04 12:00:57 +00:00
|
|
|
mutex_enter(&db->db_mtx);
|
|
|
|
if (dbuf_undirty(db, tx)) {
|
|
|
|
/* mutex has been dropped and dbuf destroyed */
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
continue;
|
2013-09-04 12:00:57 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (db->db_state == DB_UNCACHED ||
|
2008-12-03 20:09:06 +00:00
|
|
|
db->db_state == DB_NOFILL ||
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
db->db_state == DB_EVICTING) {
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db.db_data == NULL);
|
|
|
|
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (db->db_state == DB_READ || db->db_state == DB_FILL) {
|
|
|
|
/* will be handled in dbuf_read_done or dbuf_rele */
|
|
|
|
db->db_freed_in_flight = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (refcount_count(&db->db_holds) == 0) {
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db_buf);
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
dbuf_destroy(db);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* The dbuf is referenced */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (db->db_last_dirty != NULL) {
|
|
|
|
dbuf_dirty_record_t *dr = db->db_last_dirty;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (dr->dr_txg == txg) {
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* This buffer is "in-use", re-adjust the file
|
|
|
|
* size to reflect that this buffer may
|
|
|
|
* contain new data when we sync.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
if (db->db_blkid != DMU_SPILL_BLKID &&
|
|
|
|
db->db_blkid > dn->dn_maxblkid)
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
dn->dn_maxblkid = db->db_blkid;
|
|
|
|
dbuf_unoverride(dr);
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* This dbuf is not dirty in the open context.
|
|
|
|
* Either uncache it (if its not referenced in
|
|
|
|
* the open context) or reset its contents to
|
|
|
|
* empty.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
dbuf_fix_old_data(db, txg);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* clear the contents if its cached */
|
|
|
|
if (db->db_state == DB_CACHED) {
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db.db_data != NULL);
|
|
|
|
arc_release(db->db_buf, db);
|
|
|
|
bzero(db->db.db_data, db->db.db_size);
|
|
|
|
arc_buf_freeze(db->db_buf);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2015-04-03 03:14:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
kmem_free(db_search, sizeof (dmu_buf_impl_t));
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
mutex_exit(&dn->dn_dbufs_mtx);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
dbuf_new_size(dmu_buf_impl_t *db, int size, dmu_tx_t *tx)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
arc_buf_t *buf, *obuf;
|
|
|
|
int osize = db->db.db_size;
|
|
|
|
arc_buf_contents_t type = DBUF_GET_BUFC_TYPE(db);
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
dnode_t *dn;
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db_blkid != DMU_BONUS_BLKID);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
DB_DNODE_ENTER(db);
|
|
|
|
dn = DB_DNODE(db);
|
|
|
|
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
/* XXX does *this* func really need the lock? */
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(RW_WRITE_HELD(&dn->dn_struct_rwlock));
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
2013-12-09 18:37:51 +00:00
|
|
|
* This call to dmu_buf_will_dirty() with the dn_struct_rwlock held
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
* is OK, because there can be no other references to the db
|
|
|
|
* when we are changing its size, so no concurrent DB_FILL can
|
|
|
|
* be happening.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* XXX we should be doing a dbuf_read, checking the return
|
|
|
|
* value and returning that up to our callers
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-12-09 18:37:51 +00:00
|
|
|
dmu_buf_will_dirty(&db->db, tx);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* create the data buffer for the new block */
|
2016-07-11 17:45:52 +00:00
|
|
|
buf = arc_alloc_buf(dn->dn_objset->os_spa, db, type, size);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* copy old block data to the new block */
|
|
|
|
obuf = db->db_buf;
|
|
|
|
bcopy(obuf->b_data, buf->b_data, MIN(osize, size));
|
|
|
|
/* zero the remainder */
|
|
|
|
if (size > osize)
|
|
|
|
bzero((uint8_t *)buf->b_data + osize, size - osize);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
mutex_enter(&db->db_mtx);
|
|
|
|
dbuf_set_data(db, buf);
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
arc_buf_destroy(obuf, db);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
db->db.db_size = size;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (db->db_level == 0) {
|
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(db->db_last_dirty->dr_txg, ==, tx->tx_txg);
|
|
|
|
db->db_last_dirty->dt.dl.dr_data = buf;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
|
|
|
|
|
OpenZFS 7793 - ztest fails assertion in dmu_tx_willuse_space
Reviewed by: Steve Gonczi <steve.gonczi@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com>
Ported-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Background information: This assertion about tx_space_* verifies that we
are not dirtying more stuff than we thought we would. We “need” to know
how much we will dirty so that we can check if we should fail this
transaction with ENOSPC/EDQUOT, in dmu_tx_assign(). While the
transaction is open (i.e. between dmu_tx_assign() and dmu_tx_commit() —
typically less than a millisecond), we call dbuf_dirty() on the exact
blocks that will be modified. Once this happens, the temporary
accounting in tx_space_* is unnecessary, because we know exactly what
blocks are newly dirtied; we call dnode_willuse_space() to track this
more exact accounting.
The fundamental problem causing this bug is that dmu_tx_hold_*() relies
on the current state in the DMU (e.g. dn_nlevels) to predict how much
will be dirtied by this transaction, but this state can change before we
actually perform the transaction (i.e. call dbuf_dirty()).
This bug will be fixed by removing the assertion that the tx_space_*
accounting is perfectly accurate (i.e. we never dirty more than was
predicted by dmu_tx_hold_*()). By removing the requirement that this
accounting be perfectly accurate, we can also vastly simplify it, e.g.
removing most of the logic in dmu_tx_count_*().
The new tx space accounting will be very approximate, and may be more or
less than what is actually dirtied. It will still be used to determine
if this transaction will put us over quota. Transactions that are marked
by dmu_tx_mark_netfree() will be excepted from this check. We won’t make
an attempt to determine how much space will be freed by the transaction
— this was rarely accurate enough to determine if a transaction should
be permitted when we are over quota, which is why dmu_tx_mark_netfree()
was introduced in 2014.
We also won’t attempt to give “credit” when overwriting existing blocks,
if those blocks may be freed. This allows us to remove the
do_free_accounting logic in dbuf_dirty(), and associated routines. This
logic attempted to predict what will be on disk when this txg syncs, to
know if the overwritten block will be freed (i.e. exists, and has no
snapshots).
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7793
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/3704e0a
Upstream bugs: DLPX-32883a
Closes #5804
Porting notes:
- DNODE_SIZE replaced with DNODE_MIN_SIZE in dmu_tx_count_dnode(),
Using the default dnode size would be slightly better.
- DEBUG_DMU_TX wrappers and configure option removed.
- Resolved _by_dnode() conflicts these changes have not yet been
applied to OpenZFS.
2017-03-07 17:51:59 +00:00
|
|
|
dmu_objset_willuse_space(dn->dn_objset, size - osize, tx);
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
DB_DNODE_EXIT(db);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
dbuf_release_bp(dmu_buf_impl_t *db)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2013-12-09 18:37:51 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERTV(objset_t *os = db->db_objset);
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(dsl_pool_sync_context(dmu_objset_pool(os)));
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(arc_released(os->os_phys_buf) ||
|
|
|
|
list_link_active(&os->os_dsl_dataset->ds_synced_link));
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db_parent == NULL || arc_released(db->db_parent->db_buf));
|
|
|
|
|
2013-07-02 20:26:24 +00:00
|
|
|
(void) arc_release(db->db_buf, db);
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-04 20:37:33 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* We already have a dirty record for this TXG, and we are being
|
|
|
|
* dirtied again.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
dbuf_redirty(dbuf_dirty_record_t *dr)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
dmu_buf_impl_t *db = dr->dr_dbuf;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&db->db_mtx));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (db->db_level == 0 && db->db_blkid != DMU_BONUS_BLKID) {
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* If this buffer has already been written out,
|
|
|
|
* we now need to reset its state.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
dbuf_unoverride(dr);
|
|
|
|
if (db->db.db_object != DMU_META_DNODE_OBJECT &&
|
|
|
|
db->db_state != DB_NOFILL) {
|
|
|
|
/* Already released on initial dirty, so just thaw. */
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(arc_released(db->db_buf));
|
|
|
|
arc_buf_thaw(db->db_buf);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
dbuf_dirty_record_t *
|
|
|
|
dbuf_dirty(dmu_buf_impl_t *db, dmu_tx_t *tx)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
dnode_t *dn;
|
|
|
|
objset_t *os;
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
dbuf_dirty_record_t **drp, *dr;
|
|
|
|
int drop_struct_lock = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
int txgoff = tx->tx_txg & TXG_MASK;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(tx->tx_txg != 0);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(!refcount_is_zero(&db->db_holds));
|
|
|
|
DMU_TX_DIRTY_BUF(tx, db);
|
|
|
|
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
DB_DNODE_ENTER(db);
|
|
|
|
dn = DB_DNODE(db);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Shouldn't dirty a regular buffer in syncing context. Private
|
|
|
|
* objects may be dirtied in syncing context, but only if they
|
|
|
|
* were already pre-dirtied in open context.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2017-01-27 19:43:42 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
|
|
if (dn->dn_objset->os_dsl_dataset != NULL) {
|
|
|
|
rrw_enter(&dn->dn_objset->os_dsl_dataset->ds_bp_rwlock,
|
|
|
|
RW_READER, FTAG);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(!dmu_tx_is_syncing(tx) ||
|
|
|
|
BP_IS_HOLE(dn->dn_objset->os_rootbp) ||
|
2009-07-02 22:44:48 +00:00
|
|
|
DMU_OBJECT_IS_SPECIAL(dn->dn_object) ||
|
|
|
|
dn->dn_objset->os_dsl_dataset == NULL);
|
2017-01-27 19:43:42 +00:00
|
|
|
if (dn->dn_objset->os_dsl_dataset != NULL)
|
|
|
|
rrw_exit(&dn->dn_objset->os_dsl_dataset->ds_bp_rwlock, FTAG);
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* We make this assert for private objects as well, but after we
|
|
|
|
* check if we're already dirty. They are allowed to re-dirty
|
|
|
|
* in syncing context.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(dn->dn_object == DMU_META_DNODE_OBJECT ||
|
|
|
|
dn->dn_dirtyctx == DN_UNDIRTIED || dn->dn_dirtyctx ==
|
|
|
|
(dmu_tx_is_syncing(tx) ? DN_DIRTY_SYNC : DN_DIRTY_OPEN));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
mutex_enter(&db->db_mtx);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* XXX make this true for indirects too? The problem is that
|
|
|
|
* transactions created with dmu_tx_create_assigned() from
|
|
|
|
* syncing context don't bother holding ahead.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db_level != 0 ||
|
2008-12-03 20:09:06 +00:00
|
|
|
db->db_state == DB_CACHED || db->db_state == DB_FILL ||
|
|
|
|
db->db_state == DB_NOFILL);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
mutex_enter(&dn->dn_mtx);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Don't set dirtyctx to SYNC if we're just modifying this as we
|
|
|
|
* initialize the objset.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2017-01-27 19:43:42 +00:00
|
|
|
if (dn->dn_dirtyctx == DN_UNDIRTIED) {
|
|
|
|
if (dn->dn_objset->os_dsl_dataset != NULL) {
|
|
|
|
rrw_enter(&dn->dn_objset->os_dsl_dataset->ds_bp_rwlock,
|
|
|
|
RW_READER, FTAG);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!BP_IS_HOLE(dn->dn_objset->os_rootbp)) {
|
|
|
|
dn->dn_dirtyctx = (dmu_tx_is_syncing(tx) ?
|
|
|
|
DN_DIRTY_SYNC : DN_DIRTY_OPEN);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(dn->dn_dirtyctx_firstset == NULL);
|
|
|
|
dn->dn_dirtyctx_firstset = kmem_alloc(1, KM_SLEEP);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (dn->dn_objset->os_dsl_dataset != NULL) {
|
|
|
|
rrw_exit(&dn->dn_objset->os_dsl_dataset->ds_bp_rwlock,
|
|
|
|
FTAG);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2018-04-10 18:15:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (tx->tx_txg > dn->dn_dirty_txg)
|
|
|
|
dn->dn_dirty_txg = tx->tx_txg;
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
mutex_exit(&dn->dn_mtx);
|
|
|
|
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
if (db->db_blkid == DMU_SPILL_BLKID)
|
|
|
|
dn->dn_have_spill = B_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* If this buffer is already dirty, we're done.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
drp = &db->db_last_dirty;
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(*drp == NULL || (*drp)->dr_txg <= tx->tx_txg ||
|
|
|
|
db->db.db_object == DMU_META_DNODE_OBJECT);
|
|
|
|
while ((dr = *drp) != NULL && dr->dr_txg > tx->tx_txg)
|
|
|
|
drp = &dr->dr_next;
|
|
|
|
if (dr && dr->dr_txg == tx->tx_txg) {
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
DB_DNODE_EXIT(db);
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-04 20:37:33 +00:00
|
|
|
dbuf_redirty(dr);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
|
|
|
|
return (dr);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Only valid if not already dirty.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2009-07-02 22:44:48 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(dn->dn_object == 0 ||
|
|
|
|
dn->dn_dirtyctx == DN_UNDIRTIED || dn->dn_dirtyctx ==
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
(dmu_tx_is_syncing(tx) ? DN_DIRTY_SYNC : DN_DIRTY_OPEN));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(dn->dn_nlevels, >, db->db_level);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* We should only be dirtying in syncing context if it's the
|
2009-07-02 22:44:48 +00:00
|
|
|
* mos or we're initializing the os or it's a special object.
|
|
|
|
* However, we are allowed to dirty in syncing context provided
|
|
|
|
* we already dirtied it in open context. Hence we must make
|
|
|
|
* this assertion only if we're not already dirty.
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
os = dn->dn_objset;
|
2017-04-07 20:50:18 +00:00
|
|
|
VERIFY3U(tx->tx_txg, <=, spa_final_dirty_txg(os->os_spa));
|
2017-01-27 19:43:42 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
|
|
if (dn->dn_objset->os_dsl_dataset != NULL)
|
|
|
|
rrw_enter(&os->os_dsl_dataset->ds_bp_rwlock, RW_READER, FTAG);
|
2009-07-02 22:44:48 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(!dmu_tx_is_syncing(tx) || DMU_OBJECT_IS_SPECIAL(dn->dn_object) ||
|
|
|
|
os->os_dsl_dataset == NULL || BP_IS_HOLE(os->os_rootbp));
|
2017-01-27 19:43:42 +00:00
|
|
|
if (dn->dn_objset->os_dsl_dataset != NULL)
|
|
|
|
rrw_exit(&os->os_dsl_dataset->ds_bp_rwlock, FTAG);
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db.db_size != 0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dprintf_dbuf(db, "size=%llx\n", (u_longlong_t)db->db.db_size);
|
|
|
|
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
if (db->db_blkid != DMU_BONUS_BLKID) {
|
OpenZFS 7793 - ztest fails assertion in dmu_tx_willuse_space
Reviewed by: Steve Gonczi <steve.gonczi@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com>
Ported-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Background information: This assertion about tx_space_* verifies that we
are not dirtying more stuff than we thought we would. We “need” to know
how much we will dirty so that we can check if we should fail this
transaction with ENOSPC/EDQUOT, in dmu_tx_assign(). While the
transaction is open (i.e. between dmu_tx_assign() and dmu_tx_commit() —
typically less than a millisecond), we call dbuf_dirty() on the exact
blocks that will be modified. Once this happens, the temporary
accounting in tx_space_* is unnecessary, because we know exactly what
blocks are newly dirtied; we call dnode_willuse_space() to track this
more exact accounting.
The fundamental problem causing this bug is that dmu_tx_hold_*() relies
on the current state in the DMU (e.g. dn_nlevels) to predict how much
will be dirtied by this transaction, but this state can change before we
actually perform the transaction (i.e. call dbuf_dirty()).
This bug will be fixed by removing the assertion that the tx_space_*
accounting is perfectly accurate (i.e. we never dirty more than was
predicted by dmu_tx_hold_*()). By removing the requirement that this
accounting be perfectly accurate, we can also vastly simplify it, e.g.
removing most of the logic in dmu_tx_count_*().
The new tx space accounting will be very approximate, and may be more or
less than what is actually dirtied. It will still be used to determine
if this transaction will put us over quota. Transactions that are marked
by dmu_tx_mark_netfree() will be excepted from this check. We won’t make
an attempt to determine how much space will be freed by the transaction
— this was rarely accurate enough to determine if a transaction should
be permitted when we are over quota, which is why dmu_tx_mark_netfree()
was introduced in 2014.
We also won’t attempt to give “credit” when overwriting existing blocks,
if those blocks may be freed. This allows us to remove the
do_free_accounting logic in dbuf_dirty(), and associated routines. This
logic attempted to predict what will be on disk when this txg syncs, to
know if the overwritten block will be freed (i.e. exists, and has no
snapshots).
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7793
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/3704e0a
Upstream bugs: DLPX-32883a
Closes #5804
Porting notes:
- DNODE_SIZE replaced with DNODE_MIN_SIZE in dmu_tx_count_dnode(),
Using the default dnode size would be slightly better.
- DEBUG_DMU_TX wrappers and configure option removed.
- Resolved _by_dnode() conflicts these changes have not yet been
applied to OpenZFS.
2017-03-07 17:51:59 +00:00
|
|
|
dmu_objset_willuse_space(os, db->db.db_size, tx);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* If this buffer is dirty in an old transaction group we need
|
|
|
|
* to make a copy of it so that the changes we make in this
|
|
|
|
* transaction group won't leak out when we sync the older txg.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2014-11-21 00:09:39 +00:00
|
|
|
dr = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (dbuf_dirty_record_t), KM_SLEEP);
|
2010-08-26 17:26:44 +00:00
|
|
|
list_link_init(&dr->dr_dirty_node);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
if (db->db_level == 0) {
|
|
|
|
void *data_old = db->db_buf;
|
|
|
|
|
2008-12-03 20:09:06 +00:00
|
|
|
if (db->db_state != DB_NOFILL) {
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
if (db->db_blkid == DMU_BONUS_BLKID) {
|
2008-12-03 20:09:06 +00:00
|
|
|
dbuf_fix_old_data(db, tx->tx_txg);
|
|
|
|
data_old = db->db.db_data;
|
|
|
|
} else if (db->db.db_object != DMU_META_DNODE_OBJECT) {
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Release the data buffer from the cache so
|
|
|
|
* that we can modify it without impacting
|
|
|
|
* possible other users of this cached data
|
|
|
|
* block. Note that indirect blocks and
|
|
|
|
* private objects are not released until the
|
|
|
|
* syncing state (since they are only modified
|
|
|
|
* then).
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
arc_release(db->db_buf, db);
|
|
|
|
dbuf_fix_old_data(db, tx->tx_txg);
|
|
|
|
data_old = db->db_buf;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(data_old != NULL);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
dr->dt.dl.dr_data = data_old;
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
Identify locks flagged by lockdep
When running a kernel with CONFIG_LOCKDEP=y, lockdep reports possible
recursive locking in some cases and possible circular locking dependency
in others, within the SPL and ZFS modules.
This patch uses a mutex type defined in SPL, MUTEX_NOLOCKDEP, to mark
such mutexes when they are initialized. This mutex type causes
attempts to take or release those locks to be wrapped in lockdep_off()
and lockdep_on() calls to silence the dependency checker and allow the
use of lock_stats to examine contention.
For RW locks, it uses an analogous lock type, RW_NOLOCKDEP.
The goal is that these locks are ultimately changed back to type
MUTEX_DEFAULT or RW_DEFAULT, after the locks are annotated to reflect
their relationship (e.g. z_name_lock below) or any real problem with the
lock dependencies are fixed.
Some of the affected locks are:
tc_open_lock:
=============
This is an array of locks, all with same name, which txg_quiesce must
take all of in order to move txg to next state. All default to the same
lockdep class, and so to lockdep appears recursive.
zp->z_name_lock:
================
In zfs_rmdir,
dzp = znode for the directory (input to zfs_dirent_lock)
zp = znode for the entry being removed (output of zfs_dirent_lock)
zfs_rmdir()->zfs_dirent_lock() takes z_name_lock in dzp
zfs_rmdir() takes z_name_lock in zp
Since both dzp and zp are type znode_t, the locks have the same default
class, and lockdep considers it a possible recursive lock attempt.
l->l_rwlock:
============
zap_expand_leaf() sometimes creates two new zap leaf structures, via
these call paths:
zap_deref_leaf()->zap_get_leaf_byblk()->zap_leaf_open()
zap_expand_leaf()->zap_create_leaf()->zap_expand_leaf()->zap_create_leaf()
Because both zap_leaf_open() and zap_create_leaf() initialize
l->l_rwlock in their (separate) leaf structures, the lockdep class is
the same, and the linux kernel believes these might both be the same
lock, and emits a possible recursive lock warning.
Signed-off-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes #3895
2015-10-15 20:08:27 +00:00
|
|
|
mutex_init(&dr->dt.di.dr_mtx, NULL, MUTEX_NOLOCKDEP, NULL);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
list_create(&dr->dt.di.dr_children,
|
|
|
|
sizeof (dbuf_dirty_record_t),
|
|
|
|
offsetof(dbuf_dirty_record_t, dr_dirty_node));
|
|
|
|
}
|
Illumos #4045 write throttle & i/o scheduler performance work
4045 zfs write throttle & i/o scheduler performance work
1. The ZFS i/o scheduler (vdev_queue.c) now divides i/os into 5 classes: sync
read, sync write, async read, async write, and scrub/resilver. The scheduler
issues a number of concurrent i/os from each class to the device. Once a class
has been selected, an i/o is selected from this class using either an elevator
algorithem (async, scrub classes) or FIFO (sync classes). The number of
concurrent async write i/os is tuned dynamically based on i/o load, to achieve
good sync i/o latency when there is not a high load of writes, and good write
throughput when there is. See the block comment in vdev_queue.c (reproduced
below) for more details.
2. The write throttle (dsl_pool_tempreserve_space() and
txg_constrain_throughput()) is rewritten to produce much more consistent delays
when under constant load. The new write throttle is based on the amount of
dirty data, rather than guesses about future performance of the system. When
there is a lot of dirty data, each transaction (e.g. write() syscall) will be
delayed by the same small amount. This eliminates the "brick wall of wait"
that the old write throttle could hit, causing all transactions to wait several
seconds until the next txg opens. One of the keys to the new write throttle is
decrementing the amount of dirty data as i/o completes, rather than at the end
of spa_sync(). Note that the write throttle is only applied once the i/o
scheduler is issuing the maximum number of outstanding async writes. See the
block comments in dsl_pool.c and above dmu_tx_delay() (reproduced below) for
more details.
This diff has several other effects, including:
* the commonly-tuned global variable zfs_vdev_max_pending has been removed;
use per-class zfs_vdev_*_max_active values or zfs_vdev_max_active instead.
* the size of each txg (meaning the amount of dirty data written, and thus the
time it takes to write out) is now controlled differently. There is no longer
an explicit time goal; the primary determinant is amount of dirty data.
Systems that are under light or medium load will now often see that a txg is
always syncing, but the impact to performance (e.g. read latency) is minimal.
Tune zfs_dirty_data_max and zfs_dirty_data_sync to control this.
* zio_taskq_batch_pct = 75 -- Only use 75% of all CPUs for compression,
checksum, etc. This improves latency by not allowing these CPU-intensive tasks
to consume all CPU (on machines with at least 4 CPU's; the percentage is
rounded up).
--matt
APPENDIX: problems with the current i/o scheduler
The current ZFS i/o scheduler (vdev_queue.c) is deadline based. The problem
with this is that if there are always i/os pending, then certain classes of
i/os can see very long delays.
For example, if there are always synchronous reads outstanding, then no async
writes will be serviced until they become "past due". One symptom of this
situation is that each pass of the txg sync takes at least several seconds
(typically 3 seconds).
If many i/os become "past due" (their deadline is in the past), then we must
service all of these overdue i/os before any new i/os. This happens when we
enqueue a batch of async writes for the txg sync, with deadlines 2.5 seconds in
the future. If we can't complete all the i/os in 2.5 seconds (e.g. because
there were always reads pending), then these i/os will become past due. Now we
must service all the "async" writes (which could be hundreds of megabytes)
before we service any reads, introducing considerable latency to synchronous
i/os (reads or ZIL writes).
Notes on porting to ZFS on Linux:
- zio_t gained new members io_physdone and io_phys_children. Because
object caches in the Linux port call the constructor only once at
allocation time, objects may contain residual data when retrieved
from the cache. Therefore zio_create() was updated to zero out the two
new fields.
- vdev_mirror_pending() relied on the depth of the per-vdev pending queue
(vq->vq_pending_tree) to select the least-busy leaf vdev to read from.
This tree has been replaced by vq->vq_active_tree which is now used
for the same purpose.
- vdev_queue_init() used the value of zfs_vdev_max_pending to determine
the number of vdev I/O buffers to pre-allocate. That global no longer
exists, so we instead use the sum of the *_max_active values for each of
the five I/O classes described above.
- The Illumos implementation of dmu_tx_delay() delays a transaction by
sleeping in condition variable embedded in the thread
(curthread->t_delay_cv). We do not have an equivalent CV to use in
Linux, so this change replaced the delay logic with a wrapper called
zfs_sleep_until(). This wrapper could be adopted upstream and in other
downstream ports to abstract away operating system-specific delay logic.
- These tunables are added as module parameters, and descriptions added
to the zfs-module-parameters.5 man page.
spa_asize_inflation
zfs_deadman_synctime_ms
zfs_vdev_max_active
zfs_vdev_async_write_active_min_dirty_percent
zfs_vdev_async_write_active_max_dirty_percent
zfs_vdev_async_read_max_active
zfs_vdev_async_read_min_active
zfs_vdev_async_write_max_active
zfs_vdev_async_write_min_active
zfs_vdev_scrub_max_active
zfs_vdev_scrub_min_active
zfs_vdev_sync_read_max_active
zfs_vdev_sync_read_min_active
zfs_vdev_sync_write_max_active
zfs_vdev_sync_write_min_active
zfs_dirty_data_max_percent
zfs_delay_min_dirty_percent
zfs_dirty_data_max_max_percent
zfs_dirty_data_max
zfs_dirty_data_max_max
zfs_dirty_data_sync
zfs_delay_scale
The latter four have type unsigned long, whereas they are uint64_t in
Illumos. This accommodates Linux's module_param() supported types, but
means they may overflow on 32-bit architectures.
The values zfs_dirty_data_max and zfs_dirty_data_max_max are the most
likely to overflow on 32-bit systems, since they express physical RAM
sizes in bytes. In fact, Illumos initializes zfs_dirty_data_max_max to
2^32 which does overflow. To resolve that, this port instead initializes
it in arc_init() to 25% of physical RAM, and adds the tunable
zfs_dirty_data_max_max_percent to override that percentage. While this
solution doesn't completely avoid the overflow issue, it should be a
reasonable default for most systems, and the minority of affected
systems can work around the issue by overriding the defaults.
- Fixed reversed logic in comment above zfs_delay_scale declaration.
- Clarified comments in vdev_queue.c regarding when per-queue minimums take
effect.
- Replaced dmu_tx_write_limit in the dmu_tx kstat file
with dmu_tx_dirty_delay and dmu_tx_dirty_over_max. The first counts
how many times a transaction has been delayed because the pool dirty
data has exceeded zfs_delay_min_dirty_percent. The latter counts how
many times the pool dirty data has exceeded zfs_dirty_data_max (which
we expect to never happen).
- The original patch would have regressed the bug fixed in
zfsonlinux/zfs@c418410, which prevented users from setting the
zfs_vdev_aggregation_limit tuning larger than SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE.
A similar fix is added to vdev_queue_aggregate().
- In vdev_queue_io_to_issue(), dynamically allocate 'zio_t search' on the
heap instead of the stack. In Linux we can't afford such large
structures on the stack.
Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Adam Leventhal <ahl@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov>
Reviewed by: Brendan Gregg <brendan.gregg@joyent.com>
Approved by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com>
References:
http://www.illumos.org/issues/4045
illumos/illumos-gate@69962b5647e4a8b9b14998733b765925381b727e
Ported-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes #1913
2013-08-29 03:01:20 +00:00
|
|
|
if (db->db_blkid != DMU_BONUS_BLKID && os->os_dsl_dataset != NULL)
|
|
|
|
dr->dr_accounted = db->db.db_size;
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
dr->dr_dbuf = db;
|
|
|
|
dr->dr_txg = tx->tx_txg;
|
|
|
|
dr->dr_next = *drp;
|
|
|
|
*drp = dr;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* We could have been freed_in_flight between the dbuf_noread
|
|
|
|
* and dbuf_dirty. We win, as though the dbuf_noread() had
|
|
|
|
* happened after the free.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
if (db->db_level == 0 && db->db_blkid != DMU_BONUS_BLKID &&
|
|
|
|
db->db_blkid != DMU_SPILL_BLKID) {
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
mutex_enter(&dn->dn_mtx);
|
2014-04-16 03:40:22 +00:00
|
|
|
if (dn->dn_free_ranges[txgoff] != NULL) {
|
|
|
|
range_tree_clear(dn->dn_free_ranges[txgoff],
|
|
|
|
db->db_blkid, 1);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
mutex_exit(&dn->dn_mtx);
|
|
|
|
db->db_freed_in_flight = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* This buffer is now part of this txg
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
dbuf_add_ref(db, (void *)(uintptr_t)tx->tx_txg);
|
|
|
|
db->db_dirtycnt += 1;
|
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(db->db_dirtycnt, <=, 3);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
|
|
|
|
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
if (db->db_blkid == DMU_BONUS_BLKID ||
|
|
|
|
db->db_blkid == DMU_SPILL_BLKID) {
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
mutex_enter(&dn->dn_mtx);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(!list_link_active(&dr->dr_dirty_node));
|
|
|
|
list_insert_tail(&dn->dn_dirty_records[txgoff], dr);
|
|
|
|
mutex_exit(&dn->dn_mtx);
|
|
|
|
dnode_setdirty(dn, tx);
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
DB_DNODE_EXIT(db);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
return (dr);
|
2016-08-29 18:40:16 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* The dn_struct_rwlock prevents db_blkptr from changing
|
|
|
|
* due to a write from syncing context completing
|
|
|
|
* while we are running, so we want to acquire it before
|
|
|
|
* looking at db_blkptr.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (!RW_WRITE_HELD(&dn->dn_struct_rwlock)) {
|
|
|
|
rw_enter(&dn->dn_struct_rwlock, RW_READER);
|
|
|
|
drop_struct_lock = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2017-03-20 22:38:11 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* We need to hold the dn_struct_rwlock to make this assertion,
|
|
|
|
* because it protects dn_phys / dn_next_nlevels from changing.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
ASSERT((dn->dn_phys->dn_nlevels == 0 && db->db_level == 0) ||
|
|
|
|
dn->dn_phys->dn_nlevels > db->db_level ||
|
|
|
|
dn->dn_next_nlevels[txgoff] > db->db_level ||
|
|
|
|
dn->dn_next_nlevels[(tx->tx_txg-1) & TXG_MASK] > db->db_level ||
|
|
|
|
dn->dn_next_nlevels[(tx->tx_txg-2) & TXG_MASK] > db->db_level);
|
|
|
|
|
OpenZFS 7793 - ztest fails assertion in dmu_tx_willuse_space
Reviewed by: Steve Gonczi <steve.gonczi@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com>
Ported-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Background information: This assertion about tx_space_* verifies that we
are not dirtying more stuff than we thought we would. We “need” to know
how much we will dirty so that we can check if we should fail this
transaction with ENOSPC/EDQUOT, in dmu_tx_assign(). While the
transaction is open (i.e. between dmu_tx_assign() and dmu_tx_commit() —
typically less than a millisecond), we call dbuf_dirty() on the exact
blocks that will be modified. Once this happens, the temporary
accounting in tx_space_* is unnecessary, because we know exactly what
blocks are newly dirtied; we call dnode_willuse_space() to track this
more exact accounting.
The fundamental problem causing this bug is that dmu_tx_hold_*() relies
on the current state in the DMU (e.g. dn_nlevels) to predict how much
will be dirtied by this transaction, but this state can change before we
actually perform the transaction (i.e. call dbuf_dirty()).
This bug will be fixed by removing the assertion that the tx_space_*
accounting is perfectly accurate (i.e. we never dirty more than was
predicted by dmu_tx_hold_*()). By removing the requirement that this
accounting be perfectly accurate, we can also vastly simplify it, e.g.
removing most of the logic in dmu_tx_count_*().
The new tx space accounting will be very approximate, and may be more or
less than what is actually dirtied. It will still be used to determine
if this transaction will put us over quota. Transactions that are marked
by dmu_tx_mark_netfree() will be excepted from this check. We won’t make
an attempt to determine how much space will be freed by the transaction
— this was rarely accurate enough to determine if a transaction should
be permitted when we are over quota, which is why dmu_tx_mark_netfree()
was introduced in 2014.
We also won’t attempt to give “credit” when overwriting existing blocks,
if those blocks may be freed. This allows us to remove the
do_free_accounting logic in dbuf_dirty(), and associated routines. This
logic attempted to predict what will be on disk when this txg syncs, to
know if the overwritten block will be freed (i.e. exists, and has no
snapshots).
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7793
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/3704e0a
Upstream bugs: DLPX-32883a
Closes #5804
Porting notes:
- DNODE_SIZE replaced with DNODE_MIN_SIZE in dmu_tx_count_dnode(),
Using the default dnode size would be slightly better.
- DEBUG_DMU_TX wrappers and configure option removed.
- Resolved _by_dnode() conflicts these changes have not yet been
applied to OpenZFS.
2017-03-07 17:51:59 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* If we are overwriting a dedup BP, then unless it is snapshotted,
|
|
|
|
* when we get to syncing context we will need to decrement its
|
|
|
|
* refcount in the DDT. Prefetch the relevant DDT block so that
|
|
|
|
* syncing context won't have to wait for the i/o.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
ddt_prefetch(os->os_spa, db->db_blkptr);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-12-03 20:09:06 +00:00
|
|
|
if (db->db_level == 0) {
|
2018-06-28 16:20:34 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(!db->db_objset->os_raw_receive ||
|
|
|
|
dn->dn_maxblkid >= db->db_blkid);
|
2008-12-03 20:09:06 +00:00
|
|
|
dnode_new_blkid(dn, db->db_blkid, tx, drop_struct_lock);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(dn->dn_maxblkid >= db->db_blkid);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
if (db->db_level+1 < dn->dn_nlevels) {
|
|
|
|
dmu_buf_impl_t *parent = db->db_parent;
|
|
|
|
dbuf_dirty_record_t *di;
|
|
|
|
int parent_held = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (db->db_parent == NULL || db->db_parent == dn->dn_dbuf) {
|
|
|
|
int epbs = dn->dn_indblkshift - SPA_BLKPTRSHIFT;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
parent = dbuf_hold_level(dn, db->db_level+1,
|
|
|
|
db->db_blkid >> epbs, FTAG);
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(parent != NULL);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
parent_held = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (drop_struct_lock)
|
|
|
|
rw_exit(&dn->dn_struct_rwlock);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(db->db_level+1, ==, parent->db_level);
|
|
|
|
di = dbuf_dirty(parent, tx);
|
|
|
|
if (parent_held)
|
|
|
|
dbuf_rele(parent, FTAG);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
mutex_enter(&db->db_mtx);
|
Illumos #4045 write throttle & i/o scheduler performance work
4045 zfs write throttle & i/o scheduler performance work
1. The ZFS i/o scheduler (vdev_queue.c) now divides i/os into 5 classes: sync
read, sync write, async read, async write, and scrub/resilver. The scheduler
issues a number of concurrent i/os from each class to the device. Once a class
has been selected, an i/o is selected from this class using either an elevator
algorithem (async, scrub classes) or FIFO (sync classes). The number of
concurrent async write i/os is tuned dynamically based on i/o load, to achieve
good sync i/o latency when there is not a high load of writes, and good write
throughput when there is. See the block comment in vdev_queue.c (reproduced
below) for more details.
2. The write throttle (dsl_pool_tempreserve_space() and
txg_constrain_throughput()) is rewritten to produce much more consistent delays
when under constant load. The new write throttle is based on the amount of
dirty data, rather than guesses about future performance of the system. When
there is a lot of dirty data, each transaction (e.g. write() syscall) will be
delayed by the same small amount. This eliminates the "brick wall of wait"
that the old write throttle could hit, causing all transactions to wait several
seconds until the next txg opens. One of the keys to the new write throttle is
decrementing the amount of dirty data as i/o completes, rather than at the end
of spa_sync(). Note that the write throttle is only applied once the i/o
scheduler is issuing the maximum number of outstanding async writes. See the
block comments in dsl_pool.c and above dmu_tx_delay() (reproduced below) for
more details.
This diff has several other effects, including:
* the commonly-tuned global variable zfs_vdev_max_pending has been removed;
use per-class zfs_vdev_*_max_active values or zfs_vdev_max_active instead.
* the size of each txg (meaning the amount of dirty data written, and thus the
time it takes to write out) is now controlled differently. There is no longer
an explicit time goal; the primary determinant is amount of dirty data.
Systems that are under light or medium load will now often see that a txg is
always syncing, but the impact to performance (e.g. read latency) is minimal.
Tune zfs_dirty_data_max and zfs_dirty_data_sync to control this.
* zio_taskq_batch_pct = 75 -- Only use 75% of all CPUs for compression,
checksum, etc. This improves latency by not allowing these CPU-intensive tasks
to consume all CPU (on machines with at least 4 CPU's; the percentage is
rounded up).
--matt
APPENDIX: problems with the current i/o scheduler
The current ZFS i/o scheduler (vdev_queue.c) is deadline based. The problem
with this is that if there are always i/os pending, then certain classes of
i/os can see very long delays.
For example, if there are always synchronous reads outstanding, then no async
writes will be serviced until they become "past due". One symptom of this
situation is that each pass of the txg sync takes at least several seconds
(typically 3 seconds).
If many i/os become "past due" (their deadline is in the past), then we must
service all of these overdue i/os before any new i/os. This happens when we
enqueue a batch of async writes for the txg sync, with deadlines 2.5 seconds in
the future. If we can't complete all the i/os in 2.5 seconds (e.g. because
there were always reads pending), then these i/os will become past due. Now we
must service all the "async" writes (which could be hundreds of megabytes)
before we service any reads, introducing considerable latency to synchronous
i/os (reads or ZIL writes).
Notes on porting to ZFS on Linux:
- zio_t gained new members io_physdone and io_phys_children. Because
object caches in the Linux port call the constructor only once at
allocation time, objects may contain residual data when retrieved
from the cache. Therefore zio_create() was updated to zero out the two
new fields.
- vdev_mirror_pending() relied on the depth of the per-vdev pending queue
(vq->vq_pending_tree) to select the least-busy leaf vdev to read from.
This tree has been replaced by vq->vq_active_tree which is now used
for the same purpose.
- vdev_queue_init() used the value of zfs_vdev_max_pending to determine
the number of vdev I/O buffers to pre-allocate. That global no longer
exists, so we instead use the sum of the *_max_active values for each of
the five I/O classes described above.
- The Illumos implementation of dmu_tx_delay() delays a transaction by
sleeping in condition variable embedded in the thread
(curthread->t_delay_cv). We do not have an equivalent CV to use in
Linux, so this change replaced the delay logic with a wrapper called
zfs_sleep_until(). This wrapper could be adopted upstream and in other
downstream ports to abstract away operating system-specific delay logic.
- These tunables are added as module parameters, and descriptions added
to the zfs-module-parameters.5 man page.
spa_asize_inflation
zfs_deadman_synctime_ms
zfs_vdev_max_active
zfs_vdev_async_write_active_min_dirty_percent
zfs_vdev_async_write_active_max_dirty_percent
zfs_vdev_async_read_max_active
zfs_vdev_async_read_min_active
zfs_vdev_async_write_max_active
zfs_vdev_async_write_min_active
zfs_vdev_scrub_max_active
zfs_vdev_scrub_min_active
zfs_vdev_sync_read_max_active
zfs_vdev_sync_read_min_active
zfs_vdev_sync_write_max_active
zfs_vdev_sync_write_min_active
zfs_dirty_data_max_percent
zfs_delay_min_dirty_percent
zfs_dirty_data_max_max_percent
zfs_dirty_data_max
zfs_dirty_data_max_max
zfs_dirty_data_sync
zfs_delay_scale
The latter four have type unsigned long, whereas they are uint64_t in
Illumos. This accommodates Linux's module_param() supported types, but
means they may overflow on 32-bit architectures.
The values zfs_dirty_data_max and zfs_dirty_data_max_max are the most
likely to overflow on 32-bit systems, since they express physical RAM
sizes in bytes. In fact, Illumos initializes zfs_dirty_data_max_max to
2^32 which does overflow. To resolve that, this port instead initializes
it in arc_init() to 25% of physical RAM, and adds the tunable
zfs_dirty_data_max_max_percent to override that percentage. While this
solution doesn't completely avoid the overflow issue, it should be a
reasonable default for most systems, and the minority of affected
systems can work around the issue by overriding the defaults.
- Fixed reversed logic in comment above zfs_delay_scale declaration.
- Clarified comments in vdev_queue.c regarding when per-queue minimums take
effect.
- Replaced dmu_tx_write_limit in the dmu_tx kstat file
with dmu_tx_dirty_delay and dmu_tx_dirty_over_max. The first counts
how many times a transaction has been delayed because the pool dirty
data has exceeded zfs_delay_min_dirty_percent. The latter counts how
many times the pool dirty data has exceeded zfs_dirty_data_max (which
we expect to never happen).
- The original patch would have regressed the bug fixed in
zfsonlinux/zfs@c418410, which prevented users from setting the
zfs_vdev_aggregation_limit tuning larger than SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE.
A similar fix is added to vdev_queue_aggregate().
- In vdev_queue_io_to_issue(), dynamically allocate 'zio_t search' on the
heap instead of the stack. In Linux we can't afford such large
structures on the stack.
Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Adam Leventhal <ahl@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov>
Reviewed by: Brendan Gregg <brendan.gregg@joyent.com>
Approved by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com>
References:
http://www.illumos.org/issues/4045
illumos/illumos-gate@69962b5647e4a8b9b14998733b765925381b727e
Ported-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes #1913
2013-08-29 03:01:20 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Since we've dropped the mutex, it's possible that
|
|
|
|
* dbuf_undirty() might have changed this out from under us.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
if (db->db_last_dirty == dr ||
|
|
|
|
dn->dn_object == DMU_META_DNODE_OBJECT) {
|
|
|
|
mutex_enter(&di->dt.di.dr_mtx);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(di->dr_txg, ==, tx->tx_txg);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(!list_link_active(&dr->dr_dirty_node));
|
|
|
|
list_insert_tail(&di->dt.di.dr_children, dr);
|
|
|
|
mutex_exit(&di->dt.di.dr_mtx);
|
|
|
|
dr->dr_parent = di;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db_level+1 == dn->dn_nlevels);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db_blkid < dn->dn_nblkptr);
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db_parent == NULL || db->db_parent == dn->dn_dbuf);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
mutex_enter(&dn->dn_mtx);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(!list_link_active(&dr->dr_dirty_node));
|
|
|
|
list_insert_tail(&dn->dn_dirty_records[txgoff], dr);
|
|
|
|
mutex_exit(&dn->dn_mtx);
|
|
|
|
if (drop_struct_lock)
|
|
|
|
rw_exit(&dn->dn_struct_rwlock);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dnode_setdirty(dn, tx);
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
DB_DNODE_EXIT(db);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
return (dr);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2013-09-04 12:00:57 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
2013-06-11 17:12:34 +00:00
|
|
|
* Undirty a buffer in the transaction group referenced by the given
|
|
|
|
* transaction. Return whether this evicted the dbuf.
|
2013-09-04 12:00:57 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static boolean_t
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
dbuf_undirty(dmu_buf_impl_t *db, dmu_tx_t *tx)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
dnode_t *dn;
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
uint64_t txg = tx->tx_txg;
|
|
|
|
dbuf_dirty_record_t *dr, **drp;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(txg != 0);
|
2015-07-02 16:23:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Due to our use of dn_nlevels below, this can only be called
|
|
|
|
* in open context, unless we are operating on the MOS.
|
|
|
|
* From syncing context, dn_nlevels may be different from the
|
|
|
|
* dn_nlevels used when dbuf was dirtied.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db_objset ==
|
|
|
|
dmu_objset_pool(db->db_objset)->dp_meta_objset ||
|
|
|
|
txg != spa_syncing_txg(dmu_objset_spa(db->db_objset)));
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db_blkid != DMU_BONUS_BLKID);
|
2013-09-04 12:00:57 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT0(db->db_level);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&db->db_mtx));
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* If this buffer is not dirty, we're done.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
for (drp = &db->db_last_dirty; (dr = *drp) != NULL; drp = &dr->dr_next)
|
|
|
|
if (dr->dr_txg <= txg)
|
|
|
|
break;
|
2013-09-04 12:00:57 +00:00
|
|
|
if (dr == NULL || dr->dr_txg < txg)
|
|
|
|
return (B_FALSE);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(dr->dr_txg == txg);
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(dr->dr_dbuf == db);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
DB_DNODE_ENTER(db);
|
|
|
|
dn = DB_DNODE(db);
|
|
|
|
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
dprintf_dbuf(db, "size=%llx\n", (u_longlong_t)db->db.db_size);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db.db_size != 0);
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-02 16:23:20 +00:00
|
|
|
dsl_pool_undirty_space(dmu_objset_pool(dn->dn_objset),
|
|
|
|
dr->dr_accounted, txg);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*drp = dr->dr_next;
|
|
|
|
|
Illumos #764: panic in zfs:dbuf_sync_list
Hypothesis about what's going on here.
At some time in the past, something, i.e. dnode_reallocate()
calls one of:
dbuf_rm_spill(dn, tx);
These will do:
dbuf_rm_spill(dnode_t *dn, dmu_tx_t *tx)
dbuf_free_range(dn, DMU_SPILL_BLKID, DMU_SPILL_BLKID, tx)
dbuf_undirty(db, tx)
Currently dbuf_undirty can leave a spill block in dn_dirty_records[],
(it having been put there previously by dbuf_dirty) and free it.
Sometime later, dbuf_sync_list trips over this reference to free'd
(and typically reused) memory.
Also, dbuf_undirty can call dnode_clear_range with a bogus
block ID. It needs to test for DMU_SPILL_BLKID, similar to
how dnode_clear_range is called in dbuf_dirty().
References to Illumos issue and patch:
- https://www.illumos.org/issues/764
- https://github.com/illumos/illumos-gate/commit/3f2366c2bb
Reviewed by: George Wilson <gwilson@zfsmail.com>
Reviewed by: Mark.Maybe@oracle.com
Reviewed by: Albert Lee <trisk@nexenta.com
Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@nexenta.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Issue #340
2011-07-26 18:37:06 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Note that there are three places in dbuf_dirty()
|
|
|
|
* where this dirty record may be put on a list.
|
|
|
|
* Make sure to do a list_remove corresponding to
|
|
|
|
* every one of those list_insert calls.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
if (dr->dr_parent) {
|
|
|
|
mutex_enter(&dr->dr_parent->dt.di.dr_mtx);
|
|
|
|
list_remove(&dr->dr_parent->dt.di.dr_children, dr);
|
|
|
|
mutex_exit(&dr->dr_parent->dt.di.dr_mtx);
|
Illumos #764: panic in zfs:dbuf_sync_list
Hypothesis about what's going on here.
At some time in the past, something, i.e. dnode_reallocate()
calls one of:
dbuf_rm_spill(dn, tx);
These will do:
dbuf_rm_spill(dnode_t *dn, dmu_tx_t *tx)
dbuf_free_range(dn, DMU_SPILL_BLKID, DMU_SPILL_BLKID, tx)
dbuf_undirty(db, tx)
Currently dbuf_undirty can leave a spill block in dn_dirty_records[],
(it having been put there previously by dbuf_dirty) and free it.
Sometime later, dbuf_sync_list trips over this reference to free'd
(and typically reused) memory.
Also, dbuf_undirty can call dnode_clear_range with a bogus
block ID. It needs to test for DMU_SPILL_BLKID, similar to
how dnode_clear_range is called in dbuf_dirty().
References to Illumos issue and patch:
- https://www.illumos.org/issues/764
- https://github.com/illumos/illumos-gate/commit/3f2366c2bb
Reviewed by: George Wilson <gwilson@zfsmail.com>
Reviewed by: Mark.Maybe@oracle.com
Reviewed by: Albert Lee <trisk@nexenta.com
Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@nexenta.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Issue #340
2011-07-26 18:37:06 +00:00
|
|
|
} else if (db->db_blkid == DMU_SPILL_BLKID ||
|
2015-07-02 16:23:20 +00:00
|
|
|
db->db_level + 1 == dn->dn_nlevels) {
|
2008-12-03 20:09:06 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db_blkptr == NULL || db->db_parent == dn->dn_dbuf);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
mutex_enter(&dn->dn_mtx);
|
|
|
|
list_remove(&dn->dn_dirty_records[txg & TXG_MASK], dr);
|
|
|
|
mutex_exit(&dn->dn_mtx);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
DB_DNODE_EXIT(db);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2013-09-04 12:00:57 +00:00
|
|
|
if (db->db_state != DB_NOFILL) {
|
|
|
|
dbuf_unoverride(dr);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db_buf != NULL);
|
2013-09-04 12:00:57 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(dr->dt.dl.dr_data != NULL);
|
|
|
|
if (dr->dt.dl.dr_data != db->db_buf)
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
arc_buf_destroy(dr->dt.dl.dr_data, db);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2015-04-01 13:49:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
kmem_free(dr, sizeof (dbuf_dirty_record_t));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db_dirtycnt > 0);
|
|
|
|
db->db_dirtycnt -= 1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (refcount_remove(&db->db_holds, (void *)(uintptr_t)txg) == 0) {
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db_state == DB_NOFILL || arc_released(db->db_buf));
|
|
|
|
dbuf_destroy(db);
|
2013-09-04 12:00:57 +00:00
|
|
|
return (B_TRUE);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2013-09-04 12:00:57 +00:00
|
|
|
return (B_FALSE);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
Native Encryption for ZFS on Linux
This change incorporates three major pieces:
The first change is a keystore that manages wrapping
and encryption keys for encrypted datasets. These
commands mostly involve manipulating the new
DSL Crypto Key ZAP Objects that live in the MOS. Each
encrypted dataset has its own DSL Crypto Key that is
protected with a user's key. This level of indirection
allows users to change their keys without re-encrypting
their entire datasets. The change implements the new
subcommands "zfs load-key", "zfs unload-key" and
"zfs change-key" which allow the user to manage their
encryption keys and settings. In addition, several new
flags and properties have been added to allow dataset
creation and to make mounting and unmounting more
convenient.
The second piece of this patch provides the ability to
encrypt, decyrpt, and authenticate protected datasets.
Each object set maintains a Merkel tree of Message
Authentication Codes that protect the lower layers,
similarly to how checksums are maintained. This part
impacts the zio layer, which handles the actual
encryption and generation of MACs, as well as the ARC
and DMU, which need to be able to handle encrypted
buffers and protected data.
The last addition is the ability to do raw, encrypted
sends and receives. The idea here is to send raw
encrypted and compressed data and receive it exactly
as is on a backup system. This means that the dataset
on the receiving system is protected using the same
user key that is in use on the sending side. By doing
so, datasets can be efficiently backed up to an
untrusted system without fear of data being
compromised.
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes #494
Closes #5769
2017-08-14 17:36:48 +00:00
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
dmu_buf_will_dirty_impl(dmu_buf_t *db_fake, int flags, dmu_tx_t *tx)
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2013-12-09 18:37:51 +00:00
|
|
|
dmu_buf_impl_t *db = (dmu_buf_impl_t *)db_fake;
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(tx->tx_txg != 0);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(!refcount_is_zero(&db->db_holds));
|
|
|
|
|
2015-11-04 20:37:33 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Quick check for dirtyness. For already dirty blocks, this
|
|
|
|
* reduces runtime of this function by >90%, and overall performance
|
|
|
|
* by 50% for some workloads (e.g. file deletion with indirect blocks
|
|
|
|
* cached).
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
mutex_enter(&db->db_mtx);
|
|
|
|
|
2017-11-04 20:25:13 +00:00
|
|
|
dbuf_dirty_record_t *dr;
|
2015-11-04 20:37:33 +00:00
|
|
|
for (dr = db->db_last_dirty;
|
|
|
|
dr != NULL && dr->dr_txg >= tx->tx_txg; dr = dr->dr_next) {
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* It's possible that it is already dirty but not cached,
|
|
|
|
* because there are some calls to dbuf_dirty() that don't
|
|
|
|
* go through dmu_buf_will_dirty().
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (dr->dr_txg == tx->tx_txg && db->db_state == DB_CACHED) {
|
|
|
|
/* This dbuf is already dirty and cached. */
|
|
|
|
dbuf_redirty(dr);
|
|
|
|
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
|
|
|
|
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
DB_DNODE_ENTER(db);
|
|
|
|
if (RW_WRITE_HELD(&DB_DNODE(db)->dn_struct_rwlock))
|
Native Encryption for ZFS on Linux
This change incorporates three major pieces:
The first change is a keystore that manages wrapping
and encryption keys for encrypted datasets. These
commands mostly involve manipulating the new
DSL Crypto Key ZAP Objects that live in the MOS. Each
encrypted dataset has its own DSL Crypto Key that is
protected with a user's key. This level of indirection
allows users to change their keys without re-encrypting
their entire datasets. The change implements the new
subcommands "zfs load-key", "zfs unload-key" and
"zfs change-key" which allow the user to manage their
encryption keys and settings. In addition, several new
flags and properties have been added to allow dataset
creation and to make mounting and unmounting more
convenient.
The second piece of this patch provides the ability to
encrypt, decyrpt, and authenticate protected datasets.
Each object set maintains a Merkel tree of Message
Authentication Codes that protect the lower layers,
similarly to how checksums are maintained. This part
impacts the zio layer, which handles the actual
encryption and generation of MACs, as well as the ARC
and DMU, which need to be able to handle encrypted
buffers and protected data.
The last addition is the ability to do raw, encrypted
sends and receives. The idea here is to send raw
encrypted and compressed data and receive it exactly
as is on a backup system. This means that the dataset
on the receiving system is protected using the same
user key that is in use on the sending side. By doing
so, datasets can be efficiently backed up to an
untrusted system without fear of data being
compromised.
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes #494
Closes #5769
2017-08-14 17:36:48 +00:00
|
|
|
flags |= DB_RF_HAVESTRUCT;
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
DB_DNODE_EXIT(db);
|
Native Encryption for ZFS on Linux
This change incorporates three major pieces:
The first change is a keystore that manages wrapping
and encryption keys for encrypted datasets. These
commands mostly involve manipulating the new
DSL Crypto Key ZAP Objects that live in the MOS. Each
encrypted dataset has its own DSL Crypto Key that is
protected with a user's key. This level of indirection
allows users to change their keys without re-encrypting
their entire datasets. The change implements the new
subcommands "zfs load-key", "zfs unload-key" and
"zfs change-key" which allow the user to manage their
encryption keys and settings. In addition, several new
flags and properties have been added to allow dataset
creation and to make mounting and unmounting more
convenient.
The second piece of this patch provides the ability to
encrypt, decyrpt, and authenticate protected datasets.
Each object set maintains a Merkel tree of Message
Authentication Codes that protect the lower layers,
similarly to how checksums are maintained. This part
impacts the zio layer, which handles the actual
encryption and generation of MACs, as well as the ARC
and DMU, which need to be able to handle encrypted
buffers and protected data.
The last addition is the ability to do raw, encrypted
sends and receives. The idea here is to send raw
encrypted and compressed data and receive it exactly
as is on a backup system. This means that the dataset
on the receiving system is protected using the same
user key that is in use on the sending side. By doing
so, datasets can be efficiently backed up to an
untrusted system without fear of data being
compromised.
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes #494
Closes #5769
2017-08-14 17:36:48 +00:00
|
|
|
(void) dbuf_read(db, NULL, flags);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
(void) dbuf_dirty(db, tx);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
Native Encryption for ZFS on Linux
This change incorporates three major pieces:
The first change is a keystore that manages wrapping
and encryption keys for encrypted datasets. These
commands mostly involve manipulating the new
DSL Crypto Key ZAP Objects that live in the MOS. Each
encrypted dataset has its own DSL Crypto Key that is
protected with a user's key. This level of indirection
allows users to change their keys without re-encrypting
their entire datasets. The change implements the new
subcommands "zfs load-key", "zfs unload-key" and
"zfs change-key" which allow the user to manage their
encryption keys and settings. In addition, several new
flags and properties have been added to allow dataset
creation and to make mounting and unmounting more
convenient.
The second piece of this patch provides the ability to
encrypt, decyrpt, and authenticate protected datasets.
Each object set maintains a Merkel tree of Message
Authentication Codes that protect the lower layers,
similarly to how checksums are maintained. This part
impacts the zio layer, which handles the actual
encryption and generation of MACs, as well as the ARC
and DMU, which need to be able to handle encrypted
buffers and protected data.
The last addition is the ability to do raw, encrypted
sends and receives. The idea here is to send raw
encrypted and compressed data and receive it exactly
as is on a backup system. This means that the dataset
on the receiving system is protected using the same
user key that is in use on the sending side. By doing
so, datasets can be efficiently backed up to an
untrusted system without fear of data being
compromised.
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes #494
Closes #5769
2017-08-14 17:36:48 +00:00
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
dmu_buf_will_dirty(dmu_buf_t *db_fake, dmu_tx_t *tx)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
dmu_buf_will_dirty_impl(db_fake,
|
|
|
|
DB_RF_MUST_SUCCEED | DB_RF_NOPREFETCH, tx);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2008-12-03 20:09:06 +00:00
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
dmu_buf_will_not_fill(dmu_buf_t *db_fake, dmu_tx_t *tx)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
dmu_buf_impl_t *db = (dmu_buf_impl_t *)db_fake;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
db->db_state = DB_NOFILL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dmu_buf_will_fill(db_fake, tx);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
dmu_buf_will_fill(dmu_buf_t *db_fake, dmu_tx_t *tx)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
dmu_buf_impl_t *db = (dmu_buf_impl_t *)db_fake;
|
|
|
|
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db_blkid != DMU_BONUS_BLKID);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(tx->tx_txg != 0);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db_level == 0);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(!refcount_is_zero(&db->db_holds));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db.db_object != DMU_META_DNODE_OBJECT ||
|
|
|
|
dmu_tx_private_ok(tx));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dbuf_noread(db);
|
|
|
|
(void) dbuf_dirty(db, tx);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
Native Encryption for ZFS on Linux
This change incorporates three major pieces:
The first change is a keystore that manages wrapping
and encryption keys for encrypted datasets. These
commands mostly involve manipulating the new
DSL Crypto Key ZAP Objects that live in the MOS. Each
encrypted dataset has its own DSL Crypto Key that is
protected with a user's key. This level of indirection
allows users to change their keys without re-encrypting
their entire datasets. The change implements the new
subcommands "zfs load-key", "zfs unload-key" and
"zfs change-key" which allow the user to manage their
encryption keys and settings. In addition, several new
flags and properties have been added to allow dataset
creation and to make mounting and unmounting more
convenient.
The second piece of this patch provides the ability to
encrypt, decyrpt, and authenticate protected datasets.
Each object set maintains a Merkel tree of Message
Authentication Codes that protect the lower layers,
similarly to how checksums are maintained. This part
impacts the zio layer, which handles the actual
encryption and generation of MACs, as well as the ARC
and DMU, which need to be able to handle encrypted
buffers and protected data.
The last addition is the ability to do raw, encrypted
sends and receives. The idea here is to send raw
encrypted and compressed data and receive it exactly
as is on a backup system. This means that the dataset
on the receiving system is protected using the same
user key that is in use on the sending side. By doing
so, datasets can be efficiently backed up to an
untrusted system without fear of data being
compromised.
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes #494
Closes #5769
2017-08-14 17:36:48 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* This function is effectively the same as dmu_buf_will_dirty(), but
|
2018-04-17 18:06:54 +00:00
|
|
|
* indicates the caller expects raw encrypted data in the db, and provides
|
|
|
|
* the crypt params (byteorder, salt, iv, mac) which should be stored in the
|
|
|
|
* blkptr_t when this dbuf is written. This is only used for blocks of
|
|
|
|
* dnodes, during raw receive.
|
Native Encryption for ZFS on Linux
This change incorporates three major pieces:
The first change is a keystore that manages wrapping
and encryption keys for encrypted datasets. These
commands mostly involve manipulating the new
DSL Crypto Key ZAP Objects that live in the MOS. Each
encrypted dataset has its own DSL Crypto Key that is
protected with a user's key. This level of indirection
allows users to change their keys without re-encrypting
their entire datasets. The change implements the new
subcommands "zfs load-key", "zfs unload-key" and
"zfs change-key" which allow the user to manage their
encryption keys and settings. In addition, several new
flags and properties have been added to allow dataset
creation and to make mounting and unmounting more
convenient.
The second piece of this patch provides the ability to
encrypt, decyrpt, and authenticate protected datasets.
Each object set maintains a Merkel tree of Message
Authentication Codes that protect the lower layers,
similarly to how checksums are maintained. This part
impacts the zio layer, which handles the actual
encryption and generation of MACs, as well as the ARC
and DMU, which need to be able to handle encrypted
buffers and protected data.
The last addition is the ability to do raw, encrypted
sends and receives. The idea here is to send raw
encrypted and compressed data and receive it exactly
as is on a backup system. This means that the dataset
on the receiving system is protected using the same
user key that is in use on the sending side. By doing
so, datasets can be efficiently backed up to an
untrusted system without fear of data being
compromised.
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes #494
Closes #5769
2017-08-14 17:36:48 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void
|
2018-04-17 18:06:54 +00:00
|
|
|
dmu_buf_set_crypt_params(dmu_buf_t *db_fake, boolean_t byteorder,
|
|
|
|
const uint8_t *salt, const uint8_t *iv, const uint8_t *mac, dmu_tx_t *tx)
|
Native Encryption for ZFS on Linux
This change incorporates three major pieces:
The first change is a keystore that manages wrapping
and encryption keys for encrypted datasets. These
commands mostly involve manipulating the new
DSL Crypto Key ZAP Objects that live in the MOS. Each
encrypted dataset has its own DSL Crypto Key that is
protected with a user's key. This level of indirection
allows users to change their keys without re-encrypting
their entire datasets. The change implements the new
subcommands "zfs load-key", "zfs unload-key" and
"zfs change-key" which allow the user to manage their
encryption keys and settings. In addition, several new
flags and properties have been added to allow dataset
creation and to make mounting and unmounting more
convenient.
The second piece of this patch provides the ability to
encrypt, decyrpt, and authenticate protected datasets.
Each object set maintains a Merkel tree of Message
Authentication Codes that protect the lower layers,
similarly to how checksums are maintained. This part
impacts the zio layer, which handles the actual
encryption and generation of MACs, as well as the ARC
and DMU, which need to be able to handle encrypted
buffers and protected data.
The last addition is the ability to do raw, encrypted
sends and receives. The idea here is to send raw
encrypted and compressed data and receive it exactly
as is on a backup system. This means that the dataset
on the receiving system is protected using the same
user key that is in use on the sending side. By doing
so, datasets can be efficiently backed up to an
untrusted system without fear of data being
compromised.
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes #494
Closes #5769
2017-08-14 17:36:48 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
dmu_buf_impl_t *db = (dmu_buf_impl_t *)db_fake;
|
|
|
|
dbuf_dirty_record_t *dr;
|
|
|
|
|
2018-04-17 18:06:54 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* dr_has_raw_params is only processed for blocks of dnodes
|
|
|
|
* (see dbuf_sync_dnode_leaf_crypt()).
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(db->db.db_object, ==, DMU_META_DNODE_OBJECT);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(db->db_level, ==, 0);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db_objset->os_raw_receive);
|
|
|
|
|
Native Encryption for ZFS on Linux
This change incorporates three major pieces:
The first change is a keystore that manages wrapping
and encryption keys for encrypted datasets. These
commands mostly involve manipulating the new
DSL Crypto Key ZAP Objects that live in the MOS. Each
encrypted dataset has its own DSL Crypto Key that is
protected with a user's key. This level of indirection
allows users to change their keys without re-encrypting
their entire datasets. The change implements the new
subcommands "zfs load-key", "zfs unload-key" and
"zfs change-key" which allow the user to manage their
encryption keys and settings. In addition, several new
flags and properties have been added to allow dataset
creation and to make mounting and unmounting more
convenient.
The second piece of this patch provides the ability to
encrypt, decyrpt, and authenticate protected datasets.
Each object set maintains a Merkel tree of Message
Authentication Codes that protect the lower layers,
similarly to how checksums are maintained. This part
impacts the zio layer, which handles the actual
encryption and generation of MACs, as well as the ARC
and DMU, which need to be able to handle encrypted
buffers and protected data.
The last addition is the ability to do raw, encrypted
sends and receives. The idea here is to send raw
encrypted and compressed data and receive it exactly
as is on a backup system. This means that the dataset
on the receiving system is protected using the same
user key that is in use on the sending side. By doing
so, datasets can be efficiently backed up to an
untrusted system without fear of data being
compromised.
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes #494
Closes #5769
2017-08-14 17:36:48 +00:00
|
|
|
dmu_buf_will_dirty_impl(db_fake,
|
|
|
|
DB_RF_MUST_SUCCEED | DB_RF_NOPREFETCH | DB_RF_NO_DECRYPT, tx);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dr = db->db_last_dirty;
|
|
|
|
while (dr != NULL && dr->dr_txg > tx->tx_txg)
|
|
|
|
dr = dr->dr_next;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSERT3P(dr, !=, NULL);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(dr->dr_txg, ==, tx->tx_txg);
|
2018-04-17 18:06:54 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dr->dt.dl.dr_has_raw_params = B_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
dr->dt.dl.dr_byteorder = byteorder;
|
|
|
|
bcopy(salt, dr->dt.dl.dr_salt, ZIO_DATA_SALT_LEN);
|
|
|
|
bcopy(iv, dr->dt.dl.dr_iv, ZIO_DATA_IV_LEN);
|
|
|
|
bcopy(mac, dr->dt.dl.dr_mac, ZIO_DATA_MAC_LEN);
|
Native Encryption for ZFS on Linux
This change incorporates three major pieces:
The first change is a keystore that manages wrapping
and encryption keys for encrypted datasets. These
commands mostly involve manipulating the new
DSL Crypto Key ZAP Objects that live in the MOS. Each
encrypted dataset has its own DSL Crypto Key that is
protected with a user's key. This level of indirection
allows users to change their keys without re-encrypting
their entire datasets. The change implements the new
subcommands "zfs load-key", "zfs unload-key" and
"zfs change-key" which allow the user to manage their
encryption keys and settings. In addition, several new
flags and properties have been added to allow dataset
creation and to make mounting and unmounting more
convenient.
The second piece of this patch provides the ability to
encrypt, decyrpt, and authenticate protected datasets.
Each object set maintains a Merkel tree of Message
Authentication Codes that protect the lower layers,
similarly to how checksums are maintained. This part
impacts the zio layer, which handles the actual
encryption and generation of MACs, as well as the ARC
and DMU, which need to be able to handle encrypted
buffers and protected data.
The last addition is the ability to do raw, encrypted
sends and receives. The idea here is to send raw
encrypted and compressed data and receive it exactly
as is on a backup system. This means that the dataset
on the receiving system is protected using the same
user key that is in use on the sending side. By doing
so, datasets can be efficiently backed up to an
untrusted system without fear of data being
compromised.
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes #494
Closes #5769
2017-08-14 17:36:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
#pragma weak dmu_buf_fill_done = dbuf_fill_done
|
|
|
|
/* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
dbuf_fill_done(dmu_buf_impl_t *db, dmu_tx_t *tx)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
mutex_enter(&db->db_mtx);
|
|
|
|
DBUF_VERIFY(db);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (db->db_state == DB_FILL) {
|
|
|
|
if (db->db_level == 0 && db->db_freed_in_flight) {
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db_blkid != DMU_BONUS_BLKID);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
/* we were freed while filling */
|
|
|
|
/* XXX dbuf_undirty? */
|
|
|
|
bzero(db->db.db_data, db->db.db_size);
|
|
|
|
db->db_freed_in_flight = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
db->db_state = DB_CACHED;
|
|
|
|
cv_broadcast(&db->db_changed);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2014-06-05 21:19:08 +00:00
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
dmu_buf_write_embedded(dmu_buf_t *dbuf, void *data,
|
|
|
|
bp_embedded_type_t etype, enum zio_compress comp,
|
|
|
|
int uncompressed_size, int compressed_size, int byteorder,
|
|
|
|
dmu_tx_t *tx)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
dmu_buf_impl_t *db = (dmu_buf_impl_t *)dbuf;
|
|
|
|
struct dirty_leaf *dl;
|
|
|
|
dmu_object_type_t type;
|
|
|
|
|
2015-07-24 16:53:55 +00:00
|
|
|
if (etype == BP_EMBEDDED_TYPE_DATA) {
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(spa_feature_is_active(dmu_objset_spa(db->db_objset),
|
|
|
|
SPA_FEATURE_EMBEDDED_DATA));
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2014-06-05 21:19:08 +00:00
|
|
|
DB_DNODE_ENTER(db);
|
|
|
|
type = DB_DNODE(db)->dn_type;
|
|
|
|
DB_DNODE_EXIT(db);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSERT0(db->db_level);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db_blkid != DMU_BONUS_BLKID);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dmu_buf_will_not_fill(dbuf, tx);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(db->db_last_dirty->dr_txg, ==, tx->tx_txg);
|
|
|
|
dl = &db->db_last_dirty->dt.dl;
|
|
|
|
encode_embedded_bp_compressed(&dl->dr_overridden_by,
|
|
|
|
data, comp, uncompressed_size, compressed_size);
|
|
|
|
BPE_SET_ETYPE(&dl->dr_overridden_by, etype);
|
|
|
|
BP_SET_TYPE(&dl->dr_overridden_by, type);
|
|
|
|
BP_SET_LEVEL(&dl->dr_overridden_by, 0);
|
|
|
|
BP_SET_BYTEORDER(&dl->dr_overridden_by, byteorder);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dl->dr_override_state = DR_OVERRIDDEN;
|
|
|
|
dl->dr_overridden_by.blk_birth = db->db_last_dirty->dr_txg;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2009-07-02 22:44:48 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Directly assign a provided arc buf to a given dbuf if it's not referenced
|
|
|
|
* by anybody except our caller. Otherwise copy arcbuf's contents to dbuf.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
dbuf_assign_arcbuf(dmu_buf_impl_t *db, arc_buf_t *buf, dmu_tx_t *tx)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(!refcount_is_zero(&db->db_holds));
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db_blkid != DMU_BONUS_BLKID);
|
2009-07-02 22:44:48 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db_level == 0);
|
2016-07-11 17:45:52 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(dbuf_is_metadata(db), ==, arc_is_metadata(buf));
|
2009-07-02 22:44:48 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(buf != NULL);
|
2016-07-11 17:45:52 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(arc_buf_lsize(buf) == db->db.db_size);
|
2009-07-02 22:44:48 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(tx->tx_txg != 0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
arc_return_buf(buf, db);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(arc_released(buf));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
mutex_enter(&db->db_mtx);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while (db->db_state == DB_READ || db->db_state == DB_FILL)
|
|
|
|
cv_wait(&db->db_changed, &db->db_mtx);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db_state == DB_CACHED || db->db_state == DB_UNCACHED);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (db->db_state == DB_CACHED &&
|
|
|
|
refcount_count(&db->db_holds) - 1 > db->db_dirtycnt) {
|
2017-09-28 15:49:13 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* In practice, we will never have a case where we have an
|
|
|
|
* encrypted arc buffer while additional holds exist on the
|
|
|
|
* dbuf. We don't handle this here so we simply assert that
|
|
|
|
* fact instead.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(!arc_is_encrypted(buf));
|
2009-07-02 22:44:48 +00:00
|
|
|
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
|
|
|
|
(void) dbuf_dirty(db, tx);
|
|
|
|
bcopy(buf->b_data, db->db.db_data, db->db.db_size);
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
arc_buf_destroy(buf, db);
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
xuio_stat_wbuf_copied();
|
2009-07-02 22:44:48 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
xuio_stat_wbuf_nocopy();
|
2009-07-02 22:44:48 +00:00
|
|
|
if (db->db_state == DB_CACHED) {
|
|
|
|
dbuf_dirty_record_t *dr = db->db_last_dirty;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db_buf != NULL);
|
|
|
|
if (dr != NULL && dr->dr_txg == tx->tx_txg) {
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(dr->dt.dl.dr_data == db->db_buf);
|
2017-09-28 15:49:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2009-07-02 22:44:48 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!arc_released(db->db_buf)) {
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(dr->dt.dl.dr_override_state ==
|
|
|
|
DR_OVERRIDDEN);
|
|
|
|
arc_release(db->db_buf, db);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
dr->dt.dl.dr_data = buf;
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
arc_buf_destroy(db->db_buf, db);
|
2009-07-02 22:44:48 +00:00
|
|
|
} else if (dr == NULL || dr->dt.dl.dr_data != db->db_buf) {
|
|
|
|
arc_release(db->db_buf, db);
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
arc_buf_destroy(db->db_buf, db);
|
2009-07-02 22:44:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
db->db_buf = NULL;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db_buf == NULL);
|
|
|
|
dbuf_set_data(db, buf);
|
|
|
|
db->db_state = DB_FILL;
|
|
|
|
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
|
|
|
|
(void) dbuf_dirty(db, tx);
|
2013-12-09 18:37:51 +00:00
|
|
|
dmu_buf_fill_done(&db->db, tx);
|
2009-07-02 22:44:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
void
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
dbuf_destroy(dmu_buf_impl_t *db)
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
dnode_t *dn;
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
dmu_buf_impl_t *parent = db->db_parent;
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
dmu_buf_impl_t *dndb;
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&db->db_mtx));
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(refcount_is_zero(&db->db_holds));
|
|
|
|
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
if (db->db_buf != NULL) {
|
|
|
|
arc_buf_destroy(db->db_buf, db);
|
|
|
|
db->db_buf = NULL;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
if (db->db_blkid == DMU_BONUS_BLKID) {
|
|
|
|
int slots = DB_DNODE(db)->dn_num_slots;
|
|
|
|
int bonuslen = DN_SLOTS_TO_BONUSLEN(slots);
|
Native Encryption for ZFS on Linux
This change incorporates three major pieces:
The first change is a keystore that manages wrapping
and encryption keys for encrypted datasets. These
commands mostly involve manipulating the new
DSL Crypto Key ZAP Objects that live in the MOS. Each
encrypted dataset has its own DSL Crypto Key that is
protected with a user's key. This level of indirection
allows users to change their keys without re-encrypting
their entire datasets. The change implements the new
subcommands "zfs load-key", "zfs unload-key" and
"zfs change-key" which allow the user to manage their
encryption keys and settings. In addition, several new
flags and properties have been added to allow dataset
creation and to make mounting and unmounting more
convenient.
The second piece of this patch provides the ability to
encrypt, decyrpt, and authenticate protected datasets.
Each object set maintains a Merkel tree of Message
Authentication Codes that protect the lower layers,
similarly to how checksums are maintained. This part
impacts the zio layer, which handles the actual
encryption and generation of MACs, as well as the ARC
and DMU, which need to be able to handle encrypted
buffers and protected data.
The last addition is the ability to do raw, encrypted
sends and receives. The idea here is to send raw
encrypted and compressed data and receive it exactly
as is on a backup system. This means that the dataset
on the receiving system is protected using the same
user key that is in use on the sending side. By doing
so, datasets can be efficiently backed up to an
untrusted system without fear of data being
compromised.
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes #494
Closes #5769
2017-08-14 17:36:48 +00:00
|
|
|
if (db->db.db_data != NULL) {
|
|
|
|
kmem_free(db->db.db_data, bonuslen);
|
|
|
|
arc_space_return(bonuslen, ARC_SPACE_BONUS);
|
|
|
|
db->db_state = DB_UNCACHED;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
dbuf_clear_data(db);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (multilist_link_active(&db->db_cache_link)) {
|
2018-07-10 17:49:50 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db_caching_status == DB_DBUF_CACHE ||
|
|
|
|
db->db_caching_status == DB_DBUF_METADATA_CACHE);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
multilist_remove(dbuf_caches[db->db_caching_status].cache, db);
|
|
|
|
(void) refcount_remove_many(
|
|
|
|
&dbuf_caches[db->db_caching_status].size,
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
db->db.db_size, db);
|
2018-07-10 17:49:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (db->db_caching_status == DB_DBUF_METADATA_CACHE) {
|
|
|
|
DBUF_STAT_BUMPDOWN(metadata_cache_count);
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
DBUF_STAT_BUMPDOWN(cache_levels[db->db_level]);
|
|
|
|
DBUF_STAT_BUMPDOWN(cache_count);
|
|
|
|
DBUF_STAT_DECR(cache_levels_bytes[db->db_level],
|
|
|
|
db->db.db_size);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
db->db_caching_status = DB_NO_CACHE;
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2008-12-03 20:09:06 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db_state == DB_UNCACHED || db->db_state == DB_NOFILL);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db_data_pending == NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
db->db_state = DB_EVICTING;
|
|
|
|
db->db_blkptr = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Now that db_state is DB_EVICTING, nobody else can find this via
|
|
|
|
* the hash table. We can now drop db_mtx, which allows us to
|
|
|
|
* acquire the dn_dbufs_mtx.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
|
|
|
|
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
DB_DNODE_ENTER(db);
|
|
|
|
dn = DB_DNODE(db);
|
|
|
|
dndb = dn->dn_dbuf;
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
if (db->db_blkid != DMU_BONUS_BLKID) {
|
|
|
|
boolean_t needlock = !MUTEX_HELD(&dn->dn_dbufs_mtx);
|
|
|
|
if (needlock)
|
|
|
|
mutex_enter(&dn->dn_dbufs_mtx);
|
2015-04-03 03:14:28 +00:00
|
|
|
avl_remove(&dn->dn_dbufs, db);
|
2015-03-12 00:03:31 +00:00
|
|
|
atomic_dec_32(&dn->dn_dbufs_count);
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
membar_producer();
|
|
|
|
DB_DNODE_EXIT(db);
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
if (needlock)
|
|
|
|
mutex_exit(&dn->dn_dbufs_mtx);
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Decrementing the dbuf count means that the hold corresponding
|
|
|
|
* to the removed dbuf is no longer discounted in dnode_move(),
|
|
|
|
* so the dnode cannot be moved until after we release the hold.
|
|
|
|
* The membar_producer() ensures visibility of the decremented
|
|
|
|
* value in dnode_move(), since DB_DNODE_EXIT doesn't actually
|
|
|
|
* release any lock.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2018-05-31 17:29:12 +00:00
|
|
|
mutex_enter(&dn->dn_mtx);
|
2018-07-31 21:51:15 +00:00
|
|
|
dnode_rele_and_unlock(dn, db, B_TRUE);
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
db->db_dnode_handle = NULL;
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dbuf_hash_remove(db);
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
DB_DNODE_EXIT(db);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(refcount_is_zero(&db->db_holds));
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
db->db_parent = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db_buf == NULL);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db.db_data == NULL);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db_hash_next == NULL);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db_blkptr == NULL);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db_data_pending == NULL);
|
2018-07-10 17:49:50 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(db->db_caching_status, ==, DB_NO_CACHE);
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(!multilist_link_active(&db->db_cache_link));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
kmem_cache_free(dbuf_kmem_cache, db);
|
|
|
|
arc_space_return(sizeof (dmu_buf_impl_t), ARC_SPACE_DBUF);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
* If this dbuf is referenced from an indirect dbuf,
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
* decrement the ref count on the indirect dbuf.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2018-05-31 17:29:12 +00:00
|
|
|
if (parent && parent != dndb) {
|
|
|
|
mutex_enter(&parent->db_mtx);
|
2018-07-31 21:51:15 +00:00
|
|
|
dbuf_rele_and_unlock(parent, db, B_TRUE);
|
2018-05-31 17:29:12 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2015-12-22 01:31:57 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Note: While bpp will always be updated if the function returns success,
|
|
|
|
* parentp will not be updated if the dnode does not have dn_dbuf filled in;
|
2018-02-13 22:54:54 +00:00
|
|
|
* this happens when the dnode is the meta-dnode, or {user|group|project}used
|
2015-12-22 01:31:57 +00:00
|
|
|
* object.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2010-08-26 17:58:00 +00:00
|
|
|
__attribute__((always_inline))
|
|
|
|
static inline int
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
dbuf_findbp(dnode_t *dn, int level, uint64_t blkid, int fail_sparse,
|
2010-08-26 17:52:00 +00:00
|
|
|
dmu_buf_impl_t **parentp, blkptr_t **bpp, struct dbuf_hold_impl_data *dh)
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
*parentp = NULL;
|
|
|
|
*bpp = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(blkid != DMU_BONUS_BLKID);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (blkid == DMU_SPILL_BLKID) {
|
|
|
|
mutex_enter(&dn->dn_mtx);
|
|
|
|
if (dn->dn_have_spill &&
|
|
|
|
(dn->dn_phys->dn_flags & DNODE_FLAG_SPILL_BLKPTR))
|
Implement large_dnode pool feature
Justification
-------------
This feature adds support for variable length dnodes. Our motivation is
to eliminate the overhead associated with using spill blocks. Spill
blocks are used to store system attribute data (i.e. file metadata) that
does not fit in the dnode's bonus buffer. By allowing a larger bonus
buffer area the use of a spill block can be avoided. Spill blocks
potentially incur an additional read I/O for every dnode in a dnode
block. As a worst case example, reading 32 dnodes from a 16k dnode block
and all of the spill blocks could issue 33 separate reads. Now suppose
those dnodes have size 1024 and therefore don't need spill blocks. Then
the worst case number of blocks read is reduced to from 33 to two--one
per dnode block. In practice spill blocks may tend to be co-located on
disk with the dnode blocks so the reduction in I/O would not be this
drastic. In a badly fragmented pool, however, the improvement could be
significant.
ZFS-on-Linux systems that make heavy use of extended attributes would
benefit from this feature. In particular, ZFS-on-Linux supports the
xattr=sa dataset property which allows file extended attribute data
to be stored in the dnode bonus buffer as an alternative to the
traditional directory-based format. Workloads such as SELinux and the
Lustre distributed filesystem often store enough xattr data to force
spill bocks when xattr=sa is in effect. Large dnodes may therefore
provide a performance benefit to such systems.
Other use cases that may benefit from this feature include files with
large ACLs and symbolic links with long target names. Furthermore,
this feature may be desirable on other platforms in case future
applications or features are developed that could make use of a
larger bonus buffer area.
Implementation
--------------
The size of a dnode may be a multiple of 512 bytes up to the size of
a dnode block (currently 16384 bytes). A dn_extra_slots field was
added to the current on-disk dnode_phys_t structure to describe the
size of the physical dnode on disk. The 8 bits for this field were
taken from the zero filled dn_pad2 field. The field represents how
many "extra" dnode_phys_t slots a dnode consumes in its dnode block.
This convention results in a value of 0 for 512 byte dnodes which
preserves on-disk format compatibility with older software.
Similarly, the in-memory dnode_t structure has a new dn_num_slots field
to represent the total number of dnode_phys_t slots consumed on disk.
Thus dn->dn_num_slots is 1 greater than the corresponding
dnp->dn_extra_slots. This difference in convention was adopted
because, unlike on-disk structures, backward compatibility is not a
concern for in-memory objects, so we used a more natural way to
represent size for a dnode_t.
The default size for newly created dnodes is determined by the value of
a new "dnodesize" dataset property. By default the property is set to
"legacy" which is compatible with older software. Setting the property
to "auto" will allow the filesystem to choose the most suitable dnode
size. Currently this just sets the default dnode size to 1k, but future
code improvements could dynamically choose a size based on observed
workload patterns. Dnodes of varying sizes can coexist within the same
dataset and even within the same dnode block. For example, to enable
automatically-sized dnodes, run
# zfs set dnodesize=auto tank/fish
The user can also specify literal values for the dnodesize property.
These are currently limited to powers of two from 1k to 16k. The
power-of-2 limitation is only for simplicity of the user interface.
Internally the implementation can handle any multiple of 512 up to 16k,
and consumers of the DMU API can specify any legal dnode value.
The size of a new dnode is determined at object allocation time and
stored as a new field in the znode in-memory structure. New DMU
interfaces are added to allow the consumer to specify the dnode size
that a newly allocated object should use. Existing interfaces are
unchanged to avoid having to update every call site and to preserve
compatibility with external consumers such as Lustre. The new
interfaces names are given below. The versions of these functions that
don't take a dnodesize parameter now just call the _dnsize() versions
with a dnodesize of 0, which means use the legacy dnode size.
New DMU interfaces:
dmu_object_alloc_dnsize()
dmu_object_claim_dnsize()
dmu_object_reclaim_dnsize()
New ZAP interfaces:
zap_create_dnsize()
zap_create_norm_dnsize()
zap_create_flags_dnsize()
zap_create_claim_norm_dnsize()
zap_create_link_dnsize()
The constant DN_MAX_BONUSLEN is renamed to DN_OLD_MAX_BONUSLEN. The
spa_maxdnodesize() function should be used to determine the maximum
bonus length for a pool.
These are a few noteworthy changes to key functions:
* The prototype for dnode_hold_impl() now takes a "slots" parameter.
When the DNODE_MUST_BE_FREE flag is set, this parameter is used to
ensure the hole at the specified object offset is large enough to
hold the dnode being created. The slots parameter is also used
to ensure a dnode does not span multiple dnode blocks. In both of
these cases, if a failure occurs, ENOSPC is returned. Keep in mind,
these failure cases are only possible when using DNODE_MUST_BE_FREE.
If the DNODE_MUST_BE_ALLOCATED flag is set, "slots" must be 0.
dnode_hold_impl() will check if the requested dnode is already
consumed as an extra dnode slot by an large dnode, in which case
it returns ENOENT.
* The function dmu_object_alloc() advances to the next dnode block
if dnode_hold_impl() returns an error for a requested object.
This is because the beginning of the next dnode block is the only
location it can safely assume to either be a hole or a valid
starting point for a dnode.
* dnode_next_offset_level() and other functions that iterate
through dnode blocks may no longer use a simple array indexing
scheme. These now use the current dnode's dn_num_slots field to
advance to the next dnode in the block. This is to ensure we
properly skip the current dnode's bonus area and don't interpret it
as a valid dnode.
zdb
---
The zdb command was updated to display a dnode's size under the
"dnsize" column when the object is dumped.
For ZIL create log records, zdb will now display the slot count for
the object.
ztest
-----
Ztest chooses a random dnodesize for every newly created object. The
random distribution is more heavily weighted toward small dnodes to
better simulate real-world datasets.
Unused bonus buffer space is filled with non-zero values computed from
the object number, dataset id, offset, and generation number. This
helps ensure that the dnode traversal code properly skips the interior
regions of large dnodes, and that these interior regions are not
overwritten by data belonging to other dnodes. A new test visits each
object in a dataset. It verifies that the actual dnode size matches what
was stored in the ztest block tag when it was created. It also verifies
that the unused bonus buffer space is filled with the expected data
patterns.
ZFS Test Suite
--------------
Added six new large dnode-specific tests, and integrated the dnodesize
property into existing tests for zfs allow and send/recv.
Send/Receive
------------
ZFS send streams for datasets containing large dnodes cannot be received
on pools that don't support the large_dnode feature. A send stream with
large dnodes sets a DMU_BACKUP_FEATURE_LARGE_DNODE flag which will be
unrecognized by an incompatible receiving pool so that the zfs receive
will fail gracefully.
While not implemented here, it may be possible to generate a
backward-compatible send stream from a dataset containing large
dnodes. The implementation may be tricky, however, because the send
object record for a large dnode would need to be resized to a 512
byte dnode, possibly kicking in a spill block in the process. This
means we would need to construct a new SA layout and possibly
register it in the SA layout object. The SA layout is normally just
sent as an ordinary object record. But if we are constructing new
layouts while generating the send stream we'd have to build the SA
layout object dynamically and send it at the end of the stream.
For sending and receiving between pools that do support large dnodes,
the drr_object send record type is extended with a new field to store
the dnode slot count. This field was repurposed from unused padding
in the structure.
ZIL Replay
----------
The dnode slot count is stored in the uppermost 8 bits of the lr_foid
field. The bits were unused as the object id is currently capped at
48 bits.
Resizing Dnodes
---------------
It should be possible to resize a dnode when it is dirtied if the
current dnodesize dataset property differs from the dnode's size, but
this functionality is not currently implemented. Clearly a dnode can
only grow if there are sufficient contiguous unused slots in the
dnode block, but it should always be possible to shrink a dnode.
Growing dnodes may be useful to reduce fragmentation in a pool with
many spill blocks in use. Shrinking dnodes may be useful to allow
sending a dataset to a pool that doesn't support the large_dnode
feature.
Feature Reference Counting
--------------------------
The reference count for the large_dnode pool feature tracks the
number of datasets that have ever contained a dnode of size larger
than 512 bytes. The first time a large dnode is created in a dataset
the dataset is converted to an extensible dataset. This is a one-way
operation and the only way to decrement the feature count is to
destroy the dataset, even if the dataset no longer contains any large
dnodes. The complexity of reference counting on a per-dnode basis was
too high, so we chose to track it on a per-dataset basis similarly to
the large_block feature.
Signed-off-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes #3542
2016-03-17 01:25:34 +00:00
|
|
|
*bpp = DN_SPILL_BLKPTR(dn->dn_phys);
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
*bpp = NULL;
|
|
|
|
dbuf_add_ref(dn->dn_dbuf, NULL);
|
|
|
|
*parentp = dn->dn_dbuf;
|
|
|
|
mutex_exit(&dn->dn_mtx);
|
|
|
|
return (0);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2017-11-04 20:25:13 +00:00
|
|
|
int nlevels =
|
2016-08-09 21:06:39 +00:00
|
|
|
(dn->dn_phys->dn_nlevels == 0) ? 1 : dn->dn_phys->dn_nlevels;
|
2017-11-04 20:25:13 +00:00
|
|
|
int epbs = dn->dn_indblkshift - SPA_BLKPTRSHIFT;
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(level * epbs, <, 64);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(RW_LOCK_HELD(&dn->dn_struct_rwlock));
|
2016-08-09 21:06:39 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* This assertion shouldn't trip as long as the max indirect block size
|
|
|
|
* is less than 1M. The reason for this is that up to that point,
|
|
|
|
* the number of levels required to address an entire object with blocks
|
|
|
|
* of size SPA_MINBLOCKSIZE satisfies nlevels * epbs + 1 <= 64. In
|
|
|
|
* other words, if N * epbs + 1 > 64, then if (N-1) * epbs + 1 > 55
|
|
|
|
* (i.e. we can address the entire object), objects will all use at most
|
|
|
|
* N-1 levels and the assertion won't overflow. However, once epbs is
|
|
|
|
* 13, 4 * 13 + 1 = 53, but 5 * 13 + 1 = 66. Then, 4 levels will not be
|
|
|
|
* enough to address an entire object, so objects will have 5 levels,
|
|
|
|
* but then this assertion will overflow.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* All this is to say that if we ever increase DN_MAX_INDBLKSHIFT, we
|
|
|
|
* need to redo this logic to handle overflows.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(level >= nlevels ||
|
|
|
|
((nlevels - level - 1) * epbs) +
|
|
|
|
highbit64(dn->dn_phys->dn_nblkptr) <= 64);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
if (level >= nlevels ||
|
2016-08-09 21:06:39 +00:00
|
|
|
blkid >= ((uint64_t)dn->dn_phys->dn_nblkptr <<
|
|
|
|
((nlevels - level - 1) * epbs)) ||
|
|
|
|
(fail_sparse &&
|
|
|
|
blkid > (dn->dn_phys->dn_maxblkid >> (level * epbs)))) {
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
/* the buffer has no parent yet */
|
2013-03-08 18:41:28 +00:00
|
|
|
return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT));
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
} else if (level < nlevels-1) {
|
|
|
|
/* this block is referenced from an indirect block */
|
2010-08-26 17:52:00 +00:00
|
|
|
int err;
|
|
|
|
if (dh == NULL) {
|
2015-12-22 01:31:57 +00:00
|
|
|
err = dbuf_hold_impl(dn, level+1,
|
|
|
|
blkid >> epbs, fail_sparse, FALSE, NULL, parentp);
|
2013-11-01 19:26:11 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
2010-08-26 17:52:00 +00:00
|
|
|
__dbuf_hold_impl_init(dh + 1, dn, dh->dh_level + 1,
|
2015-12-22 01:31:57 +00:00
|
|
|
blkid >> epbs, fail_sparse, FALSE, NULL,
|
|
|
|
parentp, dh->dh_depth + 1);
|
2010-08-26 17:52:00 +00:00
|
|
|
err = __dbuf_hold_impl(dh + 1);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
if (err)
|
|
|
|
return (err);
|
|
|
|
err = dbuf_read(*parentp, NULL,
|
|
|
|
(DB_RF_HAVESTRUCT | DB_RF_NOPREFETCH | DB_RF_CANFAIL));
|
|
|
|
if (err) {
|
|
|
|
dbuf_rele(*parentp, NULL);
|
|
|
|
*parentp = NULL;
|
|
|
|
return (err);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
*bpp = ((blkptr_t *)(*parentp)->db.db_data) +
|
|
|
|
(blkid & ((1ULL << epbs) - 1));
|
2016-08-09 21:06:39 +00:00
|
|
|
if (blkid > (dn->dn_phys->dn_maxblkid >> (level * epbs)))
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(BP_IS_HOLE(*bpp));
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
return (0);
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
/* the block is referenced from the dnode */
|
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(level, ==, nlevels-1);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(dn->dn_phys->dn_nblkptr == 0 ||
|
|
|
|
blkid < dn->dn_phys->dn_nblkptr);
|
|
|
|
if (dn->dn_dbuf) {
|
|
|
|
dbuf_add_ref(dn->dn_dbuf, NULL);
|
|
|
|
*parentp = dn->dn_dbuf;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
*bpp = &dn->dn_phys->dn_blkptr[blkid];
|
|
|
|
return (0);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static dmu_buf_impl_t *
|
|
|
|
dbuf_create(dnode_t *dn, uint8_t level, uint64_t blkid,
|
|
|
|
dmu_buf_impl_t *parent, blkptr_t *blkptr)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
objset_t *os = dn->dn_objset;
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
dmu_buf_impl_t *db, *odb;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(RW_LOCK_HELD(&dn->dn_struct_rwlock));
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(dn->dn_type != DMU_OT_NONE);
|
|
|
|
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
db = kmem_cache_alloc(dbuf_kmem_cache, KM_SLEEP);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
db->db_objset = os;
|
|
|
|
db->db.db_object = dn->dn_object;
|
|
|
|
db->db_level = level;
|
|
|
|
db->db_blkid = blkid;
|
|
|
|
db->db_last_dirty = NULL;
|
|
|
|
db->db_dirtycnt = 0;
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
db->db_dnode_handle = dn->dn_handle;
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
db->db_parent = parent;
|
|
|
|
db->db_blkptr = blkptr;
|
|
|
|
|
2015-04-02 03:44:32 +00:00
|
|
|
db->db_user = NULL;
|
2015-10-13 21:09:45 +00:00
|
|
|
db->db_user_immediate_evict = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
db->db_freed_in_flight = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
db->db_pending_evict = FALSE;
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
if (blkid == DMU_BONUS_BLKID) {
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT3P(parent, ==, dn->dn_dbuf);
|
Implement large_dnode pool feature
Justification
-------------
This feature adds support for variable length dnodes. Our motivation is
to eliminate the overhead associated with using spill blocks. Spill
blocks are used to store system attribute data (i.e. file metadata) that
does not fit in the dnode's bonus buffer. By allowing a larger bonus
buffer area the use of a spill block can be avoided. Spill blocks
potentially incur an additional read I/O for every dnode in a dnode
block. As a worst case example, reading 32 dnodes from a 16k dnode block
and all of the spill blocks could issue 33 separate reads. Now suppose
those dnodes have size 1024 and therefore don't need spill blocks. Then
the worst case number of blocks read is reduced to from 33 to two--one
per dnode block. In practice spill blocks may tend to be co-located on
disk with the dnode blocks so the reduction in I/O would not be this
drastic. In a badly fragmented pool, however, the improvement could be
significant.
ZFS-on-Linux systems that make heavy use of extended attributes would
benefit from this feature. In particular, ZFS-on-Linux supports the
xattr=sa dataset property which allows file extended attribute data
to be stored in the dnode bonus buffer as an alternative to the
traditional directory-based format. Workloads such as SELinux and the
Lustre distributed filesystem often store enough xattr data to force
spill bocks when xattr=sa is in effect. Large dnodes may therefore
provide a performance benefit to such systems.
Other use cases that may benefit from this feature include files with
large ACLs and symbolic links with long target names. Furthermore,
this feature may be desirable on other platforms in case future
applications or features are developed that could make use of a
larger bonus buffer area.
Implementation
--------------
The size of a dnode may be a multiple of 512 bytes up to the size of
a dnode block (currently 16384 bytes). A dn_extra_slots field was
added to the current on-disk dnode_phys_t structure to describe the
size of the physical dnode on disk. The 8 bits for this field were
taken from the zero filled dn_pad2 field. The field represents how
many "extra" dnode_phys_t slots a dnode consumes in its dnode block.
This convention results in a value of 0 for 512 byte dnodes which
preserves on-disk format compatibility with older software.
Similarly, the in-memory dnode_t structure has a new dn_num_slots field
to represent the total number of dnode_phys_t slots consumed on disk.
Thus dn->dn_num_slots is 1 greater than the corresponding
dnp->dn_extra_slots. This difference in convention was adopted
because, unlike on-disk structures, backward compatibility is not a
concern for in-memory objects, so we used a more natural way to
represent size for a dnode_t.
The default size for newly created dnodes is determined by the value of
a new "dnodesize" dataset property. By default the property is set to
"legacy" which is compatible with older software. Setting the property
to "auto" will allow the filesystem to choose the most suitable dnode
size. Currently this just sets the default dnode size to 1k, but future
code improvements could dynamically choose a size based on observed
workload patterns. Dnodes of varying sizes can coexist within the same
dataset and even within the same dnode block. For example, to enable
automatically-sized dnodes, run
# zfs set dnodesize=auto tank/fish
The user can also specify literal values for the dnodesize property.
These are currently limited to powers of two from 1k to 16k. The
power-of-2 limitation is only for simplicity of the user interface.
Internally the implementation can handle any multiple of 512 up to 16k,
and consumers of the DMU API can specify any legal dnode value.
The size of a new dnode is determined at object allocation time and
stored as a new field in the znode in-memory structure. New DMU
interfaces are added to allow the consumer to specify the dnode size
that a newly allocated object should use. Existing interfaces are
unchanged to avoid having to update every call site and to preserve
compatibility with external consumers such as Lustre. The new
interfaces names are given below. The versions of these functions that
don't take a dnodesize parameter now just call the _dnsize() versions
with a dnodesize of 0, which means use the legacy dnode size.
New DMU interfaces:
dmu_object_alloc_dnsize()
dmu_object_claim_dnsize()
dmu_object_reclaim_dnsize()
New ZAP interfaces:
zap_create_dnsize()
zap_create_norm_dnsize()
zap_create_flags_dnsize()
zap_create_claim_norm_dnsize()
zap_create_link_dnsize()
The constant DN_MAX_BONUSLEN is renamed to DN_OLD_MAX_BONUSLEN. The
spa_maxdnodesize() function should be used to determine the maximum
bonus length for a pool.
These are a few noteworthy changes to key functions:
* The prototype for dnode_hold_impl() now takes a "slots" parameter.
When the DNODE_MUST_BE_FREE flag is set, this parameter is used to
ensure the hole at the specified object offset is large enough to
hold the dnode being created. The slots parameter is also used
to ensure a dnode does not span multiple dnode blocks. In both of
these cases, if a failure occurs, ENOSPC is returned. Keep in mind,
these failure cases are only possible when using DNODE_MUST_BE_FREE.
If the DNODE_MUST_BE_ALLOCATED flag is set, "slots" must be 0.
dnode_hold_impl() will check if the requested dnode is already
consumed as an extra dnode slot by an large dnode, in which case
it returns ENOENT.
* The function dmu_object_alloc() advances to the next dnode block
if dnode_hold_impl() returns an error for a requested object.
This is because the beginning of the next dnode block is the only
location it can safely assume to either be a hole or a valid
starting point for a dnode.
* dnode_next_offset_level() and other functions that iterate
through dnode blocks may no longer use a simple array indexing
scheme. These now use the current dnode's dn_num_slots field to
advance to the next dnode in the block. This is to ensure we
properly skip the current dnode's bonus area and don't interpret it
as a valid dnode.
zdb
---
The zdb command was updated to display a dnode's size under the
"dnsize" column when the object is dumped.
For ZIL create log records, zdb will now display the slot count for
the object.
ztest
-----
Ztest chooses a random dnodesize for every newly created object. The
random distribution is more heavily weighted toward small dnodes to
better simulate real-world datasets.
Unused bonus buffer space is filled with non-zero values computed from
the object number, dataset id, offset, and generation number. This
helps ensure that the dnode traversal code properly skips the interior
regions of large dnodes, and that these interior regions are not
overwritten by data belonging to other dnodes. A new test visits each
object in a dataset. It verifies that the actual dnode size matches what
was stored in the ztest block tag when it was created. It also verifies
that the unused bonus buffer space is filled with the expected data
patterns.
ZFS Test Suite
--------------
Added six new large dnode-specific tests, and integrated the dnodesize
property into existing tests for zfs allow and send/recv.
Send/Receive
------------
ZFS send streams for datasets containing large dnodes cannot be received
on pools that don't support the large_dnode feature. A send stream with
large dnodes sets a DMU_BACKUP_FEATURE_LARGE_DNODE flag which will be
unrecognized by an incompatible receiving pool so that the zfs receive
will fail gracefully.
While not implemented here, it may be possible to generate a
backward-compatible send stream from a dataset containing large
dnodes. The implementation may be tricky, however, because the send
object record for a large dnode would need to be resized to a 512
byte dnode, possibly kicking in a spill block in the process. This
means we would need to construct a new SA layout and possibly
register it in the SA layout object. The SA layout is normally just
sent as an ordinary object record. But if we are constructing new
layouts while generating the send stream we'd have to build the SA
layout object dynamically and send it at the end of the stream.
For sending and receiving between pools that do support large dnodes,
the drr_object send record type is extended with a new field to store
the dnode slot count. This field was repurposed from unused padding
in the structure.
ZIL Replay
----------
The dnode slot count is stored in the uppermost 8 bits of the lr_foid
field. The bits were unused as the object id is currently capped at
48 bits.
Resizing Dnodes
---------------
It should be possible to resize a dnode when it is dirtied if the
current dnodesize dataset property differs from the dnode's size, but
this functionality is not currently implemented. Clearly a dnode can
only grow if there are sufficient contiguous unused slots in the
dnode block, but it should always be possible to shrink a dnode.
Growing dnodes may be useful to reduce fragmentation in a pool with
many spill blocks in use. Shrinking dnodes may be useful to allow
sending a dataset to a pool that doesn't support the large_dnode
feature.
Feature Reference Counting
--------------------------
The reference count for the large_dnode pool feature tracks the
number of datasets that have ever contained a dnode of size larger
than 512 bytes. The first time a large dnode is created in a dataset
the dataset is converted to an extensible dataset. This is a one-way
operation and the only way to decrement the feature count is to
destroy the dataset, even if the dataset no longer contains any large
dnodes. The complexity of reference counting on a per-dnode basis was
too high, so we chose to track it on a per-dataset basis similarly to
the large_block feature.
Signed-off-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes #3542
2016-03-17 01:25:34 +00:00
|
|
|
db->db.db_size = DN_SLOTS_TO_BONUSLEN(dn->dn_num_slots) -
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
(dn->dn_nblkptr-1) * sizeof (blkptr_t);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(db->db.db_size, >=, dn->dn_bonuslen);
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
db->db.db_offset = DMU_BONUS_BLKID;
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
db->db_state = DB_UNCACHED;
|
2018-07-10 17:49:50 +00:00
|
|
|
db->db_caching_status = DB_NO_CACHE;
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
/* the bonus dbuf is not placed in the hash table */
|
2016-07-13 12:42:40 +00:00
|
|
|
arc_space_consume(sizeof (dmu_buf_impl_t), ARC_SPACE_DBUF);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
return (db);
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
} else if (blkid == DMU_SPILL_BLKID) {
|
|
|
|
db->db.db_size = (blkptr != NULL) ?
|
|
|
|
BP_GET_LSIZE(blkptr) : SPA_MINBLOCKSIZE;
|
|
|
|
db->db.db_offset = 0;
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
int blocksize =
|
Illumos #4045 write throttle & i/o scheduler performance work
4045 zfs write throttle & i/o scheduler performance work
1. The ZFS i/o scheduler (vdev_queue.c) now divides i/os into 5 classes: sync
read, sync write, async read, async write, and scrub/resilver. The scheduler
issues a number of concurrent i/os from each class to the device. Once a class
has been selected, an i/o is selected from this class using either an elevator
algorithem (async, scrub classes) or FIFO (sync classes). The number of
concurrent async write i/os is tuned dynamically based on i/o load, to achieve
good sync i/o latency when there is not a high load of writes, and good write
throughput when there is. See the block comment in vdev_queue.c (reproduced
below) for more details.
2. The write throttle (dsl_pool_tempreserve_space() and
txg_constrain_throughput()) is rewritten to produce much more consistent delays
when under constant load. The new write throttle is based on the amount of
dirty data, rather than guesses about future performance of the system. When
there is a lot of dirty data, each transaction (e.g. write() syscall) will be
delayed by the same small amount. This eliminates the "brick wall of wait"
that the old write throttle could hit, causing all transactions to wait several
seconds until the next txg opens. One of the keys to the new write throttle is
decrementing the amount of dirty data as i/o completes, rather than at the end
of spa_sync(). Note that the write throttle is only applied once the i/o
scheduler is issuing the maximum number of outstanding async writes. See the
block comments in dsl_pool.c and above dmu_tx_delay() (reproduced below) for
more details.
This diff has several other effects, including:
* the commonly-tuned global variable zfs_vdev_max_pending has been removed;
use per-class zfs_vdev_*_max_active values or zfs_vdev_max_active instead.
* the size of each txg (meaning the amount of dirty data written, and thus the
time it takes to write out) is now controlled differently. There is no longer
an explicit time goal; the primary determinant is amount of dirty data.
Systems that are under light or medium load will now often see that a txg is
always syncing, but the impact to performance (e.g. read latency) is minimal.
Tune zfs_dirty_data_max and zfs_dirty_data_sync to control this.
* zio_taskq_batch_pct = 75 -- Only use 75% of all CPUs for compression,
checksum, etc. This improves latency by not allowing these CPU-intensive tasks
to consume all CPU (on machines with at least 4 CPU's; the percentage is
rounded up).
--matt
APPENDIX: problems with the current i/o scheduler
The current ZFS i/o scheduler (vdev_queue.c) is deadline based. The problem
with this is that if there are always i/os pending, then certain classes of
i/os can see very long delays.
For example, if there are always synchronous reads outstanding, then no async
writes will be serviced until they become "past due". One symptom of this
situation is that each pass of the txg sync takes at least several seconds
(typically 3 seconds).
If many i/os become "past due" (their deadline is in the past), then we must
service all of these overdue i/os before any new i/os. This happens when we
enqueue a batch of async writes for the txg sync, with deadlines 2.5 seconds in
the future. If we can't complete all the i/os in 2.5 seconds (e.g. because
there were always reads pending), then these i/os will become past due. Now we
must service all the "async" writes (which could be hundreds of megabytes)
before we service any reads, introducing considerable latency to synchronous
i/os (reads or ZIL writes).
Notes on porting to ZFS on Linux:
- zio_t gained new members io_physdone and io_phys_children. Because
object caches in the Linux port call the constructor only once at
allocation time, objects may contain residual data when retrieved
from the cache. Therefore zio_create() was updated to zero out the two
new fields.
- vdev_mirror_pending() relied on the depth of the per-vdev pending queue
(vq->vq_pending_tree) to select the least-busy leaf vdev to read from.
This tree has been replaced by vq->vq_active_tree which is now used
for the same purpose.
- vdev_queue_init() used the value of zfs_vdev_max_pending to determine
the number of vdev I/O buffers to pre-allocate. That global no longer
exists, so we instead use the sum of the *_max_active values for each of
the five I/O classes described above.
- The Illumos implementation of dmu_tx_delay() delays a transaction by
sleeping in condition variable embedded in the thread
(curthread->t_delay_cv). We do not have an equivalent CV to use in
Linux, so this change replaced the delay logic with a wrapper called
zfs_sleep_until(). This wrapper could be adopted upstream and in other
downstream ports to abstract away operating system-specific delay logic.
- These tunables are added as module parameters, and descriptions added
to the zfs-module-parameters.5 man page.
spa_asize_inflation
zfs_deadman_synctime_ms
zfs_vdev_max_active
zfs_vdev_async_write_active_min_dirty_percent
zfs_vdev_async_write_active_max_dirty_percent
zfs_vdev_async_read_max_active
zfs_vdev_async_read_min_active
zfs_vdev_async_write_max_active
zfs_vdev_async_write_min_active
zfs_vdev_scrub_max_active
zfs_vdev_scrub_min_active
zfs_vdev_sync_read_max_active
zfs_vdev_sync_read_min_active
zfs_vdev_sync_write_max_active
zfs_vdev_sync_write_min_active
zfs_dirty_data_max_percent
zfs_delay_min_dirty_percent
zfs_dirty_data_max_max_percent
zfs_dirty_data_max
zfs_dirty_data_max_max
zfs_dirty_data_sync
zfs_delay_scale
The latter four have type unsigned long, whereas they are uint64_t in
Illumos. This accommodates Linux's module_param() supported types, but
means they may overflow on 32-bit architectures.
The values zfs_dirty_data_max and zfs_dirty_data_max_max are the most
likely to overflow on 32-bit systems, since they express physical RAM
sizes in bytes. In fact, Illumos initializes zfs_dirty_data_max_max to
2^32 which does overflow. To resolve that, this port instead initializes
it in arc_init() to 25% of physical RAM, and adds the tunable
zfs_dirty_data_max_max_percent to override that percentage. While this
solution doesn't completely avoid the overflow issue, it should be a
reasonable default for most systems, and the minority of affected
systems can work around the issue by overriding the defaults.
- Fixed reversed logic in comment above zfs_delay_scale declaration.
- Clarified comments in vdev_queue.c regarding when per-queue minimums take
effect.
- Replaced dmu_tx_write_limit in the dmu_tx kstat file
with dmu_tx_dirty_delay and dmu_tx_dirty_over_max. The first counts
how many times a transaction has been delayed because the pool dirty
data has exceeded zfs_delay_min_dirty_percent. The latter counts how
many times the pool dirty data has exceeded zfs_dirty_data_max (which
we expect to never happen).
- The original patch would have regressed the bug fixed in
zfsonlinux/zfs@c418410, which prevented users from setting the
zfs_vdev_aggregation_limit tuning larger than SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE.
A similar fix is added to vdev_queue_aggregate().
- In vdev_queue_io_to_issue(), dynamically allocate 'zio_t search' on the
heap instead of the stack. In Linux we can't afford such large
structures on the stack.
Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Adam Leventhal <ahl@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov>
Reviewed by: Brendan Gregg <brendan.gregg@joyent.com>
Approved by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com>
References:
http://www.illumos.org/issues/4045
illumos/illumos-gate@69962b5647e4a8b9b14998733b765925381b727e
Ported-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes #1913
2013-08-29 03:01:20 +00:00
|
|
|
db->db_level ? 1 << dn->dn_indblkshift : dn->dn_datablksz;
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
db->db.db_size = blocksize;
|
|
|
|
db->db.db_offset = db->db_blkid * blocksize;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Hold the dn_dbufs_mtx while we get the new dbuf
|
|
|
|
* in the hash table *and* added to the dbufs list.
|
|
|
|
* This prevents a possible deadlock with someone
|
|
|
|
* trying to look up this dbuf before its added to the
|
|
|
|
* dn_dbufs list.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
mutex_enter(&dn->dn_dbufs_mtx);
|
|
|
|
db->db_state = DB_EVICTING;
|
|
|
|
if ((odb = dbuf_hash_insert(db)) != NULL) {
|
|
|
|
/* someone else inserted it first */
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
kmem_cache_free(dbuf_kmem_cache, db);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
mutex_exit(&dn->dn_dbufs_mtx);
|
2018-01-29 18:24:52 +00:00
|
|
|
DBUF_STAT_BUMP(hash_insert_race);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
return (odb);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2015-04-03 03:14:28 +00:00
|
|
|
avl_add(&dn->dn_dbufs, db);
|
2017-01-26 23:15:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
db->db_state = DB_UNCACHED;
|
2018-07-10 17:49:50 +00:00
|
|
|
db->db_caching_status = DB_NO_CACHE;
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
mutex_exit(&dn->dn_dbufs_mtx);
|
2016-07-13 12:42:40 +00:00
|
|
|
arc_space_consume(sizeof (dmu_buf_impl_t), ARC_SPACE_DBUF);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (parent && parent != dn->dn_dbuf)
|
|
|
|
dbuf_add_ref(parent, db);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(dn->dn_object == DMU_META_DNODE_OBJECT ||
|
|
|
|
refcount_count(&dn->dn_holds) > 0);
|
|
|
|
(void) refcount_add(&dn->dn_holds, db);
|
2015-03-12 00:03:31 +00:00
|
|
|
atomic_inc_32(&dn->dn_dbufs_count);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dprintf_dbuf(db, "db=%p\n", db);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (db);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2015-12-22 01:31:57 +00:00
|
|
|
typedef struct dbuf_prefetch_arg {
|
|
|
|
spa_t *dpa_spa; /* The spa to issue the prefetch in. */
|
|
|
|
zbookmark_phys_t dpa_zb; /* The target block to prefetch. */
|
|
|
|
int dpa_epbs; /* Entries (blkptr_t's) Per Block Shift. */
|
|
|
|
int dpa_curlevel; /* The current level that we're reading */
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
dnode_t *dpa_dnode; /* The dnode associated with the prefetch */
|
2015-12-22 01:31:57 +00:00
|
|
|
zio_priority_t dpa_prio; /* The priority I/Os should be issued at. */
|
|
|
|
zio_t *dpa_zio; /* The parent zio_t for all prefetches. */
|
|
|
|
arc_flags_t dpa_aflags; /* Flags to pass to the final prefetch. */
|
|
|
|
} dbuf_prefetch_arg_t;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Actually issue the prefetch read for the block given.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
dbuf_issue_final_prefetch(dbuf_prefetch_arg_t *dpa, blkptr_t *bp)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if (BP_IS_HOLE(bp) || BP_IS_EMBEDDED(bp))
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
2018-03-31 18:11:48 +00:00
|
|
|
int zio_flags = ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL | ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE;
|
2017-11-04 20:25:13 +00:00
|
|
|
arc_flags_t aflags =
|
|
|
|
dpa->dpa_aflags | ARC_FLAG_NOWAIT | ARC_FLAG_PREFETCH;
|
2015-12-22 01:31:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2018-03-31 18:11:48 +00:00
|
|
|
/* dnodes are always read as raw and then converted later */
|
|
|
|
if (BP_GET_TYPE(bp) == DMU_OT_DNODE && BP_IS_PROTECTED(bp) &&
|
|
|
|
dpa->dpa_curlevel == 0)
|
|
|
|
zio_flags |= ZIO_FLAG_RAW;
|
|
|
|
|
2015-12-22 01:31:57 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(dpa->dpa_curlevel, ==, BP_GET_LEVEL(bp));
|
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(dpa->dpa_curlevel, ==, dpa->dpa_zb.zb_level);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(dpa->dpa_zio != NULL);
|
|
|
|
(void) arc_read(dpa->dpa_zio, dpa->dpa_spa, bp, NULL, NULL,
|
2018-03-31 18:11:48 +00:00
|
|
|
dpa->dpa_prio, zio_flags, &aflags, &dpa->dpa_zb);
|
2015-12-22 01:31:57 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Called when an indirect block above our prefetch target is read in. This
|
|
|
|
* will either read in the next indirect block down the tree or issue the actual
|
|
|
|
* prefetch if the next block down is our target.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static void
|
2017-11-16 01:27:01 +00:00
|
|
|
dbuf_prefetch_indirect_done(zio_t *zio, const zbookmark_phys_t *zb,
|
|
|
|
const blkptr_t *iobp, arc_buf_t *abuf, void *private)
|
2015-12-22 01:31:57 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
dbuf_prefetch_arg_t *dpa = private;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSERT3S(dpa->dpa_zb.zb_level, <, dpa->dpa_curlevel);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT3S(dpa->dpa_curlevel, >, 0);
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2018-08-29 18:33:33 +00:00
|
|
|
if (abuf == NULL) {
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(zio == NULL || zio->io_error != 0);
|
|
|
|
kmem_free(dpa, sizeof (*dpa));
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(zio == NULL || zio->io_error == 0);
|
|
|
|
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* The dpa_dnode is only valid if we are called with a NULL
|
|
|
|
* zio. This indicates that the arc_read() returned without
|
|
|
|
* first calling zio_read() to issue a physical read. Once
|
|
|
|
* a physical read is made the dpa_dnode must be invalidated
|
|
|
|
* as the locks guarding it may have been dropped. If the
|
|
|
|
* dpa_dnode is still valid, then we want to add it to the dbuf
|
|
|
|
* cache. To do so, we must hold the dbuf associated with the block
|
|
|
|
* we just prefetched, read its contents so that we associate it
|
|
|
|
* with an arc_buf_t, and then release it.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2015-12-22 01:31:57 +00:00
|
|
|
if (zio != NULL) {
|
|
|
|
ASSERT3S(BP_GET_LEVEL(zio->io_bp), ==, dpa->dpa_curlevel);
|
Native Encryption for ZFS on Linux
This change incorporates three major pieces:
The first change is a keystore that manages wrapping
and encryption keys for encrypted datasets. These
commands mostly involve manipulating the new
DSL Crypto Key ZAP Objects that live in the MOS. Each
encrypted dataset has its own DSL Crypto Key that is
protected with a user's key. This level of indirection
allows users to change their keys without re-encrypting
their entire datasets. The change implements the new
subcommands "zfs load-key", "zfs unload-key" and
"zfs change-key" which allow the user to manage their
encryption keys and settings. In addition, several new
flags and properties have been added to allow dataset
creation and to make mounting and unmounting more
convenient.
The second piece of this patch provides the ability to
encrypt, decyrpt, and authenticate protected datasets.
Each object set maintains a Merkel tree of Message
Authentication Codes that protect the lower layers,
similarly to how checksums are maintained. This part
impacts the zio layer, which handles the actual
encryption and generation of MACs, as well as the ARC
and DMU, which need to be able to handle encrypted
buffers and protected data.
The last addition is the ability to do raw, encrypted
sends and receives. The idea here is to send raw
encrypted and compressed data and receive it exactly
as is on a backup system. This means that the dataset
on the receiving system is protected using the same
user key that is in use on the sending side. By doing
so, datasets can be efficiently backed up to an
untrusted system without fear of data being
compromised.
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes #494
Closes #5769
2017-08-14 17:36:48 +00:00
|
|
|
if (zio->io_flags & ZIO_FLAG_RAW_COMPRESS) {
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(BP_GET_PSIZE(zio->io_bp), ==, zio->io_size);
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(BP_GET_LSIZE(zio->io_bp), ==, zio->io_size);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2015-12-22 01:31:57 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT3P(zio->io_spa, ==, dpa->dpa_spa);
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dpa->dpa_dnode = NULL;
|
|
|
|
} else if (dpa->dpa_dnode != NULL) {
|
|
|
|
uint64_t curblkid = dpa->dpa_zb.zb_blkid >>
|
|
|
|
(dpa->dpa_epbs * (dpa->dpa_curlevel -
|
|
|
|
dpa->dpa_zb.zb_level));
|
|
|
|
dmu_buf_impl_t *db = dbuf_hold_level(dpa->dpa_dnode,
|
|
|
|
dpa->dpa_curlevel, curblkid, FTAG);
|
|
|
|
(void) dbuf_read(db, NULL,
|
|
|
|
DB_RF_MUST_SUCCEED | DB_RF_NOPREFETCH | DB_RF_HAVESTRUCT);
|
|
|
|
dbuf_rele(db, FTAG);
|
2015-12-22 01:31:57 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2017-11-16 01:27:01 +00:00
|
|
|
dpa->dpa_curlevel--;
|
2017-11-04 20:25:13 +00:00
|
|
|
uint64_t nextblkid = dpa->dpa_zb.zb_blkid >>
|
2015-12-22 01:31:57 +00:00
|
|
|
(dpa->dpa_epbs * (dpa->dpa_curlevel - dpa->dpa_zb.zb_level));
|
2017-11-04 20:25:13 +00:00
|
|
|
blkptr_t *bp = ((blkptr_t *)abuf->b_data) +
|
2015-12-22 01:31:57 +00:00
|
|
|
P2PHASE(nextblkid, 1ULL << dpa->dpa_epbs);
|
2017-11-16 01:27:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (BP_IS_HOLE(bp)) {
|
2015-12-22 01:31:57 +00:00
|
|
|
kmem_free(dpa, sizeof (*dpa));
|
|
|
|
} else if (dpa->dpa_curlevel == dpa->dpa_zb.zb_level) {
|
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(nextblkid, ==, dpa->dpa_zb.zb_blkid);
|
|
|
|
dbuf_issue_final_prefetch(dpa, bp);
|
|
|
|
kmem_free(dpa, sizeof (*dpa));
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
arc_flags_t iter_aflags = ARC_FLAG_NOWAIT;
|
|
|
|
zbookmark_phys_t zb;
|
|
|
|
|
2017-11-02 15:01:56 +00:00
|
|
|
/* flag if L2ARC eligible, l2arc_noprefetch then decides */
|
|
|
|
if (dpa->dpa_aflags & ARC_FLAG_L2CACHE)
|
|
|
|
iter_aflags |= ARC_FLAG_L2CACHE;
|
|
|
|
|
2015-12-22 01:31:57 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(dpa->dpa_curlevel, ==, BP_GET_LEVEL(bp));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SET_BOOKMARK(&zb, dpa->dpa_zb.zb_objset,
|
|
|
|
dpa->dpa_zb.zb_object, dpa->dpa_curlevel, nextblkid);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(void) arc_read(dpa->dpa_zio, dpa->dpa_spa,
|
|
|
|
bp, dbuf_prefetch_indirect_done, dpa, dpa->dpa_prio,
|
|
|
|
ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL | ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE,
|
|
|
|
&iter_aflags, &zb);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
arc_buf_destroy(abuf, private);
|
2015-12-22 01:31:57 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Issue prefetch reads for the given block on the given level. If the indirect
|
|
|
|
* blocks above that block are not in memory, we will read them in
|
|
|
|
* asynchronously. As a result, this call never blocks waiting for a read to
|
Native Encryption for ZFS on Linux
This change incorporates three major pieces:
The first change is a keystore that manages wrapping
and encryption keys for encrypted datasets. These
commands mostly involve manipulating the new
DSL Crypto Key ZAP Objects that live in the MOS. Each
encrypted dataset has its own DSL Crypto Key that is
protected with a user's key. This level of indirection
allows users to change their keys without re-encrypting
their entire datasets. The change implements the new
subcommands "zfs load-key", "zfs unload-key" and
"zfs change-key" which allow the user to manage their
encryption keys and settings. In addition, several new
flags and properties have been added to allow dataset
creation and to make mounting and unmounting more
convenient.
The second piece of this patch provides the ability to
encrypt, decyrpt, and authenticate protected datasets.
Each object set maintains a Merkel tree of Message
Authentication Codes that protect the lower layers,
similarly to how checksums are maintained. This part
impacts the zio layer, which handles the actual
encryption and generation of MACs, as well as the ARC
and DMU, which need to be able to handle encrypted
buffers and protected data.
The last addition is the ability to do raw, encrypted
sends and receives. The idea here is to send raw
encrypted and compressed data and receive it exactly
as is on a backup system. This means that the dataset
on the receiving system is protected using the same
user key that is in use on the sending side. By doing
so, datasets can be efficiently backed up to an
untrusted system without fear of data being
compromised.
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes #494
Closes #5769
2017-08-14 17:36:48 +00:00
|
|
|
* complete. Note that the prefetch might fail if the dataset is encrypted and
|
|
|
|
* the encryption key is unmapped before the IO completes.
|
2015-12-22 01:31:57 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
void
|
2015-12-22 01:31:57 +00:00
|
|
|
dbuf_prefetch(dnode_t *dn, int64_t level, uint64_t blkid, zio_priority_t prio,
|
|
|
|
arc_flags_t aflags)
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2015-12-22 01:31:57 +00:00
|
|
|
blkptr_t bp;
|
|
|
|
int epbs, nlevels, curlevel;
|
|
|
|
uint64_t curblkid;
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(blkid != DMU_BONUS_BLKID);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(RW_LOCK_HELD(&dn->dn_struct_rwlock));
|
|
|
|
|
2015-12-26 21:10:31 +00:00
|
|
|
if (blkid > dn->dn_maxblkid)
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
if (dnode_block_freed(dn, blkid))
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
2015-12-22 01:31:57 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* This dnode hasn't been written to disk yet, so there's nothing to
|
|
|
|
* prefetch.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
nlevels = dn->dn_phys->dn_nlevels;
|
|
|
|
if (level >= nlevels || dn->dn_phys->dn_nblkptr == 0)
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
epbs = dn->dn_phys->dn_indblkshift - SPA_BLKPTRSHIFT;
|
|
|
|
if (dn->dn_phys->dn_maxblkid < blkid << (epbs * level))
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
2017-11-04 20:25:13 +00:00
|
|
|
dmu_buf_impl_t *db = dbuf_find(dn->dn_objset, dn->dn_object,
|
2015-12-22 01:31:57 +00:00
|
|
|
level, blkid);
|
|
|
|
if (db != NULL) {
|
|
|
|
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
2015-12-22 01:31:57 +00:00
|
|
|
* This dbuf already exists. It is either CACHED, or
|
|
|
|
* (we assume) about to be read or filled.
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
return;
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2015-12-22 01:31:57 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Find the closest ancestor (indirect block) of the target block
|
|
|
|
* that is present in the cache. In this indirect block, we will
|
|
|
|
* find the bp that is at curlevel, curblkid.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
curlevel = level;
|
|
|
|
curblkid = blkid;
|
|
|
|
while (curlevel < nlevels - 1) {
|
|
|
|
int parent_level = curlevel + 1;
|
|
|
|
uint64_t parent_blkid = curblkid >> epbs;
|
|
|
|
dmu_buf_impl_t *db;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (dbuf_hold_impl(dn, parent_level, parent_blkid,
|
|
|
|
FALSE, TRUE, FTAG, &db) == 0) {
|
|
|
|
blkptr_t *bpp = db->db_buf->b_data;
|
|
|
|
bp = bpp[P2PHASE(curblkid, 1 << epbs)];
|
|
|
|
dbuf_rele(db, FTAG);
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-12-22 01:31:57 +00:00
|
|
|
curlevel = parent_level;
|
|
|
|
curblkid = parent_blkid;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-12-22 01:31:57 +00:00
|
|
|
if (curlevel == nlevels - 1) {
|
|
|
|
/* No cached indirect blocks found. */
|
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(curblkid, <, dn->dn_phys->dn_nblkptr);
|
|
|
|
bp = dn->dn_phys->dn_blkptr[curblkid];
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2015-12-22 01:31:57 +00:00
|
|
|
if (BP_IS_HOLE(&bp))
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(curlevel, ==, BP_GET_LEVEL(&bp));
|
|
|
|
|
2017-11-04 20:25:13 +00:00
|
|
|
zio_t *pio = zio_root(dmu_objset_spa(dn->dn_objset), NULL, NULL,
|
2015-12-22 01:31:57 +00:00
|
|
|
ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL);
|
|
|
|
|
2017-11-04 20:25:13 +00:00
|
|
|
dbuf_prefetch_arg_t *dpa = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (*dpa), KM_SLEEP);
|
|
|
|
dsl_dataset_t *ds = dn->dn_objset->os_dsl_dataset;
|
2015-12-22 01:31:57 +00:00
|
|
|
SET_BOOKMARK(&dpa->dpa_zb, ds != NULL ? ds->ds_object : DMU_META_OBJSET,
|
|
|
|
dn->dn_object, level, blkid);
|
|
|
|
dpa->dpa_curlevel = curlevel;
|
|
|
|
dpa->dpa_prio = prio;
|
|
|
|
dpa->dpa_aflags = aflags;
|
|
|
|
dpa->dpa_spa = dn->dn_objset->os_spa;
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
dpa->dpa_dnode = dn;
|
2015-12-22 01:31:57 +00:00
|
|
|
dpa->dpa_epbs = epbs;
|
|
|
|
dpa->dpa_zio = pio;
|
|
|
|
|
2017-11-02 15:01:56 +00:00
|
|
|
/* flag if L2ARC eligible, l2arc_noprefetch then decides */
|
|
|
|
if (DNODE_LEVEL_IS_L2CACHEABLE(dn, level))
|
|
|
|
dpa->dpa_aflags |= ARC_FLAG_L2CACHE;
|
|
|
|
|
2015-12-22 01:31:57 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* If we have the indirect just above us, no need to do the asynchronous
|
|
|
|
* prefetch chain; we'll just run the last step ourselves. If we're at
|
|
|
|
* a higher level, though, we want to issue the prefetches for all the
|
|
|
|
* indirect blocks asynchronously, so we can go on with whatever we were
|
|
|
|
* doing.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (curlevel == level) {
|
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(curblkid, ==, blkid);
|
|
|
|
dbuf_issue_final_prefetch(dpa, &bp);
|
|
|
|
kmem_free(dpa, sizeof (*dpa));
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
arc_flags_t iter_aflags = ARC_FLAG_NOWAIT;
|
|
|
|
zbookmark_phys_t zb;
|
|
|
|
|
2017-11-02 15:01:56 +00:00
|
|
|
/* flag if L2ARC eligible, l2arc_noprefetch then decides */
|
|
|
|
if (DNODE_LEVEL_IS_L2CACHEABLE(dn, level))
|
|
|
|
iter_aflags |= ARC_FLAG_L2CACHE;
|
|
|
|
|
2015-12-22 01:31:57 +00:00
|
|
|
SET_BOOKMARK(&zb, ds != NULL ? ds->ds_object : DMU_META_OBJSET,
|
|
|
|
dn->dn_object, curlevel, curblkid);
|
|
|
|
(void) arc_read(dpa->dpa_zio, dpa->dpa_spa,
|
|
|
|
&bp, dbuf_prefetch_indirect_done, dpa, prio,
|
|
|
|
ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL | ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE,
|
|
|
|
&iter_aflags, &zb);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* We use pio here instead of dpa_zio since it's possible that
|
|
|
|
* dpa may have already been freed.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
zio_nowait(pio);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2013-11-01 19:26:11 +00:00
|
|
|
#define DBUF_HOLD_IMPL_MAX_DEPTH 20
|
2010-08-26 17:52:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2017-11-08 21:32:15 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Helper function for __dbuf_hold_impl() to copy a buffer. Handles
|
|
|
|
* the case of encrypted, compressed and uncompressed buffers by
|
|
|
|
* allocating the new buffer, respectively, with arc_alloc_raw_buf(),
|
|
|
|
* arc_alloc_compressed_buf() or arc_alloc_buf().*
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* NOTE: Declared noinline to avoid stack bloat in __dbuf_hold_impl().
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
noinline static void
|
|
|
|
dbuf_hold_copy(struct dbuf_hold_impl_data *dh)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
dnode_t *dn = dh->dh_dn;
|
|
|
|
dmu_buf_impl_t *db = dh->dh_db;
|
|
|
|
dbuf_dirty_record_t *dr = dh->dh_dr;
|
|
|
|
arc_buf_t *data = dr->dt.dl.dr_data;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
enum zio_compress compress_type = arc_get_compression(data);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (arc_is_encrypted(data)) {
|
|
|
|
boolean_t byteorder;
|
|
|
|
uint8_t salt[ZIO_DATA_SALT_LEN];
|
|
|
|
uint8_t iv[ZIO_DATA_IV_LEN];
|
|
|
|
uint8_t mac[ZIO_DATA_MAC_LEN];
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
arc_get_raw_params(data, &byteorder, salt, iv, mac);
|
|
|
|
dbuf_set_data(db, arc_alloc_raw_buf(dn->dn_objset->os_spa, db,
|
|
|
|
dmu_objset_id(dn->dn_objset), byteorder, salt, iv, mac,
|
|
|
|
dn->dn_type, arc_buf_size(data), arc_buf_lsize(data),
|
|
|
|
compress_type));
|
|
|
|
} else if (compress_type != ZIO_COMPRESS_OFF) {
|
|
|
|
dbuf_set_data(db, arc_alloc_compressed_buf(
|
|
|
|
dn->dn_objset->os_spa, db, arc_buf_size(data),
|
|
|
|
arc_buf_lsize(data), compress_type));
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
dbuf_set_data(db, arc_alloc_buf(dn->dn_objset->os_spa, db,
|
|
|
|
DBUF_GET_BUFC_TYPE(db), db->db.db_size));
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bcopy(data->b_data, db->db.db_data, arc_buf_size(data));
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Returns with db_holds incremented, and db_mtx not held.
|
|
|
|
* Note: dn_struct_rwlock must be held.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2010-08-26 17:52:00 +00:00
|
|
|
static int
|
|
|
|
__dbuf_hold_impl(struct dbuf_hold_impl_data *dh)
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2010-08-26 17:52:00 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT3S(dh->dh_depth, <, DBUF_HOLD_IMPL_MAX_DEPTH);
|
|
|
|
dh->dh_parent = NULL;
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-08-26 17:52:00 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(dh->dh_blkid != DMU_BONUS_BLKID);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(RW_LOCK_HELD(&dh->dh_dn->dn_struct_rwlock));
|
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(dh->dh_dn->dn_nlevels, >, dh->dh_level);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-08-26 17:52:00 +00:00
|
|
|
*(dh->dh_dbp) = NULL;
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
/* dbuf_find() returns with db_mtx held */
|
2015-04-02 11:59:15 +00:00
|
|
|
dh->dh_db = dbuf_find(dh->dh_dn->dn_objset, dh->dh_dn->dn_object,
|
|
|
|
dh->dh_level, dh->dh_blkid);
|
2010-08-26 17:52:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (dh->dh_db == NULL) {
|
|
|
|
dh->dh_bp = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
2015-12-22 01:31:57 +00:00
|
|
|
if (dh->dh_fail_uncached)
|
|
|
|
return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT));
|
|
|
|
|
2010-08-26 17:52:00 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT3P(dh->dh_parent, ==, NULL);
|
|
|
|
dh->dh_err = dbuf_findbp(dh->dh_dn, dh->dh_level, dh->dh_blkid,
|
2016-12-12 18:46:26 +00:00
|
|
|
dh->dh_fail_sparse, &dh->dh_parent, &dh->dh_bp, dh);
|
2010-08-26 17:52:00 +00:00
|
|
|
if (dh->dh_fail_sparse) {
|
2013-11-01 19:26:11 +00:00
|
|
|
if (dh->dh_err == 0 &&
|
|
|
|
dh->dh_bp && BP_IS_HOLE(dh->dh_bp))
|
2013-03-08 18:41:28 +00:00
|
|
|
dh->dh_err = SET_ERROR(ENOENT);
|
2010-08-26 17:52:00 +00:00
|
|
|
if (dh->dh_err) {
|
|
|
|
if (dh->dh_parent)
|
|
|
|
dbuf_rele(dh->dh_parent, NULL);
|
|
|
|
return (dh->dh_err);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2010-08-26 17:52:00 +00:00
|
|
|
if (dh->dh_err && dh->dh_err != ENOENT)
|
|
|
|
return (dh->dh_err);
|
|
|
|
dh->dh_db = dbuf_create(dh->dh_dn, dh->dh_level, dh->dh_blkid,
|
2016-12-12 18:46:26 +00:00
|
|
|
dh->dh_parent, dh->dh_bp);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2015-12-22 01:31:57 +00:00
|
|
|
if (dh->dh_fail_uncached && dh->dh_db->db_state != DB_CACHED) {
|
|
|
|
mutex_exit(&dh->dh_db->db_mtx);
|
|
|
|
return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT));
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2018-01-08 17:52:36 +00:00
|
|
|
if (dh->dh_db->db_buf != NULL) {
|
|
|
|
arc_buf_access(dh->dh_db->db_buf);
|
2010-08-26 17:52:00 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT3P(dh->dh_db->db.db_data, ==, dh->dh_db->db_buf->b_data);
|
2018-01-08 17:52:36 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-08-26 17:52:00 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(dh->dh_db->db_buf == NULL || arc_referenced(dh->dh_db->db_buf));
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* If this buffer is currently syncing out, and we are are
|
|
|
|
* still referencing it from db_data, we need to make a copy
|
|
|
|
* of it in case we decide we want to dirty it again in this txg.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2010-08-26 17:52:00 +00:00
|
|
|
if (dh->dh_db->db_level == 0 &&
|
|
|
|
dh->dh_db->db_blkid != DMU_BONUS_BLKID &&
|
|
|
|
dh->dh_dn->dn_object != DMU_META_DNODE_OBJECT &&
|
|
|
|
dh->dh_db->db_state == DB_CACHED && dh->dh_db->db_data_pending) {
|
|
|
|
dh->dh_dr = dh->dh_db->db_data_pending;
|
2017-11-08 21:32:15 +00:00
|
|
|
if (dh->dh_dr->dt.dl.dr_data == dh->dh_db->db_buf)
|
|
|
|
dbuf_hold_copy(dh);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
if (multilist_link_active(&dh->dh_db->db_cache_link)) {
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(refcount_is_zero(&dh->dh_db->db_holds));
|
2018-07-10 17:49:50 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(dh->dh_db->db_caching_status == DB_DBUF_CACHE ||
|
|
|
|
dh->dh_db->db_caching_status == DB_DBUF_METADATA_CACHE);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
multilist_remove(
|
|
|
|
dbuf_caches[dh->dh_db->db_caching_status].cache,
|
|
|
|
dh->dh_db);
|
|
|
|
(void) refcount_remove_many(
|
|
|
|
&dbuf_caches[dh->dh_db->db_caching_status].size,
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
dh->dh_db->db.db_size, dh->dh_db);
|
2018-07-10 17:49:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (dh->dh_db->db_caching_status == DB_DBUF_METADATA_CACHE) {
|
|
|
|
DBUF_STAT_BUMPDOWN(metadata_cache_count);
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
DBUF_STAT_BUMPDOWN(cache_levels[dh->dh_db->db_level]);
|
|
|
|
DBUF_STAT_BUMPDOWN(cache_count);
|
|
|
|
DBUF_STAT_DECR(cache_levels_bytes[dh->dh_db->db_level],
|
|
|
|
dh->dh_db->db.db_size);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
dh->dh_db->db_caching_status = DB_NO_CACHE;
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2010-08-26 17:52:00 +00:00
|
|
|
(void) refcount_add(&dh->dh_db->db_holds, dh->dh_tag);
|
|
|
|
DBUF_VERIFY(dh->dh_db);
|
|
|
|
mutex_exit(&dh->dh_db->db_mtx);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* NOTE: we can't rele the parent until after we drop the db_mtx */
|
2010-08-26 17:52:00 +00:00
|
|
|
if (dh->dh_parent)
|
|
|
|
dbuf_rele(dh->dh_parent, NULL);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-08-26 17:52:00 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT3P(DB_DNODE(dh->dh_db), ==, dh->dh_dn);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(dh->dh_db->db_blkid, ==, dh->dh_blkid);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(dh->dh_db->db_level, ==, dh->dh_level);
|
|
|
|
*(dh->dh_dbp) = dh->dh_db;
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (0);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-08-26 17:52:00 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* The following code preserves the recursive function dbuf_hold_impl()
|
|
|
|
* but moves the local variables AND function arguments to the heap to
|
|
|
|
* minimize the stack frame size. Enough space is initially allocated
|
|
|
|
* on the stack for 20 levels of recursion.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
int
|
2015-12-22 01:31:57 +00:00
|
|
|
dbuf_hold_impl(dnode_t *dn, uint8_t level, uint64_t blkid,
|
|
|
|
boolean_t fail_sparse, boolean_t fail_uncached,
|
2010-08-26 17:52:00 +00:00
|
|
|
void *tag, dmu_buf_impl_t **dbp)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct dbuf_hold_impl_data *dh;
|
|
|
|
int error;
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-21 05:50:26 +00:00
|
|
|
dh = kmem_alloc(sizeof (struct dbuf_hold_impl_data) *
|
2014-11-21 00:09:39 +00:00
|
|
|
DBUF_HOLD_IMPL_MAX_DEPTH, KM_SLEEP);
|
2015-12-22 01:31:57 +00:00
|
|
|
__dbuf_hold_impl_init(dh, dn, level, blkid, fail_sparse,
|
2016-12-12 18:46:26 +00:00
|
|
|
fail_uncached, tag, dbp, 0);
|
2010-08-26 17:52:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
error = __dbuf_hold_impl(dh);
|
|
|
|
|
2013-11-01 19:26:11 +00:00
|
|
|
kmem_free(dh, sizeof (struct dbuf_hold_impl_data) *
|
2010-08-26 17:52:00 +00:00
|
|
|
DBUF_HOLD_IMPL_MAX_DEPTH);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (error);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
__dbuf_hold_impl_init(struct dbuf_hold_impl_data *dh,
|
2015-12-22 01:31:57 +00:00
|
|
|
dnode_t *dn, uint8_t level, uint64_t blkid,
|
2017-01-20 21:17:55 +00:00
|
|
|
boolean_t fail_sparse, boolean_t fail_uncached,
|
|
|
|
void *tag, dmu_buf_impl_t **dbp, int depth)
|
2010-08-26 17:52:00 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
dh->dh_dn = dn;
|
|
|
|
dh->dh_level = level;
|
|
|
|
dh->dh_blkid = blkid;
|
2015-12-22 01:31:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-08-26 17:52:00 +00:00
|
|
|
dh->dh_fail_sparse = fail_sparse;
|
2015-12-22 01:31:57 +00:00
|
|
|
dh->dh_fail_uncached = fail_uncached;
|
|
|
|
|
2010-08-26 17:52:00 +00:00
|
|
|
dh->dh_tag = tag;
|
|
|
|
dh->dh_dbp = dbp;
|
2016-07-21 05:50:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dh->dh_db = NULL;
|
|
|
|
dh->dh_parent = NULL;
|
|
|
|
dh->dh_bp = NULL;
|
|
|
|
dh->dh_err = 0;
|
|
|
|
dh->dh_dr = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
2010-08-26 17:52:00 +00:00
|
|
|
dh->dh_depth = depth;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
dmu_buf_impl_t *
|
|
|
|
dbuf_hold(dnode_t *dn, uint64_t blkid, void *tag)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2015-12-22 01:31:57 +00:00
|
|
|
return (dbuf_hold_level(dn, 0, blkid, tag));
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dmu_buf_impl_t *
|
|
|
|
dbuf_hold_level(dnode_t *dn, int level, uint64_t blkid, void *tag)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
dmu_buf_impl_t *db;
|
2015-12-22 01:31:57 +00:00
|
|
|
int err = dbuf_hold_impl(dn, level, blkid, FALSE, FALSE, tag, &db);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
return (err ? NULL : db);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
dbuf_create_bonus(dnode_t *dn)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(RW_WRITE_HELD(&dn->dn_struct_rwlock));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(dn->dn_bonus == NULL);
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
dn->dn_bonus = dbuf_create(dn, 0, DMU_BONUS_BLKID, dn->dn_dbuf, NULL);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int
|
|
|
|
dbuf_spill_set_blksz(dmu_buf_t *db_fake, uint64_t blksz, dmu_tx_t *tx)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
dmu_buf_impl_t *db = (dmu_buf_impl_t *)db_fake;
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
dnode_t *dn;
|
|
|
|
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
if (db->db_blkid != DMU_SPILL_BLKID)
|
2013-03-08 18:41:28 +00:00
|
|
|
return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP));
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
if (blksz == 0)
|
|
|
|
blksz = SPA_MINBLOCKSIZE;
|
2014-11-03 20:15:08 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(blksz, <=, spa_maxblocksize(dmu_objset_spa(db->db_objset)));
|
|
|
|
blksz = P2ROUNDUP(blksz, SPA_MINBLOCKSIZE);
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
DB_DNODE_ENTER(db);
|
|
|
|
dn = DB_DNODE(db);
|
|
|
|
rw_enter(&dn->dn_struct_rwlock, RW_WRITER);
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
dbuf_new_size(db, blksz, tx);
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
rw_exit(&dn->dn_struct_rwlock);
|
|
|
|
DB_DNODE_EXIT(db);
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (0);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
dbuf_rm_spill(dnode_t *dn, dmu_tx_t *tx)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
dbuf_free_range(dn, DMU_SPILL_BLKID, DMU_SPILL_BLKID, tx);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#pragma weak dmu_buf_add_ref = dbuf_add_ref
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
dbuf_add_ref(dmu_buf_impl_t *db, void *tag)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
int64_t holds = refcount_add(&db->db_holds, tag);
|
|
|
|
VERIFY3S(holds, >, 1);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2015-04-02 11:59:15 +00:00
|
|
|
#pragma weak dmu_buf_try_add_ref = dbuf_try_add_ref
|
|
|
|
boolean_t
|
|
|
|
dbuf_try_add_ref(dmu_buf_t *db_fake, objset_t *os, uint64_t obj, uint64_t blkid,
|
|
|
|
void *tag)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
dmu_buf_impl_t *db = (dmu_buf_impl_t *)db_fake;
|
|
|
|
dmu_buf_impl_t *found_db;
|
|
|
|
boolean_t result = B_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
2015-05-28 23:14:19 +00:00
|
|
|
if (blkid == DMU_BONUS_BLKID)
|
2015-04-02 11:59:15 +00:00
|
|
|
found_db = dbuf_find_bonus(os, obj);
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
found_db = dbuf_find(os, obj, 0, blkid);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (found_db != NULL) {
|
|
|
|
if (db == found_db && dbuf_refcount(db) > db->db_dirtycnt) {
|
|
|
|
(void) refcount_add(&db->db_holds, tag);
|
|
|
|
result = B_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2015-05-28 23:14:19 +00:00
|
|
|
mutex_exit(&found_db->db_mtx);
|
2015-04-02 11:59:15 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return (result);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* If you call dbuf_rele() you had better not be referencing the dnode handle
|
|
|
|
* unless you have some other direct or indirect hold on the dnode. (An indirect
|
|
|
|
* hold is a hold on one of the dnode's dbufs, including the bonus buffer.)
|
|
|
|
* Without that, the dbuf_rele() could lead to a dnode_rele() followed by the
|
|
|
|
* dnode's parent dbuf evicting its dnode handles.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
dbuf_rele(dmu_buf_impl_t *db, void *tag)
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
mutex_enter(&db->db_mtx);
|
2018-07-31 21:51:15 +00:00
|
|
|
dbuf_rele_and_unlock(db, tag, B_FALSE);
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2013-12-09 18:37:51 +00:00
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
dmu_buf_rele(dmu_buf_t *db, void *tag)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
dbuf_rele((dmu_buf_impl_t *)db, tag);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* dbuf_rele() for an already-locked dbuf. This is necessary to allow
|
2018-05-31 17:29:12 +00:00
|
|
|
* db_dirtycnt and db_holds to be updated atomically. The 'evicting'
|
|
|
|
* argument should be set if we are already in the dbuf-evicting code
|
|
|
|
* path, in which case we don't want to recursively evict. This allows us to
|
|
|
|
* avoid deeply nested stacks that would have a call flow similar to this:
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* dbuf_rele()-->dbuf_rele_and_unlock()-->dbuf_evict_notify()
|
|
|
|
* ^ |
|
|
|
|
* | |
|
|
|
|
* +-----dbuf_destroy()<--dbuf_evict_one()<--------+
|
|
|
|
*
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void
|
2018-07-31 21:51:15 +00:00
|
|
|
dbuf_rele_and_unlock(dmu_buf_impl_t *db, void *tag, boolean_t evicting)
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
int64_t holds;
|
|
|
|
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&db->db_mtx));
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
DBUF_VERIFY(db);
|
|
|
|
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Remove the reference to the dbuf before removing its hold on the
|
|
|
|
* dnode so we can guarantee in dnode_move() that a referenced bonus
|
|
|
|
* buffer has a corresponding dnode hold.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
holds = refcount_remove(&db->db_holds, tag);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(holds >= 0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* We can't freeze indirects if there is a possibility that they
|
|
|
|
* may be modified in the current syncing context.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
if (db->db_buf != NULL &&
|
|
|
|
holds == (db->db_level == 0 ? db->db_dirtycnt : 0)) {
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
arc_buf_freeze(db->db_buf);
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (holds == db->db_dirtycnt &&
|
2015-10-13 21:09:45 +00:00
|
|
|
db->db_level == 0 && db->db_user_immediate_evict)
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
dbuf_evict_user(db);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (holds == 0) {
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
if (db->db_blkid == DMU_BONUS_BLKID) {
|
2015-03-12 00:10:35 +00:00
|
|
|
dnode_t *dn;
|
2015-10-13 21:09:45 +00:00
|
|
|
boolean_t evict_dbuf = db->db_pending_evict;
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
2015-03-12 00:10:35 +00:00
|
|
|
* If the dnode moves here, we cannot cross this
|
|
|
|
* barrier until the move completes.
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
DB_DNODE_ENTER(db);
|
2015-03-12 00:10:35 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dn = DB_DNODE(db);
|
|
|
|
atomic_dec_32(&dn->dn_dbufs_count);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Decrementing the dbuf count means that the bonus
|
|
|
|
* buffer's dnode hold is no longer discounted in
|
|
|
|
* dnode_move(). The dnode cannot move until after
|
2015-10-13 21:09:45 +00:00
|
|
|
* the dnode_rele() below.
|
2015-03-12 00:10:35 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
DB_DNODE_EXIT(db);
|
2015-03-12 00:10:35 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Do not reference db after its lock is dropped.
|
|
|
|
* Another thread may evict it.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-13 21:09:45 +00:00
|
|
|
if (evict_dbuf)
|
2015-03-12 00:10:35 +00:00
|
|
|
dnode_evict_bonus(dn);
|
2015-10-13 21:09:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dnode_rele(dn, db);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
} else if (db->db_buf == NULL) {
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* This is a special case: we never associated this
|
|
|
|
* dbuf with any data allocated from the ARC.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2008-12-03 20:09:06 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db_state == DB_UNCACHED ||
|
|
|
|
db->db_state == DB_NOFILL);
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
dbuf_destroy(db);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
} else if (arc_released(db->db_buf)) {
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* This dbuf has anonymous data associated with it.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
dbuf_destroy(db);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
boolean_t do_arc_evict = B_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
blkptr_t bp;
|
|
|
|
spa_t *spa = dmu_objset_spa(db->db_objset);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!DBUF_IS_CACHEABLE(db) &&
|
|
|
|
db->db_blkptr != NULL &&
|
|
|
|
!BP_IS_HOLE(db->db_blkptr) &&
|
|
|
|
!BP_IS_EMBEDDED(db->db_blkptr)) {
|
|
|
|
do_arc_evict = B_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
bp = *db->db_blkptr;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2012-12-21 22:57:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!DBUF_IS_CACHEABLE(db) ||
|
|
|
|
db->db_pending_evict) {
|
|
|
|
dbuf_destroy(db);
|
|
|
|
} else if (!multilist_link_active(&db->db_cache_link)) {
|
2018-07-10 17:49:50 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(db->db_caching_status, ==,
|
|
|
|
DB_NO_CACHE);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dbuf_cached_state_t dcs =
|
|
|
|
dbuf_include_in_metadata_cache(db) ?
|
|
|
|
DB_DBUF_METADATA_CACHE : DB_DBUF_CACHE;
|
|
|
|
db->db_caching_status = dcs;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
multilist_insert(dbuf_caches[dcs].cache, db);
|
|
|
|
(void) refcount_add_many(&dbuf_caches[dcs].size,
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
db->db.db_size, db);
|
2018-07-10 17:49:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (dcs == DB_DBUF_METADATA_CACHE) {
|
|
|
|
DBUF_STAT_BUMP(metadata_cache_count);
|
|
|
|
DBUF_STAT_MAX(
|
|
|
|
metadata_cache_size_bytes_max,
|
|
|
|
refcount_count(
|
|
|
|
&dbuf_caches[dcs].size));
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
DBUF_STAT_BUMP(
|
|
|
|
cache_levels[db->db_level]);
|
|
|
|
DBUF_STAT_BUMP(cache_count);
|
|
|
|
DBUF_STAT_INCR(
|
|
|
|
cache_levels_bytes[db->db_level],
|
|
|
|
db->db.db_size);
|
|
|
|
DBUF_STAT_MAX(cache_size_bytes_max,
|
|
|
|
refcount_count(
|
|
|
|
&dbuf_caches[dcs].size));
|
|
|
|
}
|
2008-12-03 20:09:06 +00:00
|
|
|
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2018-07-31 21:51:15 +00:00
|
|
|
if (db->db_caching_status == DB_DBUF_CACHE &&
|
|
|
|
!evicting) {
|
2018-05-31 17:29:12 +00:00
|
|
|
dbuf_evict_notify();
|
2018-07-10 17:49:50 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2014-07-15 07:43:18 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (do_arc_evict)
|
|
|
|
arc_freed(spa, &bp);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#pragma weak dmu_buf_refcount = dbuf_refcount
|
|
|
|
uint64_t
|
|
|
|
dbuf_refcount(dmu_buf_impl_t *db)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return (refcount_count(&db->db_holds));
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2018-06-18 21:10:54 +00:00
|
|
|
uint64_t
|
|
|
|
dmu_buf_user_refcount(dmu_buf_t *db_fake)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
uint64_t holds;
|
|
|
|
dmu_buf_impl_t *db = (dmu_buf_impl_t *)db_fake;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
mutex_enter(&db->db_mtx);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(refcount_count(&db->db_holds), >=, db->db_dirtycnt);
|
|
|
|
holds = refcount_count(&db->db_holds) - db->db_dirtycnt;
|
|
|
|
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (holds);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
void *
|
2015-04-02 03:44:32 +00:00
|
|
|
dmu_buf_replace_user(dmu_buf_t *db_fake, dmu_buf_user_t *old_user,
|
|
|
|
dmu_buf_user_t *new_user)
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2015-04-02 03:44:32 +00:00
|
|
|
dmu_buf_impl_t *db = (dmu_buf_impl_t *)db_fake;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
mutex_enter(&db->db_mtx);
|
|
|
|
dbuf_verify_user(db, DBVU_NOT_EVICTING);
|
|
|
|
if (db->db_user == old_user)
|
|
|
|
db->db_user = new_user;
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
old_user = db->db_user;
|
|
|
|
dbuf_verify_user(db, DBVU_NOT_EVICTING);
|
|
|
|
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (old_user);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void *
|
2015-04-02 03:44:32 +00:00
|
|
|
dmu_buf_set_user(dmu_buf_t *db_fake, dmu_buf_user_t *user)
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2015-04-02 03:44:32 +00:00
|
|
|
return (dmu_buf_replace_user(db_fake, NULL, user));
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void *
|
2015-04-02 03:44:32 +00:00
|
|
|
dmu_buf_set_user_ie(dmu_buf_t *db_fake, dmu_buf_user_t *user)
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
dmu_buf_impl_t *db = (dmu_buf_impl_t *)db_fake;
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-13 21:09:45 +00:00
|
|
|
db->db_user_immediate_evict = TRUE;
|
2015-04-02 03:44:32 +00:00
|
|
|
return (dmu_buf_set_user(db_fake, user));
|
|
|
|
}
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2015-04-02 03:44:32 +00:00
|
|
|
void *
|
|
|
|
dmu_buf_remove_user(dmu_buf_t *db_fake, dmu_buf_user_t *user)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return (dmu_buf_replace_user(db_fake, user, NULL));
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void *
|
|
|
|
dmu_buf_get_user(dmu_buf_t *db_fake)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
dmu_buf_impl_t *db = (dmu_buf_impl_t *)db_fake;
|
|
|
|
|
2015-04-02 03:44:32 +00:00
|
|
|
dbuf_verify_user(db, DBVU_NOT_EVICTING);
|
|
|
|
return (db->db_user);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
dmu_buf_user_evict_wait()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
taskq_wait(dbu_evict_taskq);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2013-05-10 19:47:54 +00:00
|
|
|
blkptr_t *
|
|
|
|
dmu_buf_get_blkptr(dmu_buf_t *db)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
dmu_buf_impl_t *dbi = (dmu_buf_impl_t *)db;
|
|
|
|
return (dbi->db_blkptr);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-20 22:39:55 +00:00
|
|
|
objset_t *
|
|
|
|
dmu_buf_get_objset(dmu_buf_t *db)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
dmu_buf_impl_t *dbi = (dmu_buf_impl_t *)db;
|
|
|
|
return (dbi->db_objset);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
OpenZFS 7004 - dmu_tx_hold_zap() does dnode_hold() 7x on same object
Using a benchmark which has 32 threads creating 2 million files in the
same directory, on a machine with 16 CPU cores, I observed poor
performance. I noticed that dmu_tx_hold_zap() was using about 30% of
all CPU, and doing dnode_hold() 7 times on the same object (the ZAP
object that is being held).
dmu_tx_hold_zap() keeps a hold on the dnode_t the entire time it is
running, in dmu_tx_hold_t:txh_dnode, so it would be nice to use the
dnode_t that we already have in hand, rather than repeatedly calling
dnode_hold(). To do this, we need to pass the dnode_t down through
all the intermediate calls that dmu_tx_hold_zap() makes, making these
routines take the dnode_t* rather than an objset_t* and a uint64_t
object number. In particular, the following routines will need to have
analogous *_by_dnode() variants created:
dmu_buf_hold_noread()
dmu_buf_hold()
zap_lookup()
zap_lookup_norm()
zap_count_write()
zap_lockdir()
zap_count_write()
This can improve performance on the benchmark described above by 100%,
from 30,000 file creations per second to 60,000. (This improvement is on
top of that provided by working around the object allocation issue. Peak
performance of ~90,000 creations per second was observed with 8 CPUs;
adding CPUs past that decreased performance due to lock contention.) The
CPU used by dmu_tx_hold_zap() was reduced by 88%, from 340 CPU-seconds
to 40 CPU-seconds.
Sponsored by: Intel Corp.
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7004
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/pull/109
Closes #4641
Closes #4972
2016-07-20 22:42:13 +00:00
|
|
|
dnode_t *
|
|
|
|
dmu_buf_dnode_enter(dmu_buf_t *db)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
dmu_buf_impl_t *dbi = (dmu_buf_impl_t *)db;
|
|
|
|
DB_DNODE_ENTER(dbi);
|
|
|
|
return (DB_DNODE(dbi));
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
dmu_buf_dnode_exit(dmu_buf_t *db)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
dmu_buf_impl_t *dbi = (dmu_buf_impl_t *)db;
|
|
|
|
DB_DNODE_EXIT(dbi);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
dbuf_check_blkptr(dnode_t *dn, dmu_buf_impl_t *db)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
/* ASSERT(dmu_tx_is_syncing(tx) */
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&db->db_mtx));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (db->db_blkptr != NULL)
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
if (db->db_blkid == DMU_SPILL_BLKID) {
|
Implement large_dnode pool feature
Justification
-------------
This feature adds support for variable length dnodes. Our motivation is
to eliminate the overhead associated with using spill blocks. Spill
blocks are used to store system attribute data (i.e. file metadata) that
does not fit in the dnode's bonus buffer. By allowing a larger bonus
buffer area the use of a spill block can be avoided. Spill blocks
potentially incur an additional read I/O for every dnode in a dnode
block. As a worst case example, reading 32 dnodes from a 16k dnode block
and all of the spill blocks could issue 33 separate reads. Now suppose
those dnodes have size 1024 and therefore don't need spill blocks. Then
the worst case number of blocks read is reduced to from 33 to two--one
per dnode block. In practice spill blocks may tend to be co-located on
disk with the dnode blocks so the reduction in I/O would not be this
drastic. In a badly fragmented pool, however, the improvement could be
significant.
ZFS-on-Linux systems that make heavy use of extended attributes would
benefit from this feature. In particular, ZFS-on-Linux supports the
xattr=sa dataset property which allows file extended attribute data
to be stored in the dnode bonus buffer as an alternative to the
traditional directory-based format. Workloads such as SELinux and the
Lustre distributed filesystem often store enough xattr data to force
spill bocks when xattr=sa is in effect. Large dnodes may therefore
provide a performance benefit to such systems.
Other use cases that may benefit from this feature include files with
large ACLs and symbolic links with long target names. Furthermore,
this feature may be desirable on other platforms in case future
applications or features are developed that could make use of a
larger bonus buffer area.
Implementation
--------------
The size of a dnode may be a multiple of 512 bytes up to the size of
a dnode block (currently 16384 bytes). A dn_extra_slots field was
added to the current on-disk dnode_phys_t structure to describe the
size of the physical dnode on disk. The 8 bits for this field were
taken from the zero filled dn_pad2 field. The field represents how
many "extra" dnode_phys_t slots a dnode consumes in its dnode block.
This convention results in a value of 0 for 512 byte dnodes which
preserves on-disk format compatibility with older software.
Similarly, the in-memory dnode_t structure has a new dn_num_slots field
to represent the total number of dnode_phys_t slots consumed on disk.
Thus dn->dn_num_slots is 1 greater than the corresponding
dnp->dn_extra_slots. This difference in convention was adopted
because, unlike on-disk structures, backward compatibility is not a
concern for in-memory objects, so we used a more natural way to
represent size for a dnode_t.
The default size for newly created dnodes is determined by the value of
a new "dnodesize" dataset property. By default the property is set to
"legacy" which is compatible with older software. Setting the property
to "auto" will allow the filesystem to choose the most suitable dnode
size. Currently this just sets the default dnode size to 1k, but future
code improvements could dynamically choose a size based on observed
workload patterns. Dnodes of varying sizes can coexist within the same
dataset and even within the same dnode block. For example, to enable
automatically-sized dnodes, run
# zfs set dnodesize=auto tank/fish
The user can also specify literal values for the dnodesize property.
These are currently limited to powers of two from 1k to 16k. The
power-of-2 limitation is only for simplicity of the user interface.
Internally the implementation can handle any multiple of 512 up to 16k,
and consumers of the DMU API can specify any legal dnode value.
The size of a new dnode is determined at object allocation time and
stored as a new field in the znode in-memory structure. New DMU
interfaces are added to allow the consumer to specify the dnode size
that a newly allocated object should use. Existing interfaces are
unchanged to avoid having to update every call site and to preserve
compatibility with external consumers such as Lustre. The new
interfaces names are given below. The versions of these functions that
don't take a dnodesize parameter now just call the _dnsize() versions
with a dnodesize of 0, which means use the legacy dnode size.
New DMU interfaces:
dmu_object_alloc_dnsize()
dmu_object_claim_dnsize()
dmu_object_reclaim_dnsize()
New ZAP interfaces:
zap_create_dnsize()
zap_create_norm_dnsize()
zap_create_flags_dnsize()
zap_create_claim_norm_dnsize()
zap_create_link_dnsize()
The constant DN_MAX_BONUSLEN is renamed to DN_OLD_MAX_BONUSLEN. The
spa_maxdnodesize() function should be used to determine the maximum
bonus length for a pool.
These are a few noteworthy changes to key functions:
* The prototype for dnode_hold_impl() now takes a "slots" parameter.
When the DNODE_MUST_BE_FREE flag is set, this parameter is used to
ensure the hole at the specified object offset is large enough to
hold the dnode being created. The slots parameter is also used
to ensure a dnode does not span multiple dnode blocks. In both of
these cases, if a failure occurs, ENOSPC is returned. Keep in mind,
these failure cases are only possible when using DNODE_MUST_BE_FREE.
If the DNODE_MUST_BE_ALLOCATED flag is set, "slots" must be 0.
dnode_hold_impl() will check if the requested dnode is already
consumed as an extra dnode slot by an large dnode, in which case
it returns ENOENT.
* The function dmu_object_alloc() advances to the next dnode block
if dnode_hold_impl() returns an error for a requested object.
This is because the beginning of the next dnode block is the only
location it can safely assume to either be a hole or a valid
starting point for a dnode.
* dnode_next_offset_level() and other functions that iterate
through dnode blocks may no longer use a simple array indexing
scheme. These now use the current dnode's dn_num_slots field to
advance to the next dnode in the block. This is to ensure we
properly skip the current dnode's bonus area and don't interpret it
as a valid dnode.
zdb
---
The zdb command was updated to display a dnode's size under the
"dnsize" column when the object is dumped.
For ZIL create log records, zdb will now display the slot count for
the object.
ztest
-----
Ztest chooses a random dnodesize for every newly created object. The
random distribution is more heavily weighted toward small dnodes to
better simulate real-world datasets.
Unused bonus buffer space is filled with non-zero values computed from
the object number, dataset id, offset, and generation number. This
helps ensure that the dnode traversal code properly skips the interior
regions of large dnodes, and that these interior regions are not
overwritten by data belonging to other dnodes. A new test visits each
object in a dataset. It verifies that the actual dnode size matches what
was stored in the ztest block tag when it was created. It also verifies
that the unused bonus buffer space is filled with the expected data
patterns.
ZFS Test Suite
--------------
Added six new large dnode-specific tests, and integrated the dnodesize
property into existing tests for zfs allow and send/recv.
Send/Receive
------------
ZFS send streams for datasets containing large dnodes cannot be received
on pools that don't support the large_dnode feature. A send stream with
large dnodes sets a DMU_BACKUP_FEATURE_LARGE_DNODE flag which will be
unrecognized by an incompatible receiving pool so that the zfs receive
will fail gracefully.
While not implemented here, it may be possible to generate a
backward-compatible send stream from a dataset containing large
dnodes. The implementation may be tricky, however, because the send
object record for a large dnode would need to be resized to a 512
byte dnode, possibly kicking in a spill block in the process. This
means we would need to construct a new SA layout and possibly
register it in the SA layout object. The SA layout is normally just
sent as an ordinary object record. But if we are constructing new
layouts while generating the send stream we'd have to build the SA
layout object dynamically and send it at the end of the stream.
For sending and receiving between pools that do support large dnodes,
the drr_object send record type is extended with a new field to store
the dnode slot count. This field was repurposed from unused padding
in the structure.
ZIL Replay
----------
The dnode slot count is stored in the uppermost 8 bits of the lr_foid
field. The bits were unused as the object id is currently capped at
48 bits.
Resizing Dnodes
---------------
It should be possible to resize a dnode when it is dirtied if the
current dnodesize dataset property differs from the dnode's size, but
this functionality is not currently implemented. Clearly a dnode can
only grow if there are sufficient contiguous unused slots in the
dnode block, but it should always be possible to shrink a dnode.
Growing dnodes may be useful to reduce fragmentation in a pool with
many spill blocks in use. Shrinking dnodes may be useful to allow
sending a dataset to a pool that doesn't support the large_dnode
feature.
Feature Reference Counting
--------------------------
The reference count for the large_dnode pool feature tracks the
number of datasets that have ever contained a dnode of size larger
than 512 bytes. The first time a large dnode is created in a dataset
the dataset is converted to an extensible dataset. This is a one-way
operation and the only way to decrement the feature count is to
destroy the dataset, even if the dataset no longer contains any large
dnodes. The complexity of reference counting on a per-dnode basis was
too high, so we chose to track it on a per-dataset basis similarly to
the large_block feature.
Signed-off-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes #3542
2016-03-17 01:25:34 +00:00
|
|
|
db->db_blkptr = DN_SPILL_BLKPTR(dn->dn_phys);
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
BP_ZERO(db->db_blkptr);
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
if (db->db_level == dn->dn_phys->dn_nlevels-1) {
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* This buffer was allocated at a time when there was
|
|
|
|
* no available blkptrs from the dnode, or it was
|
|
|
|
* inappropriate to hook it in (i.e., nlevels mis-match).
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db_blkid < dn->dn_phys->dn_nblkptr);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db_parent == NULL);
|
|
|
|
db->db_parent = dn->dn_dbuf;
|
|
|
|
db->db_blkptr = &dn->dn_phys->dn_blkptr[db->db_blkid];
|
|
|
|
DBUF_VERIFY(db);
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
dmu_buf_impl_t *parent = db->db_parent;
|
|
|
|
int epbs = dn->dn_phys->dn_indblkshift - SPA_BLKPTRSHIFT;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(dn->dn_phys->dn_nlevels > 1);
|
|
|
|
if (parent == NULL) {
|
|
|
|
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
|
|
|
|
rw_enter(&dn->dn_struct_rwlock, RW_READER);
|
2015-12-22 01:31:57 +00:00
|
|
|
parent = dbuf_hold_level(dn, db->db_level + 1,
|
|
|
|
db->db_blkid >> epbs, db);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
rw_exit(&dn->dn_struct_rwlock);
|
|
|
|
mutex_enter(&db->db_mtx);
|
|
|
|
db->db_parent = parent;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
db->db_blkptr = (blkptr_t *)parent->db.db_data +
|
|
|
|
(db->db_blkid & ((1ULL << epbs) - 1));
|
|
|
|
DBUF_VERIFY(db);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
Native Encryption for ZFS on Linux
This change incorporates three major pieces:
The first change is a keystore that manages wrapping
and encryption keys for encrypted datasets. These
commands mostly involve manipulating the new
DSL Crypto Key ZAP Objects that live in the MOS. Each
encrypted dataset has its own DSL Crypto Key that is
protected with a user's key. This level of indirection
allows users to change their keys without re-encrypting
their entire datasets. The change implements the new
subcommands "zfs load-key", "zfs unload-key" and
"zfs change-key" which allow the user to manage their
encryption keys and settings. In addition, several new
flags and properties have been added to allow dataset
creation and to make mounting and unmounting more
convenient.
The second piece of this patch provides the ability to
encrypt, decyrpt, and authenticate protected datasets.
Each object set maintains a Merkel tree of Message
Authentication Codes that protect the lower layers,
similarly to how checksums are maintained. This part
impacts the zio layer, which handles the actual
encryption and generation of MACs, as well as the ARC
and DMU, which need to be able to handle encrypted
buffers and protected data.
The last addition is the ability to do raw, encrypted
sends and receives. The idea here is to send raw
encrypted and compressed data and receive it exactly
as is on a backup system. This means that the dataset
on the receiving system is protected using the same
user key that is in use on the sending side. By doing
so, datasets can be efficiently backed up to an
untrusted system without fear of data being
compromised.
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes #494
Closes #5769
2017-08-14 17:36:48 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
2018-04-17 18:06:54 +00:00
|
|
|
* When syncing out a blocks of dnodes, adjust the block to deal with
|
|
|
|
* encryption. Normally, we make sure the block is decrypted before writing
|
|
|
|
* it. If we have crypt params, then we are writing a raw (encrypted) block,
|
|
|
|
* from a raw receive. In this case, set the ARC buf's crypt params so
|
|
|
|
* that the BP will be filled with the correct byteorder, salt, iv, and mac.
|
Native Encryption for ZFS on Linux
This change incorporates three major pieces:
The first change is a keystore that manages wrapping
and encryption keys for encrypted datasets. These
commands mostly involve manipulating the new
DSL Crypto Key ZAP Objects that live in the MOS. Each
encrypted dataset has its own DSL Crypto Key that is
protected with a user's key. This level of indirection
allows users to change their keys without re-encrypting
their entire datasets. The change implements the new
subcommands "zfs load-key", "zfs unload-key" and
"zfs change-key" which allow the user to manage their
encryption keys and settings. In addition, several new
flags and properties have been added to allow dataset
creation and to make mounting and unmounting more
convenient.
The second piece of this patch provides the ability to
encrypt, decyrpt, and authenticate protected datasets.
Each object set maintains a Merkel tree of Message
Authentication Codes that protect the lower layers,
similarly to how checksums are maintained. This part
impacts the zio layer, which handles the actual
encryption and generation of MACs, as well as the ARC
and DMU, which need to be able to handle encrypted
buffers and protected data.
The last addition is the ability to do raw, encrypted
sends and receives. The idea here is to send raw
encrypted and compressed data and receive it exactly
as is on a backup system. This means that the dataset
on the receiving system is protected using the same
user key that is in use on the sending side. By doing
so, datasets can be efficiently backed up to an
untrusted system without fear of data being
compromised.
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes #494
Closes #5769
2017-08-14 17:36:48 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static void
|
2018-04-17 18:06:54 +00:00
|
|
|
dbuf_prepare_encrypted_dnode_leaf(dbuf_dirty_record_t *dr)
|
Native Encryption for ZFS on Linux
This change incorporates three major pieces:
The first change is a keystore that manages wrapping
and encryption keys for encrypted datasets. These
commands mostly involve manipulating the new
DSL Crypto Key ZAP Objects that live in the MOS. Each
encrypted dataset has its own DSL Crypto Key that is
protected with a user's key. This level of indirection
allows users to change their keys without re-encrypting
their entire datasets. The change implements the new
subcommands "zfs load-key", "zfs unload-key" and
"zfs change-key" which allow the user to manage their
encryption keys and settings. In addition, several new
flags and properties have been added to allow dataset
creation and to make mounting and unmounting more
convenient.
The second piece of this patch provides the ability to
encrypt, decyrpt, and authenticate protected datasets.
Each object set maintains a Merkel tree of Message
Authentication Codes that protect the lower layers,
similarly to how checksums are maintained. This part
impacts the zio layer, which handles the actual
encryption and generation of MACs, as well as the ARC
and DMU, which need to be able to handle encrypted
buffers and protected data.
The last addition is the ability to do raw, encrypted
sends and receives. The idea here is to send raw
encrypted and compressed data and receive it exactly
as is on a backup system. This means that the dataset
on the receiving system is protected using the same
user key that is in use on the sending side. By doing
so, datasets can be efficiently backed up to an
untrusted system without fear of data being
compromised.
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes #494
Closes #5769
2017-08-14 17:36:48 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
int err;
|
|
|
|
dmu_buf_impl_t *db = dr->dr_dbuf;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&db->db_mtx));
|
2018-04-17 18:06:54 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(db->db.db_object, ==, DMU_META_DNODE_OBJECT);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(db->db_level, ==, 0);
|
Native Encryption for ZFS on Linux
This change incorporates three major pieces:
The first change is a keystore that manages wrapping
and encryption keys for encrypted datasets. These
commands mostly involve manipulating the new
DSL Crypto Key ZAP Objects that live in the MOS. Each
encrypted dataset has its own DSL Crypto Key that is
protected with a user's key. This level of indirection
allows users to change their keys without re-encrypting
their entire datasets. The change implements the new
subcommands "zfs load-key", "zfs unload-key" and
"zfs change-key" which allow the user to manage their
encryption keys and settings. In addition, several new
flags and properties have been added to allow dataset
creation and to make mounting and unmounting more
convenient.
The second piece of this patch provides the ability to
encrypt, decyrpt, and authenticate protected datasets.
Each object set maintains a Merkel tree of Message
Authentication Codes that protect the lower layers,
similarly to how checksums are maintained. This part
impacts the zio layer, which handles the actual
encryption and generation of MACs, as well as the ARC
and DMU, which need to be able to handle encrypted
buffers and protected data.
The last addition is the ability to do raw, encrypted
sends and receives. The idea here is to send raw
encrypted and compressed data and receive it exactly
as is on a backup system. This means that the dataset
on the receiving system is protected using the same
user key that is in use on the sending side. By doing
so, datasets can be efficiently backed up to an
untrusted system without fear of data being
compromised.
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes #494
Closes #5769
2017-08-14 17:36:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2018-04-17 18:06:54 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!db->db_objset->os_raw_receive && arc_is_encrypted(db->db_buf)) {
|
2018-03-31 18:12:51 +00:00
|
|
|
zbookmark_phys_t zb;
|
|
|
|
|
Native Encryption for ZFS on Linux
This change incorporates three major pieces:
The first change is a keystore that manages wrapping
and encryption keys for encrypted datasets. These
commands mostly involve manipulating the new
DSL Crypto Key ZAP Objects that live in the MOS. Each
encrypted dataset has its own DSL Crypto Key that is
protected with a user's key. This level of indirection
allows users to change their keys without re-encrypting
their entire datasets. The change implements the new
subcommands "zfs load-key", "zfs unload-key" and
"zfs change-key" which allow the user to manage their
encryption keys and settings. In addition, several new
flags and properties have been added to allow dataset
creation and to make mounting and unmounting more
convenient.
The second piece of this patch provides the ability to
encrypt, decyrpt, and authenticate protected datasets.
Each object set maintains a Merkel tree of Message
Authentication Codes that protect the lower layers,
similarly to how checksums are maintained. This part
impacts the zio layer, which handles the actual
encryption and generation of MACs, as well as the ARC
and DMU, which need to be able to handle encrypted
buffers and protected data.
The last addition is the ability to do raw, encrypted
sends and receives. The idea here is to send raw
encrypted and compressed data and receive it exactly
as is on a backup system. This means that the dataset
on the receiving system is protected using the same
user key that is in use on the sending side. By doing
so, datasets can be efficiently backed up to an
untrusted system without fear of data being
compromised.
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes #494
Closes #5769
2017-08-14 17:36:48 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Unfortunately, there is currently no mechanism for
|
|
|
|
* syncing context to handle decryption errors. An error
|
|
|
|
* here is only possible if an attacker maliciously
|
|
|
|
* changed a dnode block and updated the associated
|
|
|
|
* checksums going up the block tree.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2018-03-31 18:12:51 +00:00
|
|
|
SET_BOOKMARK(&zb, dmu_objset_id(db->db_objset),
|
|
|
|
db->db.db_object, db->db_level, db->db_blkid);
|
Native Encryption for ZFS on Linux
This change incorporates three major pieces:
The first change is a keystore that manages wrapping
and encryption keys for encrypted datasets. These
commands mostly involve manipulating the new
DSL Crypto Key ZAP Objects that live in the MOS. Each
encrypted dataset has its own DSL Crypto Key that is
protected with a user's key. This level of indirection
allows users to change their keys without re-encrypting
their entire datasets. The change implements the new
subcommands "zfs load-key", "zfs unload-key" and
"zfs change-key" which allow the user to manage their
encryption keys and settings. In addition, several new
flags and properties have been added to allow dataset
creation and to make mounting and unmounting more
convenient.
The second piece of this patch provides the ability to
encrypt, decyrpt, and authenticate protected datasets.
Each object set maintains a Merkel tree of Message
Authentication Codes that protect the lower layers,
similarly to how checksums are maintained. This part
impacts the zio layer, which handles the actual
encryption and generation of MACs, as well as the ARC
and DMU, which need to be able to handle encrypted
buffers and protected data.
The last addition is the ability to do raw, encrypted
sends and receives. The idea here is to send raw
encrypted and compressed data and receive it exactly
as is on a backup system. This means that the dataset
on the receiving system is protected using the same
user key that is in use on the sending side. By doing
so, datasets can be efficiently backed up to an
untrusted system without fear of data being
compromised.
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes #494
Closes #5769
2017-08-14 17:36:48 +00:00
|
|
|
err = arc_untransform(db->db_buf, db->db_objset->os_spa,
|
2018-03-31 18:12:51 +00:00
|
|
|
&zb, B_TRUE);
|
Native Encryption for ZFS on Linux
This change incorporates three major pieces:
The first change is a keystore that manages wrapping
and encryption keys for encrypted datasets. These
commands mostly involve manipulating the new
DSL Crypto Key ZAP Objects that live in the MOS. Each
encrypted dataset has its own DSL Crypto Key that is
protected with a user's key. This level of indirection
allows users to change their keys without re-encrypting
their entire datasets. The change implements the new
subcommands "zfs load-key", "zfs unload-key" and
"zfs change-key" which allow the user to manage their
encryption keys and settings. In addition, several new
flags and properties have been added to allow dataset
creation and to make mounting and unmounting more
convenient.
The second piece of this patch provides the ability to
encrypt, decyrpt, and authenticate protected datasets.
Each object set maintains a Merkel tree of Message
Authentication Codes that protect the lower layers,
similarly to how checksums are maintained. This part
impacts the zio layer, which handles the actual
encryption and generation of MACs, as well as the ARC
and DMU, which need to be able to handle encrypted
buffers and protected data.
The last addition is the ability to do raw, encrypted
sends and receives. The idea here is to send raw
encrypted and compressed data and receive it exactly
as is on a backup system. This means that the dataset
on the receiving system is protected using the same
user key that is in use on the sending side. By doing
so, datasets can be efficiently backed up to an
untrusted system without fear of data being
compromised.
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes #494
Closes #5769
2017-08-14 17:36:48 +00:00
|
|
|
if (err)
|
|
|
|
panic("Invalid dnode block MAC");
|
2018-04-17 18:06:54 +00:00
|
|
|
} else if (dr->dt.dl.dr_has_raw_params) {
|
|
|
|
(void) arc_release(dr->dt.dl.dr_data, db);
|
|
|
|
arc_convert_to_raw(dr->dt.dl.dr_data,
|
|
|
|
dmu_objset_id(db->db_objset),
|
|
|
|
dr->dt.dl.dr_byteorder, DMU_OT_DNODE,
|
|
|
|
dr->dt.dl.dr_salt, dr->dt.dl.dr_iv, dr->dt.dl.dr_mac);
|
Native Encryption for ZFS on Linux
This change incorporates three major pieces:
The first change is a keystore that manages wrapping
and encryption keys for encrypted datasets. These
commands mostly involve manipulating the new
DSL Crypto Key ZAP Objects that live in the MOS. Each
encrypted dataset has its own DSL Crypto Key that is
protected with a user's key. This level of indirection
allows users to change their keys without re-encrypting
their entire datasets. The change implements the new
subcommands "zfs load-key", "zfs unload-key" and
"zfs change-key" which allow the user to manage their
encryption keys and settings. In addition, several new
flags and properties have been added to allow dataset
creation and to make mounting and unmounting more
convenient.
The second piece of this patch provides the ability to
encrypt, decyrpt, and authenticate protected datasets.
Each object set maintains a Merkel tree of Message
Authentication Codes that protect the lower layers,
similarly to how checksums are maintained. This part
impacts the zio layer, which handles the actual
encryption and generation of MACs, as well as the ARC
and DMU, which need to be able to handle encrypted
buffers and protected data.
The last addition is the ability to do raw, encrypted
sends and receives. The idea here is to send raw
encrypted and compressed data and receive it exactly
as is on a backup system. This means that the dataset
on the receiving system is protected using the same
user key that is in use on the sending side. By doing
so, datasets can be efficiently backed up to an
untrusted system without fear of data being
compromised.
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes #494
Closes #5769
2017-08-14 17:36:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2013-11-01 19:26:11 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* dbuf_sync_indirect() is called recursively from dbuf_sync_list() so it
|
2010-08-26 17:58:36 +00:00
|
|
|
* is critical the we not allow the compiler to inline this function in to
|
|
|
|
* dbuf_sync_list() thereby drastically bloating the stack usage.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
noinline static void
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
dbuf_sync_indirect(dbuf_dirty_record_t *dr, dmu_tx_t *tx)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
dmu_buf_impl_t *db = dr->dr_dbuf;
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
dnode_t *dn;
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
zio_t *zio;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(dmu_tx_is_syncing(tx));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dprintf_dbuf_bp(db, db->db_blkptr, "blkptr=%p", db->db_blkptr);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
mutex_enter(&db->db_mtx);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db_level > 0);
|
|
|
|
DBUF_VERIFY(db);
|
|
|
|
|
2013-06-11 17:12:34 +00:00
|
|
|
/* Read the block if it hasn't been read yet. */
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
if (db->db_buf == NULL) {
|
|
|
|
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
|
|
|
|
(void) dbuf_read(db, NULL, DB_RF_MUST_SUCCEED);
|
|
|
|
mutex_enter(&db->db_mtx);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(db->db_state, ==, DB_CACHED);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db_buf != NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
DB_DNODE_ENTER(db);
|
|
|
|
dn = DB_DNODE(db);
|
2013-06-11 17:12:34 +00:00
|
|
|
/* Indirect block size must match what the dnode thinks it is. */
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(db->db.db_size, ==, 1<<dn->dn_phys->dn_indblkshift);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
dbuf_check_blkptr(dn, db);
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
DB_DNODE_EXIT(db);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2013-06-11 17:12:34 +00:00
|
|
|
/* Provide the pending dirty record to child dbufs */
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
db->db_data_pending = dr;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
|
OpenZFS 7614, 9064 - zfs device evacuation/removal
OpenZFS 7614 - zfs device evacuation/removal
OpenZFS 9064 - remove_mirror should wait for device removal to complete
This project allows top-level vdevs to be removed from the storage pool
with "zpool remove", reducing the total amount of storage in the pool.
This operation copies all allocated regions of the device to be removed
onto other devices, recording the mapping from old to new location.
After the removal is complete, read and free operations to the removed
(now "indirect") vdev must be remapped and performed at the new location
on disk. The indirect mapping table is kept in memory whenever the pool
is loaded, so there is minimal performance overhead when doing operations
on the indirect vdev.
The size of the in-memory mapping table will be reduced when its entries
become "obsolete" because they are no longer used by any block pointers
in the pool. An entry becomes obsolete when all the blocks that use
it are freed. An entry can also become obsolete when all the snapshots
that reference it are deleted, and the block pointers that reference it
have been "remapped" in all filesystems/zvols (and clones). Whenever an
indirect block is written, all the block pointers in it will be "remapped"
to their new (concrete) locations if possible. This process can be
accelerated by using the "zfs remap" command to proactively rewrite all
indirect blocks that reference indirect (removed) vdevs.
Note that when a device is removed, we do not verify the checksum of
the data that is copied. This makes the process much faster, but if it
were used on redundant vdevs (i.e. mirror or raidz vdevs), it would be
possible to copy the wrong data, when we have the correct data on e.g.
the other side of the mirror.
At the moment, only mirrors and simple top-level vdevs can be removed
and no removal is allowed if any of the top-level vdevs are raidz.
Porting Notes:
* Avoid zero-sized kmem_alloc() in vdev_compact_children().
The device evacuation code adds a dependency that
vdev_compact_children() be able to properly empty the vdev_child
array by setting it to NULL and zeroing vdev_children. Under Linux,
kmem_alloc() and related functions return a sentinel pointer rather
than NULL for zero-sized allocations.
* Remove comment regarding "mpt" driver where zfs_remove_max_segment
is initialized to SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE.
Change zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ticks to
zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ms for consistency with
most other tunables in which delays are specified in ms.
* ZTS changes:
Use set_tunable rather than mdb
Use zpool sync as appropriate
Use sync_pool instead of sync
Kill jobs during test_removal_with_operation to allow unmount/export
Don't add non-disk names such as "mirror" or "raidz" to $DISKS
Use $TEST_BASE_DIR instead of /tmp
Increase HZ from 100 to 1000 which is more common on Linux
removal_multiple_indirection.ksh
Reduce iterations in order to not time out on the code
coverage builders.
removal_resume_export:
Functionally, the test case is correct but there exists a race
where the kernel thread hasn't been fully started yet and is
not visible. Wait for up to 1 second for the removal thread
to be started before giving up on it. Also, increase the
amount of data copied in order that the removal not finish
before the export has a chance to fail.
* MMP compatibility, the concept of concrete versus non-concrete devices
has slightly changed the semantics of vdev_writeable(). Update
mmp_random_leaf_impl() accordingly.
* Updated dbuf_remap() to handle the org.zfsonlinux:large_dnode pool
feature which is not supported by OpenZFS.
* Added support for new vdev removal tracepoints.
* Test cases removal_with_zdb and removal_condense_export have been
intentionally disabled. When run manually they pass as intended,
but when running in the automated test environment they produce
unreliable results on the latest Fedora release.
They may work better once the upstream pool import refectoring is
merged into ZoL at which point they will be re-enabled.
Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org>
Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7614
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/f539f1eb
Closes #6900
2016-09-22 16:30:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-12-03 20:09:06 +00:00
|
|
|
dbuf_write(dr, db->db_buf, tx);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
zio = dr->dr_zio;
|
|
|
|
mutex_enter(&dr->dt.di.dr_mtx);
|
2015-07-02 16:23:20 +00:00
|
|
|
dbuf_sync_list(&dr->dt.di.dr_children, db->db_level - 1, tx);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(list_head(&dr->dt.di.dr_children) == NULL);
|
|
|
|
mutex_exit(&dr->dt.di.dr_mtx);
|
|
|
|
zio_nowait(zio);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2013-11-01 19:26:11 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* dbuf_sync_leaf() is called recursively from dbuf_sync_list() so it is
|
2010-08-26 17:58:36 +00:00
|
|
|
* critical the we not allow the compiler to inline this function in to
|
|
|
|
* dbuf_sync_list() thereby drastically bloating the stack usage.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
noinline static void
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
dbuf_sync_leaf(dbuf_dirty_record_t *dr, dmu_tx_t *tx)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
arc_buf_t **datap = &dr->dt.dl.dr_data;
|
|
|
|
dmu_buf_impl_t *db = dr->dr_dbuf;
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
dnode_t *dn;
|
|
|
|
objset_t *os;
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
uint64_t txg = tx->tx_txg;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(dmu_tx_is_syncing(tx));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dprintf_dbuf_bp(db, db->db_blkptr, "blkptr=%p", db->db_blkptr);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
mutex_enter(&db->db_mtx);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* To be synced, we must be dirtied. But we
|
|
|
|
* might have been freed after the dirty.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (db->db_state == DB_UNCACHED) {
|
|
|
|
/* This buffer has been freed since it was dirtied */
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db.db_data == NULL);
|
|
|
|
} else if (db->db_state == DB_FILL) {
|
|
|
|
/* This buffer was freed and is now being re-filled */
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db.db_data != dr->dt.dl.dr_data);
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
2008-12-03 20:09:06 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db_state == DB_CACHED || db->db_state == DB_NOFILL);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
DBUF_VERIFY(db);
|
|
|
|
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
DB_DNODE_ENTER(db);
|
|
|
|
dn = DB_DNODE(db);
|
|
|
|
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
if (db->db_blkid == DMU_SPILL_BLKID) {
|
|
|
|
mutex_enter(&dn->dn_mtx);
|
2016-06-08 07:22:07 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!(dn->dn_phys->dn_flags & DNODE_FLAG_SPILL_BLKPTR)) {
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* In the previous transaction group, the bonus buffer
|
|
|
|
* was entirely used to store the attributes for the
|
|
|
|
* dnode which overrode the dn_spill field. However,
|
|
|
|
* when adding more attributes to the file a spill
|
|
|
|
* block was required to hold the extra attributes.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Make sure to clear the garbage left in the dn_spill
|
|
|
|
* field from the previous attributes in the bonus
|
|
|
|
* buffer. Otherwise, after writing out the spill
|
|
|
|
* block to the new allocated dva, it will free
|
|
|
|
* the old block pointed to by the invalid dn_spill.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
db->db_blkptr = NULL;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
dn->dn_phys->dn_flags |= DNODE_FLAG_SPILL_BLKPTR;
|
|
|
|
mutex_exit(&dn->dn_mtx);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* If this is a bonus buffer, simply copy the bonus data into the
|
|
|
|
* dnode. It will be written out when the dnode is synced (and it
|
|
|
|
* will be synced, since it must have been dirty for dbuf_sync to
|
|
|
|
* be called).
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
if (db->db_blkid == DMU_BONUS_BLKID) {
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
dbuf_dirty_record_t **drp;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(*datap != NULL);
|
2013-05-10 21:17:03 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT0(db->db_level);
|
Native Encryption for ZFS on Linux
This change incorporates three major pieces:
The first change is a keystore that manages wrapping
and encryption keys for encrypted datasets. These
commands mostly involve manipulating the new
DSL Crypto Key ZAP Objects that live in the MOS. Each
encrypted dataset has its own DSL Crypto Key that is
protected with a user's key. This level of indirection
allows users to change their keys without re-encrypting
their entire datasets. The change implements the new
subcommands "zfs load-key", "zfs unload-key" and
"zfs change-key" which allow the user to manage their
encryption keys and settings. In addition, several new
flags and properties have been added to allow dataset
creation and to make mounting and unmounting more
convenient.
The second piece of this patch provides the ability to
encrypt, decyrpt, and authenticate protected datasets.
Each object set maintains a Merkel tree of Message
Authentication Codes that protect the lower layers,
similarly to how checksums are maintained. This part
impacts the zio layer, which handles the actual
encryption and generation of MACs, as well as the ARC
and DMU, which need to be able to handle encrypted
buffers and protected data.
The last addition is the ability to do raw, encrypted
sends and receives. The idea here is to send raw
encrypted and compressed data and receive it exactly
as is on a backup system. This means that the dataset
on the receiving system is protected using the same
user key that is in use on the sending side. By doing
so, datasets can be efficiently backed up to an
untrusted system without fear of data being
compromised.
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes #494
Closes #5769
2017-08-14 17:36:48 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(DN_MAX_BONUS_LEN(dn->dn_phys), <=,
|
Implement large_dnode pool feature
Justification
-------------
This feature adds support for variable length dnodes. Our motivation is
to eliminate the overhead associated with using spill blocks. Spill
blocks are used to store system attribute data (i.e. file metadata) that
does not fit in the dnode's bonus buffer. By allowing a larger bonus
buffer area the use of a spill block can be avoided. Spill blocks
potentially incur an additional read I/O for every dnode in a dnode
block. As a worst case example, reading 32 dnodes from a 16k dnode block
and all of the spill blocks could issue 33 separate reads. Now suppose
those dnodes have size 1024 and therefore don't need spill blocks. Then
the worst case number of blocks read is reduced to from 33 to two--one
per dnode block. In practice spill blocks may tend to be co-located on
disk with the dnode blocks so the reduction in I/O would not be this
drastic. In a badly fragmented pool, however, the improvement could be
significant.
ZFS-on-Linux systems that make heavy use of extended attributes would
benefit from this feature. In particular, ZFS-on-Linux supports the
xattr=sa dataset property which allows file extended attribute data
to be stored in the dnode bonus buffer as an alternative to the
traditional directory-based format. Workloads such as SELinux and the
Lustre distributed filesystem often store enough xattr data to force
spill bocks when xattr=sa is in effect. Large dnodes may therefore
provide a performance benefit to such systems.
Other use cases that may benefit from this feature include files with
large ACLs and symbolic links with long target names. Furthermore,
this feature may be desirable on other platforms in case future
applications or features are developed that could make use of a
larger bonus buffer area.
Implementation
--------------
The size of a dnode may be a multiple of 512 bytes up to the size of
a dnode block (currently 16384 bytes). A dn_extra_slots field was
added to the current on-disk dnode_phys_t structure to describe the
size of the physical dnode on disk. The 8 bits for this field were
taken from the zero filled dn_pad2 field. The field represents how
many "extra" dnode_phys_t slots a dnode consumes in its dnode block.
This convention results in a value of 0 for 512 byte dnodes which
preserves on-disk format compatibility with older software.
Similarly, the in-memory dnode_t structure has a new dn_num_slots field
to represent the total number of dnode_phys_t slots consumed on disk.
Thus dn->dn_num_slots is 1 greater than the corresponding
dnp->dn_extra_slots. This difference in convention was adopted
because, unlike on-disk structures, backward compatibility is not a
concern for in-memory objects, so we used a more natural way to
represent size for a dnode_t.
The default size for newly created dnodes is determined by the value of
a new "dnodesize" dataset property. By default the property is set to
"legacy" which is compatible with older software. Setting the property
to "auto" will allow the filesystem to choose the most suitable dnode
size. Currently this just sets the default dnode size to 1k, but future
code improvements could dynamically choose a size based on observed
workload patterns. Dnodes of varying sizes can coexist within the same
dataset and even within the same dnode block. For example, to enable
automatically-sized dnodes, run
# zfs set dnodesize=auto tank/fish
The user can also specify literal values for the dnodesize property.
These are currently limited to powers of two from 1k to 16k. The
power-of-2 limitation is only for simplicity of the user interface.
Internally the implementation can handle any multiple of 512 up to 16k,
and consumers of the DMU API can specify any legal dnode value.
The size of a new dnode is determined at object allocation time and
stored as a new field in the znode in-memory structure. New DMU
interfaces are added to allow the consumer to specify the dnode size
that a newly allocated object should use. Existing interfaces are
unchanged to avoid having to update every call site and to preserve
compatibility with external consumers such as Lustre. The new
interfaces names are given below. The versions of these functions that
don't take a dnodesize parameter now just call the _dnsize() versions
with a dnodesize of 0, which means use the legacy dnode size.
New DMU interfaces:
dmu_object_alloc_dnsize()
dmu_object_claim_dnsize()
dmu_object_reclaim_dnsize()
New ZAP interfaces:
zap_create_dnsize()
zap_create_norm_dnsize()
zap_create_flags_dnsize()
zap_create_claim_norm_dnsize()
zap_create_link_dnsize()
The constant DN_MAX_BONUSLEN is renamed to DN_OLD_MAX_BONUSLEN. The
spa_maxdnodesize() function should be used to determine the maximum
bonus length for a pool.
These are a few noteworthy changes to key functions:
* The prototype for dnode_hold_impl() now takes a "slots" parameter.
When the DNODE_MUST_BE_FREE flag is set, this parameter is used to
ensure the hole at the specified object offset is large enough to
hold the dnode being created. The slots parameter is also used
to ensure a dnode does not span multiple dnode blocks. In both of
these cases, if a failure occurs, ENOSPC is returned. Keep in mind,
these failure cases are only possible when using DNODE_MUST_BE_FREE.
If the DNODE_MUST_BE_ALLOCATED flag is set, "slots" must be 0.
dnode_hold_impl() will check if the requested dnode is already
consumed as an extra dnode slot by an large dnode, in which case
it returns ENOENT.
* The function dmu_object_alloc() advances to the next dnode block
if dnode_hold_impl() returns an error for a requested object.
This is because the beginning of the next dnode block is the only
location it can safely assume to either be a hole or a valid
starting point for a dnode.
* dnode_next_offset_level() and other functions that iterate
through dnode blocks may no longer use a simple array indexing
scheme. These now use the current dnode's dn_num_slots field to
advance to the next dnode in the block. This is to ensure we
properly skip the current dnode's bonus area and don't interpret it
as a valid dnode.
zdb
---
The zdb command was updated to display a dnode's size under the
"dnsize" column when the object is dumped.
For ZIL create log records, zdb will now display the slot count for
the object.
ztest
-----
Ztest chooses a random dnodesize for every newly created object. The
random distribution is more heavily weighted toward small dnodes to
better simulate real-world datasets.
Unused bonus buffer space is filled with non-zero values computed from
the object number, dataset id, offset, and generation number. This
helps ensure that the dnode traversal code properly skips the interior
regions of large dnodes, and that these interior regions are not
overwritten by data belonging to other dnodes. A new test visits each
object in a dataset. It verifies that the actual dnode size matches what
was stored in the ztest block tag when it was created. It also verifies
that the unused bonus buffer space is filled with the expected data
patterns.
ZFS Test Suite
--------------
Added six new large dnode-specific tests, and integrated the dnodesize
property into existing tests for zfs allow and send/recv.
Send/Receive
------------
ZFS send streams for datasets containing large dnodes cannot be received
on pools that don't support the large_dnode feature. A send stream with
large dnodes sets a DMU_BACKUP_FEATURE_LARGE_DNODE flag which will be
unrecognized by an incompatible receiving pool so that the zfs receive
will fail gracefully.
While not implemented here, it may be possible to generate a
backward-compatible send stream from a dataset containing large
dnodes. The implementation may be tricky, however, because the send
object record for a large dnode would need to be resized to a 512
byte dnode, possibly kicking in a spill block in the process. This
means we would need to construct a new SA layout and possibly
register it in the SA layout object. The SA layout is normally just
sent as an ordinary object record. But if we are constructing new
layouts while generating the send stream we'd have to build the SA
layout object dynamically and send it at the end of the stream.
For sending and receiving between pools that do support large dnodes,
the drr_object send record type is extended with a new field to store
the dnode slot count. This field was repurposed from unused padding
in the structure.
ZIL Replay
----------
The dnode slot count is stored in the uppermost 8 bits of the lr_foid
field. The bits were unused as the object id is currently capped at
48 bits.
Resizing Dnodes
---------------
It should be possible to resize a dnode when it is dirtied if the
current dnodesize dataset property differs from the dnode's size, but
this functionality is not currently implemented. Clearly a dnode can
only grow if there are sufficient contiguous unused slots in the
dnode block, but it should always be possible to shrink a dnode.
Growing dnodes may be useful to reduce fragmentation in a pool with
many spill blocks in use. Shrinking dnodes may be useful to allow
sending a dataset to a pool that doesn't support the large_dnode
feature.
Feature Reference Counting
--------------------------
The reference count for the large_dnode pool feature tracks the
number of datasets that have ever contained a dnode of size larger
than 512 bytes. The first time a large dnode is created in a dataset
the dataset is converted to an extensible dataset. This is a one-way
operation and the only way to decrement the feature count is to
destroy the dataset, even if the dataset no longer contains any large
dnodes. The complexity of reference counting on a per-dnode basis was
too high, so we chose to track it on a per-dataset basis similarly to
the large_block feature.
Signed-off-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes #3542
2016-03-17 01:25:34 +00:00
|
|
|
DN_SLOTS_TO_BONUSLEN(dn->dn_phys->dn_extra_slots + 1));
|
Native Encryption for ZFS on Linux
This change incorporates three major pieces:
The first change is a keystore that manages wrapping
and encryption keys for encrypted datasets. These
commands mostly involve manipulating the new
DSL Crypto Key ZAP Objects that live in the MOS. Each
encrypted dataset has its own DSL Crypto Key that is
protected with a user's key. This level of indirection
allows users to change their keys without re-encrypting
their entire datasets. The change implements the new
subcommands "zfs load-key", "zfs unload-key" and
"zfs change-key" which allow the user to manage their
encryption keys and settings. In addition, several new
flags and properties have been added to allow dataset
creation and to make mounting and unmounting more
convenient.
The second piece of this patch provides the ability to
encrypt, decyrpt, and authenticate protected datasets.
Each object set maintains a Merkel tree of Message
Authentication Codes that protect the lower layers,
similarly to how checksums are maintained. This part
impacts the zio layer, which handles the actual
encryption and generation of MACs, as well as the ARC
and DMU, which need to be able to handle encrypted
buffers and protected data.
The last addition is the ability to do raw, encrypted
sends and receives. The idea here is to send raw
encrypted and compressed data and receive it exactly
as is on a backup system. This means that the dataset
on the receiving system is protected using the same
user key that is in use on the sending side. By doing
so, datasets can be efficiently backed up to an
untrusted system without fear of data being
compromised.
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes #494
Closes #5769
2017-08-14 17:36:48 +00:00
|
|
|
bcopy(*datap, DN_BONUS(dn->dn_phys),
|
|
|
|
DN_MAX_BONUS_LEN(dn->dn_phys));
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
DB_DNODE_EXIT(db);
|
|
|
|
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
if (*datap != db->db.db_data) {
|
Implement large_dnode pool feature
Justification
-------------
This feature adds support for variable length dnodes. Our motivation is
to eliminate the overhead associated with using spill blocks. Spill
blocks are used to store system attribute data (i.e. file metadata) that
does not fit in the dnode's bonus buffer. By allowing a larger bonus
buffer area the use of a spill block can be avoided. Spill blocks
potentially incur an additional read I/O for every dnode in a dnode
block. As a worst case example, reading 32 dnodes from a 16k dnode block
and all of the spill blocks could issue 33 separate reads. Now suppose
those dnodes have size 1024 and therefore don't need spill blocks. Then
the worst case number of blocks read is reduced to from 33 to two--one
per dnode block. In practice spill blocks may tend to be co-located on
disk with the dnode blocks so the reduction in I/O would not be this
drastic. In a badly fragmented pool, however, the improvement could be
significant.
ZFS-on-Linux systems that make heavy use of extended attributes would
benefit from this feature. In particular, ZFS-on-Linux supports the
xattr=sa dataset property which allows file extended attribute data
to be stored in the dnode bonus buffer as an alternative to the
traditional directory-based format. Workloads such as SELinux and the
Lustre distributed filesystem often store enough xattr data to force
spill bocks when xattr=sa is in effect. Large dnodes may therefore
provide a performance benefit to such systems.
Other use cases that may benefit from this feature include files with
large ACLs and symbolic links with long target names. Furthermore,
this feature may be desirable on other platforms in case future
applications or features are developed that could make use of a
larger bonus buffer area.
Implementation
--------------
The size of a dnode may be a multiple of 512 bytes up to the size of
a dnode block (currently 16384 bytes). A dn_extra_slots field was
added to the current on-disk dnode_phys_t structure to describe the
size of the physical dnode on disk. The 8 bits for this field were
taken from the zero filled dn_pad2 field. The field represents how
many "extra" dnode_phys_t slots a dnode consumes in its dnode block.
This convention results in a value of 0 for 512 byte dnodes which
preserves on-disk format compatibility with older software.
Similarly, the in-memory dnode_t structure has a new dn_num_slots field
to represent the total number of dnode_phys_t slots consumed on disk.
Thus dn->dn_num_slots is 1 greater than the corresponding
dnp->dn_extra_slots. This difference in convention was adopted
because, unlike on-disk structures, backward compatibility is not a
concern for in-memory objects, so we used a more natural way to
represent size for a dnode_t.
The default size for newly created dnodes is determined by the value of
a new "dnodesize" dataset property. By default the property is set to
"legacy" which is compatible with older software. Setting the property
to "auto" will allow the filesystem to choose the most suitable dnode
size. Currently this just sets the default dnode size to 1k, but future
code improvements could dynamically choose a size based on observed
workload patterns. Dnodes of varying sizes can coexist within the same
dataset and even within the same dnode block. For example, to enable
automatically-sized dnodes, run
# zfs set dnodesize=auto tank/fish
The user can also specify literal values for the dnodesize property.
These are currently limited to powers of two from 1k to 16k. The
power-of-2 limitation is only for simplicity of the user interface.
Internally the implementation can handle any multiple of 512 up to 16k,
and consumers of the DMU API can specify any legal dnode value.
The size of a new dnode is determined at object allocation time and
stored as a new field in the znode in-memory structure. New DMU
interfaces are added to allow the consumer to specify the dnode size
that a newly allocated object should use. Existing interfaces are
unchanged to avoid having to update every call site and to preserve
compatibility with external consumers such as Lustre. The new
interfaces names are given below. The versions of these functions that
don't take a dnodesize parameter now just call the _dnsize() versions
with a dnodesize of 0, which means use the legacy dnode size.
New DMU interfaces:
dmu_object_alloc_dnsize()
dmu_object_claim_dnsize()
dmu_object_reclaim_dnsize()
New ZAP interfaces:
zap_create_dnsize()
zap_create_norm_dnsize()
zap_create_flags_dnsize()
zap_create_claim_norm_dnsize()
zap_create_link_dnsize()
The constant DN_MAX_BONUSLEN is renamed to DN_OLD_MAX_BONUSLEN. The
spa_maxdnodesize() function should be used to determine the maximum
bonus length for a pool.
These are a few noteworthy changes to key functions:
* The prototype for dnode_hold_impl() now takes a "slots" parameter.
When the DNODE_MUST_BE_FREE flag is set, this parameter is used to
ensure the hole at the specified object offset is large enough to
hold the dnode being created. The slots parameter is also used
to ensure a dnode does not span multiple dnode blocks. In both of
these cases, if a failure occurs, ENOSPC is returned. Keep in mind,
these failure cases are only possible when using DNODE_MUST_BE_FREE.
If the DNODE_MUST_BE_ALLOCATED flag is set, "slots" must be 0.
dnode_hold_impl() will check if the requested dnode is already
consumed as an extra dnode slot by an large dnode, in which case
it returns ENOENT.
* The function dmu_object_alloc() advances to the next dnode block
if dnode_hold_impl() returns an error for a requested object.
This is because the beginning of the next dnode block is the only
location it can safely assume to either be a hole or a valid
starting point for a dnode.
* dnode_next_offset_level() and other functions that iterate
through dnode blocks may no longer use a simple array indexing
scheme. These now use the current dnode's dn_num_slots field to
advance to the next dnode in the block. This is to ensure we
properly skip the current dnode's bonus area and don't interpret it
as a valid dnode.
zdb
---
The zdb command was updated to display a dnode's size under the
"dnsize" column when the object is dumped.
For ZIL create log records, zdb will now display the slot count for
the object.
ztest
-----
Ztest chooses a random dnodesize for every newly created object. The
random distribution is more heavily weighted toward small dnodes to
better simulate real-world datasets.
Unused bonus buffer space is filled with non-zero values computed from
the object number, dataset id, offset, and generation number. This
helps ensure that the dnode traversal code properly skips the interior
regions of large dnodes, and that these interior regions are not
overwritten by data belonging to other dnodes. A new test visits each
object in a dataset. It verifies that the actual dnode size matches what
was stored in the ztest block tag when it was created. It also verifies
that the unused bonus buffer space is filled with the expected data
patterns.
ZFS Test Suite
--------------
Added six new large dnode-specific tests, and integrated the dnodesize
property into existing tests for zfs allow and send/recv.
Send/Receive
------------
ZFS send streams for datasets containing large dnodes cannot be received
on pools that don't support the large_dnode feature. A send stream with
large dnodes sets a DMU_BACKUP_FEATURE_LARGE_DNODE flag which will be
unrecognized by an incompatible receiving pool so that the zfs receive
will fail gracefully.
While not implemented here, it may be possible to generate a
backward-compatible send stream from a dataset containing large
dnodes. The implementation may be tricky, however, because the send
object record for a large dnode would need to be resized to a 512
byte dnode, possibly kicking in a spill block in the process. This
means we would need to construct a new SA layout and possibly
register it in the SA layout object. The SA layout is normally just
sent as an ordinary object record. But if we are constructing new
layouts while generating the send stream we'd have to build the SA
layout object dynamically and send it at the end of the stream.
For sending and receiving between pools that do support large dnodes,
the drr_object send record type is extended with a new field to store
the dnode slot count. This field was repurposed from unused padding
in the structure.
ZIL Replay
----------
The dnode slot count is stored in the uppermost 8 bits of the lr_foid
field. The bits were unused as the object id is currently capped at
48 bits.
Resizing Dnodes
---------------
It should be possible to resize a dnode when it is dirtied if the
current dnodesize dataset property differs from the dnode's size, but
this functionality is not currently implemented. Clearly a dnode can
only grow if there are sufficient contiguous unused slots in the
dnode block, but it should always be possible to shrink a dnode.
Growing dnodes may be useful to reduce fragmentation in a pool with
many spill blocks in use. Shrinking dnodes may be useful to allow
sending a dataset to a pool that doesn't support the large_dnode
feature.
Feature Reference Counting
--------------------------
The reference count for the large_dnode pool feature tracks the
number of datasets that have ever contained a dnode of size larger
than 512 bytes. The first time a large dnode is created in a dataset
the dataset is converted to an extensible dataset. This is a one-way
operation and the only way to decrement the feature count is to
destroy the dataset, even if the dataset no longer contains any large
dnodes. The complexity of reference counting on a per-dnode basis was
too high, so we chose to track it on a per-dataset basis similarly to
the large_block feature.
Signed-off-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes #3542
2016-03-17 01:25:34 +00:00
|
|
|
int slots = DB_DNODE(db)->dn_num_slots;
|
|
|
|
int bonuslen = DN_SLOTS_TO_BONUSLEN(slots);
|
2016-11-30 23:18:20 +00:00
|
|
|
kmem_free(*datap, bonuslen);
|
2016-07-13 12:42:40 +00:00
|
|
|
arc_space_return(bonuslen, ARC_SPACE_BONUS);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
db->db_data_pending = NULL;
|
|
|
|
drp = &db->db_last_dirty;
|
|
|
|
while (*drp != dr)
|
|
|
|
drp = &(*drp)->dr_next;
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(dr->dr_next == NULL);
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(dr->dr_dbuf == db);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
*drp = dr->dr_next;
|
2010-08-26 17:19:04 +00:00
|
|
|
if (dr->dr_dbuf->db_level != 0) {
|
|
|
|
mutex_destroy(&dr->dt.di.dr_mtx);
|
|
|
|
list_destroy(&dr->dt.di.dr_children);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
kmem_free(dr, sizeof (dbuf_dirty_record_t));
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db_dirtycnt > 0);
|
|
|
|
db->db_dirtycnt -= 1;
|
2018-07-31 21:51:15 +00:00
|
|
|
dbuf_rele_and_unlock(db, (void *)(uintptr_t)txg, B_FALSE);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
os = dn->dn_objset;
|
|
|
|
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* This function may have dropped the db_mtx lock allowing a dmu_sync
|
|
|
|
* operation to sneak in. As a result, we need to ensure that we
|
|
|
|
* don't check the dr_override_state until we have returned from
|
|
|
|
* dbuf_check_blkptr.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
dbuf_check_blkptr(dn, db);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
* If this buffer is in the middle of an immediate write,
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
* wait for the synchronous IO to complete.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
while (dr->dt.dl.dr_override_state == DR_IN_DMU_SYNC) {
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(dn->dn_object != DMU_META_DNODE_OBJECT);
|
|
|
|
cv_wait(&db->db_changed, &db->db_mtx);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(dr->dt.dl.dr_override_state != DR_NOT_OVERRIDDEN);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
Native Encryption for ZFS on Linux
This change incorporates three major pieces:
The first change is a keystore that manages wrapping
and encryption keys for encrypted datasets. These
commands mostly involve manipulating the new
DSL Crypto Key ZAP Objects that live in the MOS. Each
encrypted dataset has its own DSL Crypto Key that is
protected with a user's key. This level of indirection
allows users to change their keys without re-encrypting
their entire datasets. The change implements the new
subcommands "zfs load-key", "zfs unload-key" and
"zfs change-key" which allow the user to manage their
encryption keys and settings. In addition, several new
flags and properties have been added to allow dataset
creation and to make mounting and unmounting more
convenient.
The second piece of this patch provides the ability to
encrypt, decyrpt, and authenticate protected datasets.
Each object set maintains a Merkel tree of Message
Authentication Codes that protect the lower layers,
similarly to how checksums are maintained. This part
impacts the zio layer, which handles the actual
encryption and generation of MACs, as well as the ARC
and DMU, which need to be able to handle encrypted
buffers and protected data.
The last addition is the ability to do raw, encrypted
sends and receives. The idea here is to send raw
encrypted and compressed data and receive it exactly
as is on a backup system. This means that the dataset
on the receiving system is protected using the same
user key that is in use on the sending side. By doing
so, datasets can be efficiently backed up to an
untrusted system without fear of data being
compromised.
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes #494
Closes #5769
2017-08-14 17:36:48 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* If this is a dnode block, ensure it is appropriately encrypted
|
|
|
|
* or decrypted, depending on what we are writing to it this txg.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (os->os_encrypted && dn->dn_object == DMU_META_DNODE_OBJECT)
|
2018-04-17 18:06:54 +00:00
|
|
|
dbuf_prepare_encrypted_dnode_leaf(dr);
|
Native Encryption for ZFS on Linux
This change incorporates three major pieces:
The first change is a keystore that manages wrapping
and encryption keys for encrypted datasets. These
commands mostly involve manipulating the new
DSL Crypto Key ZAP Objects that live in the MOS. Each
encrypted dataset has its own DSL Crypto Key that is
protected with a user's key. This level of indirection
allows users to change their keys without re-encrypting
their entire datasets. The change implements the new
subcommands "zfs load-key", "zfs unload-key" and
"zfs change-key" which allow the user to manage their
encryption keys and settings. In addition, several new
flags and properties have been added to allow dataset
creation and to make mounting and unmounting more
convenient.
The second piece of this patch provides the ability to
encrypt, decyrpt, and authenticate protected datasets.
Each object set maintains a Merkel tree of Message
Authentication Codes that protect the lower layers,
similarly to how checksums are maintained. This part
impacts the zio layer, which handles the actual
encryption and generation of MACs, as well as the ARC
and DMU, which need to be able to handle encrypted
buffers and protected data.
The last addition is the ability to do raw, encrypted
sends and receives. The idea here is to send raw
encrypted and compressed data and receive it exactly
as is on a backup system. This means that the dataset
on the receiving system is protected using the same
user key that is in use on the sending side. By doing
so, datasets can be efficiently backed up to an
untrusted system without fear of data being
compromised.
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes #494
Closes #5769
2017-08-14 17:36:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2009-07-02 22:44:48 +00:00
|
|
|
if (db->db_state != DB_NOFILL &&
|
|
|
|
dn->dn_object != DMU_META_DNODE_OBJECT &&
|
|
|
|
refcount_count(&db->db_holds) > 1 &&
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
dr->dt.dl.dr_override_state != DR_OVERRIDDEN &&
|
2009-07-02 22:44:48 +00:00
|
|
|
*datap == db->db_buf) {
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* If this buffer is currently "in use" (i.e., there
|
|
|
|
* are active holds and db_data still references it),
|
|
|
|
* then make a copy before we start the write so that
|
|
|
|
* any modifications from the open txg will not leak
|
|
|
|
* into this write.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* NOTE: this copy does not need to be made for
|
|
|
|
* objects only modified in the syncing context (e.g.
|
|
|
|
* DNONE_DNODE blocks).
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2016-07-11 17:45:52 +00:00
|
|
|
int psize = arc_buf_size(*datap);
|
Native Encryption for ZFS on Linux
This change incorporates three major pieces:
The first change is a keystore that manages wrapping
and encryption keys for encrypted datasets. These
commands mostly involve manipulating the new
DSL Crypto Key ZAP Objects that live in the MOS. Each
encrypted dataset has its own DSL Crypto Key that is
protected with a user's key. This level of indirection
allows users to change their keys without re-encrypting
their entire datasets. The change implements the new
subcommands "zfs load-key", "zfs unload-key" and
"zfs change-key" which allow the user to manage their
encryption keys and settings. In addition, several new
flags and properties have been added to allow dataset
creation and to make mounting and unmounting more
convenient.
The second piece of this patch provides the ability to
encrypt, decyrpt, and authenticate protected datasets.
Each object set maintains a Merkel tree of Message
Authentication Codes that protect the lower layers,
similarly to how checksums are maintained. This part
impacts the zio layer, which handles the actual
encryption and generation of MACs, as well as the ARC
and DMU, which need to be able to handle encrypted
buffers and protected data.
The last addition is the ability to do raw, encrypted
sends and receives. The idea here is to send raw
encrypted and compressed data and receive it exactly
as is on a backup system. This means that the dataset
on the receiving system is protected using the same
user key that is in use on the sending side. By doing
so, datasets can be efficiently backed up to an
untrusted system without fear of data being
compromised.
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes #494
Closes #5769
2017-08-14 17:36:48 +00:00
|
|
|
int lsize = arc_buf_lsize(*datap);
|
2009-07-02 22:44:48 +00:00
|
|
|
arc_buf_contents_t type = DBUF_GET_BUFC_TYPE(db);
|
2016-07-11 17:45:52 +00:00
|
|
|
enum zio_compress compress_type = arc_get_compression(*datap);
|
|
|
|
|
Native Encryption for ZFS on Linux
This change incorporates three major pieces:
The first change is a keystore that manages wrapping
and encryption keys for encrypted datasets. These
commands mostly involve manipulating the new
DSL Crypto Key ZAP Objects that live in the MOS. Each
encrypted dataset has its own DSL Crypto Key that is
protected with a user's key. This level of indirection
allows users to change their keys without re-encrypting
their entire datasets. The change implements the new
subcommands "zfs load-key", "zfs unload-key" and
"zfs change-key" which allow the user to manage their
encryption keys and settings. In addition, several new
flags and properties have been added to allow dataset
creation and to make mounting and unmounting more
convenient.
The second piece of this patch provides the ability to
encrypt, decyrpt, and authenticate protected datasets.
Each object set maintains a Merkel tree of Message
Authentication Codes that protect the lower layers,
similarly to how checksums are maintained. This part
impacts the zio layer, which handles the actual
encryption and generation of MACs, as well as the ARC
and DMU, which need to be able to handle encrypted
buffers and protected data.
The last addition is the ability to do raw, encrypted
sends and receives. The idea here is to send raw
encrypted and compressed data and receive it exactly
as is on a backup system. This means that the dataset
on the receiving system is protected using the same
user key that is in use on the sending side. By doing
so, datasets can be efficiently backed up to an
untrusted system without fear of data being
compromised.
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes #494
Closes #5769
2017-08-14 17:36:48 +00:00
|
|
|
if (arc_is_encrypted(*datap)) {
|
|
|
|
boolean_t byteorder;
|
|
|
|
uint8_t salt[ZIO_DATA_SALT_LEN];
|
|
|
|
uint8_t iv[ZIO_DATA_IV_LEN];
|
|
|
|
uint8_t mac[ZIO_DATA_MAC_LEN];
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
arc_get_raw_params(*datap, &byteorder, salt, iv, mac);
|
|
|
|
*datap = arc_alloc_raw_buf(os->os_spa, db,
|
|
|
|
dmu_objset_id(os), byteorder, salt, iv, mac,
|
|
|
|
dn->dn_type, psize, lsize, compress_type);
|
|
|
|
} else if (compress_type != ZIO_COMPRESS_OFF) {
|
2016-07-11 17:45:52 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(type, ==, ARC_BUFC_DATA);
|
|
|
|
*datap = arc_alloc_compressed_buf(os->os_spa, db,
|
|
|
|
psize, lsize, compress_type);
|
Native Encryption for ZFS on Linux
This change incorporates three major pieces:
The first change is a keystore that manages wrapping
and encryption keys for encrypted datasets. These
commands mostly involve manipulating the new
DSL Crypto Key ZAP Objects that live in the MOS. Each
encrypted dataset has its own DSL Crypto Key that is
protected with a user's key. This level of indirection
allows users to change their keys without re-encrypting
their entire datasets. The change implements the new
subcommands "zfs load-key", "zfs unload-key" and
"zfs change-key" which allow the user to manage their
encryption keys and settings. In addition, several new
flags and properties have been added to allow dataset
creation and to make mounting and unmounting more
convenient.
The second piece of this patch provides the ability to
encrypt, decyrpt, and authenticate protected datasets.
Each object set maintains a Merkel tree of Message
Authentication Codes that protect the lower layers,
similarly to how checksums are maintained. This part
impacts the zio layer, which handles the actual
encryption and generation of MACs, as well as the ARC
and DMU, which need to be able to handle encrypted
buffers and protected data.
The last addition is the ability to do raw, encrypted
sends and receives. The idea here is to send raw
encrypted and compressed data and receive it exactly
as is on a backup system. This means that the dataset
on the receiving system is protected using the same
user key that is in use on the sending side. By doing
so, datasets can be efficiently backed up to an
untrusted system without fear of data being
compromised.
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes #494
Closes #5769
2017-08-14 17:36:48 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
*datap = arc_alloc_buf(os->os_spa, db, type, psize);
|
2016-07-11 17:45:52 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bcopy(db->db.db_data, (*datap)->b_data, psize);
|
2008-12-03 20:09:06 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
db->db_data_pending = dr;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
|
|
|
|
|
2008-12-03 20:09:06 +00:00
|
|
|
dbuf_write(dr, *datap, tx);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(!list_link_active(&dr->dr_dirty_node));
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
if (dn->dn_object == DMU_META_DNODE_OBJECT) {
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
list_insert_tail(&dn->dn_dirty_records[txg&TXG_MASK], dr);
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
DB_DNODE_EXIT(db);
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Although zio_nowait() does not "wait for an IO", it does
|
|
|
|
* initiate the IO. If this is an empty write it seems plausible
|
|
|
|
* that the IO could actually be completed before the nowait
|
|
|
|
* returns. We need to DB_DNODE_EXIT() first in case
|
|
|
|
* zio_nowait() invalidates the dbuf.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
DB_DNODE_EXIT(db);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
zio_nowait(dr->dr_zio);
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
2015-07-02 16:23:20 +00:00
|
|
|
dbuf_sync_list(list_t *list, int level, dmu_tx_t *tx)
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
dbuf_dirty_record_t *dr;
|
|
|
|
|
2010-08-26 16:52:42 +00:00
|
|
|
while ((dr = list_head(list))) {
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
if (dr->dr_zio != NULL) {
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* If we find an already initialized zio then we
|
|
|
|
* are processing the meta-dnode, and we have finished.
|
|
|
|
* The dbufs for all dnodes are put back on the list
|
|
|
|
* during processing, so that we can zio_wait()
|
|
|
|
* these IOs after initiating all child IOs.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(dr->dr_dbuf->db.db_object, ==,
|
|
|
|
DMU_META_DNODE_OBJECT);
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2015-07-02 16:23:20 +00:00
|
|
|
if (dr->dr_dbuf->db_blkid != DMU_BONUS_BLKID &&
|
|
|
|
dr->dr_dbuf->db_blkid != DMU_SPILL_BLKID) {
|
|
|
|
VERIFY3U(dr->dr_dbuf->db_level, ==, level);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
list_remove(list, dr);
|
|
|
|
if (dr->dr_dbuf->db_level > 0)
|
|
|
|
dbuf_sync_indirect(dr, tx);
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
dbuf_sync_leaf(dr, tx);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
dbuf_write_ready(zio_t *zio, arc_buf_t *buf, void *vdb)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
dmu_buf_impl_t *db = vdb;
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
dnode_t *dn;
|
2008-12-03 20:09:06 +00:00
|
|
|
blkptr_t *bp = zio->io_bp;
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
blkptr_t *bp_orig = &zio->io_bp_orig;
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
spa_t *spa = zio->io_spa;
|
|
|
|
int64_t delta;
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
uint64_t fill = 0;
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
int i;
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-04-21 18:23:37 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT3P(db->db_blkptr, !=, NULL);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT3P(&db->db_data_pending->dr_bp_copy, ==, bp);
|
2008-12-03 20:09:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
DB_DNODE_ENTER(db);
|
|
|
|
dn = DB_DNODE(db);
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
delta = bp_get_dsize_sync(spa, bp) - bp_get_dsize_sync(spa, bp_orig);
|
|
|
|
dnode_diduse_space(dn, delta - zio->io_prev_space_delta);
|
|
|
|
zio->io_prev_space_delta = delta;
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2013-12-09 18:37:51 +00:00
|
|
|
if (bp->blk_birth != 0) {
|
|
|
|
ASSERT((db->db_blkid != DMU_SPILL_BLKID &&
|
|
|
|
BP_GET_TYPE(bp) == dn->dn_type) ||
|
|
|
|
(db->db_blkid == DMU_SPILL_BLKID &&
|
2014-06-05 21:19:08 +00:00
|
|
|
BP_GET_TYPE(bp) == dn->dn_bonustype) ||
|
|
|
|
BP_IS_EMBEDDED(bp));
|
2013-12-09 18:37:51 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(BP_GET_LEVEL(bp) == db->db_level);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
mutex_enter(&db->db_mtx);
|
|
|
|
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef ZFS_DEBUG
|
|
|
|
if (db->db_blkid == DMU_SPILL_BLKID) {
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(dn->dn_phys->dn_flags & DNODE_FLAG_SPILL_BLKPTR);
|
2016-04-21 18:23:37 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(!(BP_IS_HOLE(bp)) &&
|
Implement large_dnode pool feature
Justification
-------------
This feature adds support for variable length dnodes. Our motivation is
to eliminate the overhead associated with using spill blocks. Spill
blocks are used to store system attribute data (i.e. file metadata) that
does not fit in the dnode's bonus buffer. By allowing a larger bonus
buffer area the use of a spill block can be avoided. Spill blocks
potentially incur an additional read I/O for every dnode in a dnode
block. As a worst case example, reading 32 dnodes from a 16k dnode block
and all of the spill blocks could issue 33 separate reads. Now suppose
those dnodes have size 1024 and therefore don't need spill blocks. Then
the worst case number of blocks read is reduced to from 33 to two--one
per dnode block. In practice spill blocks may tend to be co-located on
disk with the dnode blocks so the reduction in I/O would not be this
drastic. In a badly fragmented pool, however, the improvement could be
significant.
ZFS-on-Linux systems that make heavy use of extended attributes would
benefit from this feature. In particular, ZFS-on-Linux supports the
xattr=sa dataset property which allows file extended attribute data
to be stored in the dnode bonus buffer as an alternative to the
traditional directory-based format. Workloads such as SELinux and the
Lustre distributed filesystem often store enough xattr data to force
spill bocks when xattr=sa is in effect. Large dnodes may therefore
provide a performance benefit to such systems.
Other use cases that may benefit from this feature include files with
large ACLs and symbolic links with long target names. Furthermore,
this feature may be desirable on other platforms in case future
applications or features are developed that could make use of a
larger bonus buffer area.
Implementation
--------------
The size of a dnode may be a multiple of 512 bytes up to the size of
a dnode block (currently 16384 bytes). A dn_extra_slots field was
added to the current on-disk dnode_phys_t structure to describe the
size of the physical dnode on disk. The 8 bits for this field were
taken from the zero filled dn_pad2 field. The field represents how
many "extra" dnode_phys_t slots a dnode consumes in its dnode block.
This convention results in a value of 0 for 512 byte dnodes which
preserves on-disk format compatibility with older software.
Similarly, the in-memory dnode_t structure has a new dn_num_slots field
to represent the total number of dnode_phys_t slots consumed on disk.
Thus dn->dn_num_slots is 1 greater than the corresponding
dnp->dn_extra_slots. This difference in convention was adopted
because, unlike on-disk structures, backward compatibility is not a
concern for in-memory objects, so we used a more natural way to
represent size for a dnode_t.
The default size for newly created dnodes is determined by the value of
a new "dnodesize" dataset property. By default the property is set to
"legacy" which is compatible with older software. Setting the property
to "auto" will allow the filesystem to choose the most suitable dnode
size. Currently this just sets the default dnode size to 1k, but future
code improvements could dynamically choose a size based on observed
workload patterns. Dnodes of varying sizes can coexist within the same
dataset and even within the same dnode block. For example, to enable
automatically-sized dnodes, run
# zfs set dnodesize=auto tank/fish
The user can also specify literal values for the dnodesize property.
These are currently limited to powers of two from 1k to 16k. The
power-of-2 limitation is only for simplicity of the user interface.
Internally the implementation can handle any multiple of 512 up to 16k,
and consumers of the DMU API can specify any legal dnode value.
The size of a new dnode is determined at object allocation time and
stored as a new field in the znode in-memory structure. New DMU
interfaces are added to allow the consumer to specify the dnode size
that a newly allocated object should use. Existing interfaces are
unchanged to avoid having to update every call site and to preserve
compatibility with external consumers such as Lustre. The new
interfaces names are given below. The versions of these functions that
don't take a dnodesize parameter now just call the _dnsize() versions
with a dnodesize of 0, which means use the legacy dnode size.
New DMU interfaces:
dmu_object_alloc_dnsize()
dmu_object_claim_dnsize()
dmu_object_reclaim_dnsize()
New ZAP interfaces:
zap_create_dnsize()
zap_create_norm_dnsize()
zap_create_flags_dnsize()
zap_create_claim_norm_dnsize()
zap_create_link_dnsize()
The constant DN_MAX_BONUSLEN is renamed to DN_OLD_MAX_BONUSLEN. The
spa_maxdnodesize() function should be used to determine the maximum
bonus length for a pool.
These are a few noteworthy changes to key functions:
* The prototype for dnode_hold_impl() now takes a "slots" parameter.
When the DNODE_MUST_BE_FREE flag is set, this parameter is used to
ensure the hole at the specified object offset is large enough to
hold the dnode being created. The slots parameter is also used
to ensure a dnode does not span multiple dnode blocks. In both of
these cases, if a failure occurs, ENOSPC is returned. Keep in mind,
these failure cases are only possible when using DNODE_MUST_BE_FREE.
If the DNODE_MUST_BE_ALLOCATED flag is set, "slots" must be 0.
dnode_hold_impl() will check if the requested dnode is already
consumed as an extra dnode slot by an large dnode, in which case
it returns ENOENT.
* The function dmu_object_alloc() advances to the next dnode block
if dnode_hold_impl() returns an error for a requested object.
This is because the beginning of the next dnode block is the only
location it can safely assume to either be a hole or a valid
starting point for a dnode.
* dnode_next_offset_level() and other functions that iterate
through dnode blocks may no longer use a simple array indexing
scheme. These now use the current dnode's dn_num_slots field to
advance to the next dnode in the block. This is to ensure we
properly skip the current dnode's bonus area and don't interpret it
as a valid dnode.
zdb
---
The zdb command was updated to display a dnode's size under the
"dnsize" column when the object is dumped.
For ZIL create log records, zdb will now display the slot count for
the object.
ztest
-----
Ztest chooses a random dnodesize for every newly created object. The
random distribution is more heavily weighted toward small dnodes to
better simulate real-world datasets.
Unused bonus buffer space is filled with non-zero values computed from
the object number, dataset id, offset, and generation number. This
helps ensure that the dnode traversal code properly skips the interior
regions of large dnodes, and that these interior regions are not
overwritten by data belonging to other dnodes. A new test visits each
object in a dataset. It verifies that the actual dnode size matches what
was stored in the ztest block tag when it was created. It also verifies
that the unused bonus buffer space is filled with the expected data
patterns.
ZFS Test Suite
--------------
Added six new large dnode-specific tests, and integrated the dnodesize
property into existing tests for zfs allow and send/recv.
Send/Receive
------------
ZFS send streams for datasets containing large dnodes cannot be received
on pools that don't support the large_dnode feature. A send stream with
large dnodes sets a DMU_BACKUP_FEATURE_LARGE_DNODE flag which will be
unrecognized by an incompatible receiving pool so that the zfs receive
will fail gracefully.
While not implemented here, it may be possible to generate a
backward-compatible send stream from a dataset containing large
dnodes. The implementation may be tricky, however, because the send
object record for a large dnode would need to be resized to a 512
byte dnode, possibly kicking in a spill block in the process. This
means we would need to construct a new SA layout and possibly
register it in the SA layout object. The SA layout is normally just
sent as an ordinary object record. But if we are constructing new
layouts while generating the send stream we'd have to build the SA
layout object dynamically and send it at the end of the stream.
For sending and receiving between pools that do support large dnodes,
the drr_object send record type is extended with a new field to store
the dnode slot count. This field was repurposed from unused padding
in the structure.
ZIL Replay
----------
The dnode slot count is stored in the uppermost 8 bits of the lr_foid
field. The bits were unused as the object id is currently capped at
48 bits.
Resizing Dnodes
---------------
It should be possible to resize a dnode when it is dirtied if the
current dnodesize dataset property differs from the dnode's size, but
this functionality is not currently implemented. Clearly a dnode can
only grow if there are sufficient contiguous unused slots in the
dnode block, but it should always be possible to shrink a dnode.
Growing dnodes may be useful to reduce fragmentation in a pool with
many spill blocks in use. Shrinking dnodes may be useful to allow
sending a dataset to a pool that doesn't support the large_dnode
feature.
Feature Reference Counting
--------------------------
The reference count for the large_dnode pool feature tracks the
number of datasets that have ever contained a dnode of size larger
than 512 bytes. The first time a large dnode is created in a dataset
the dataset is converted to an extensible dataset. This is a one-way
operation and the only way to decrement the feature count is to
destroy the dataset, even if the dataset no longer contains any large
dnodes. The complexity of reference counting on a per-dnode basis was
too high, so we chose to track it on a per-dataset basis similarly to
the large_block feature.
Signed-off-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes #3542
2016-03-17 01:25:34 +00:00
|
|
|
db->db_blkptr == DN_SPILL_BLKPTR(dn->dn_phys));
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
if (db->db_level == 0) {
|
|
|
|
mutex_enter(&dn->dn_mtx);
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
if (db->db_blkid > dn->dn_phys->dn_maxblkid &&
|
2018-06-28 16:20:34 +00:00
|
|
|
db->db_blkid != DMU_SPILL_BLKID) {
|
|
|
|
ASSERT0(db->db_objset->os_raw_receive);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
dn->dn_phys->dn_maxblkid = db->db_blkid;
|
2018-06-28 16:20:34 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
mutex_exit(&dn->dn_mtx);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (dn->dn_type == DMU_OT_DNODE) {
|
Implement large_dnode pool feature
Justification
-------------
This feature adds support for variable length dnodes. Our motivation is
to eliminate the overhead associated with using spill blocks. Spill
blocks are used to store system attribute data (i.e. file metadata) that
does not fit in the dnode's bonus buffer. By allowing a larger bonus
buffer area the use of a spill block can be avoided. Spill blocks
potentially incur an additional read I/O for every dnode in a dnode
block. As a worst case example, reading 32 dnodes from a 16k dnode block
and all of the spill blocks could issue 33 separate reads. Now suppose
those dnodes have size 1024 and therefore don't need spill blocks. Then
the worst case number of blocks read is reduced to from 33 to two--one
per dnode block. In practice spill blocks may tend to be co-located on
disk with the dnode blocks so the reduction in I/O would not be this
drastic. In a badly fragmented pool, however, the improvement could be
significant.
ZFS-on-Linux systems that make heavy use of extended attributes would
benefit from this feature. In particular, ZFS-on-Linux supports the
xattr=sa dataset property which allows file extended attribute data
to be stored in the dnode bonus buffer as an alternative to the
traditional directory-based format. Workloads such as SELinux and the
Lustre distributed filesystem often store enough xattr data to force
spill bocks when xattr=sa is in effect. Large dnodes may therefore
provide a performance benefit to such systems.
Other use cases that may benefit from this feature include files with
large ACLs and symbolic links with long target names. Furthermore,
this feature may be desirable on other platforms in case future
applications or features are developed that could make use of a
larger bonus buffer area.
Implementation
--------------
The size of a dnode may be a multiple of 512 bytes up to the size of
a dnode block (currently 16384 bytes). A dn_extra_slots field was
added to the current on-disk dnode_phys_t structure to describe the
size of the physical dnode on disk. The 8 bits for this field were
taken from the zero filled dn_pad2 field. The field represents how
many "extra" dnode_phys_t slots a dnode consumes in its dnode block.
This convention results in a value of 0 for 512 byte dnodes which
preserves on-disk format compatibility with older software.
Similarly, the in-memory dnode_t structure has a new dn_num_slots field
to represent the total number of dnode_phys_t slots consumed on disk.
Thus dn->dn_num_slots is 1 greater than the corresponding
dnp->dn_extra_slots. This difference in convention was adopted
because, unlike on-disk structures, backward compatibility is not a
concern for in-memory objects, so we used a more natural way to
represent size for a dnode_t.
The default size for newly created dnodes is determined by the value of
a new "dnodesize" dataset property. By default the property is set to
"legacy" which is compatible with older software. Setting the property
to "auto" will allow the filesystem to choose the most suitable dnode
size. Currently this just sets the default dnode size to 1k, but future
code improvements could dynamically choose a size based on observed
workload patterns. Dnodes of varying sizes can coexist within the same
dataset and even within the same dnode block. For example, to enable
automatically-sized dnodes, run
# zfs set dnodesize=auto tank/fish
The user can also specify literal values for the dnodesize property.
These are currently limited to powers of two from 1k to 16k. The
power-of-2 limitation is only for simplicity of the user interface.
Internally the implementation can handle any multiple of 512 up to 16k,
and consumers of the DMU API can specify any legal dnode value.
The size of a new dnode is determined at object allocation time and
stored as a new field in the znode in-memory structure. New DMU
interfaces are added to allow the consumer to specify the dnode size
that a newly allocated object should use. Existing interfaces are
unchanged to avoid having to update every call site and to preserve
compatibility with external consumers such as Lustre. The new
interfaces names are given below. The versions of these functions that
don't take a dnodesize parameter now just call the _dnsize() versions
with a dnodesize of 0, which means use the legacy dnode size.
New DMU interfaces:
dmu_object_alloc_dnsize()
dmu_object_claim_dnsize()
dmu_object_reclaim_dnsize()
New ZAP interfaces:
zap_create_dnsize()
zap_create_norm_dnsize()
zap_create_flags_dnsize()
zap_create_claim_norm_dnsize()
zap_create_link_dnsize()
The constant DN_MAX_BONUSLEN is renamed to DN_OLD_MAX_BONUSLEN. The
spa_maxdnodesize() function should be used to determine the maximum
bonus length for a pool.
These are a few noteworthy changes to key functions:
* The prototype for dnode_hold_impl() now takes a "slots" parameter.
When the DNODE_MUST_BE_FREE flag is set, this parameter is used to
ensure the hole at the specified object offset is large enough to
hold the dnode being created. The slots parameter is also used
to ensure a dnode does not span multiple dnode blocks. In both of
these cases, if a failure occurs, ENOSPC is returned. Keep in mind,
these failure cases are only possible when using DNODE_MUST_BE_FREE.
If the DNODE_MUST_BE_ALLOCATED flag is set, "slots" must be 0.
dnode_hold_impl() will check if the requested dnode is already
consumed as an extra dnode slot by an large dnode, in which case
it returns ENOENT.
* The function dmu_object_alloc() advances to the next dnode block
if dnode_hold_impl() returns an error for a requested object.
This is because the beginning of the next dnode block is the only
location it can safely assume to either be a hole or a valid
starting point for a dnode.
* dnode_next_offset_level() and other functions that iterate
through dnode blocks may no longer use a simple array indexing
scheme. These now use the current dnode's dn_num_slots field to
advance to the next dnode in the block. This is to ensure we
properly skip the current dnode's bonus area and don't interpret it
as a valid dnode.
zdb
---
The zdb command was updated to display a dnode's size under the
"dnsize" column when the object is dumped.
For ZIL create log records, zdb will now display the slot count for
the object.
ztest
-----
Ztest chooses a random dnodesize for every newly created object. The
random distribution is more heavily weighted toward small dnodes to
better simulate real-world datasets.
Unused bonus buffer space is filled with non-zero values computed from
the object number, dataset id, offset, and generation number. This
helps ensure that the dnode traversal code properly skips the interior
regions of large dnodes, and that these interior regions are not
overwritten by data belonging to other dnodes. A new test visits each
object in a dataset. It verifies that the actual dnode size matches what
was stored in the ztest block tag when it was created. It also verifies
that the unused bonus buffer space is filled with the expected data
patterns.
ZFS Test Suite
--------------
Added six new large dnode-specific tests, and integrated the dnodesize
property into existing tests for zfs allow and send/recv.
Send/Receive
------------
ZFS send streams for datasets containing large dnodes cannot be received
on pools that don't support the large_dnode feature. A send stream with
large dnodes sets a DMU_BACKUP_FEATURE_LARGE_DNODE flag which will be
unrecognized by an incompatible receiving pool so that the zfs receive
will fail gracefully.
While not implemented here, it may be possible to generate a
backward-compatible send stream from a dataset containing large
dnodes. The implementation may be tricky, however, because the send
object record for a large dnode would need to be resized to a 512
byte dnode, possibly kicking in a spill block in the process. This
means we would need to construct a new SA layout and possibly
register it in the SA layout object. The SA layout is normally just
sent as an ordinary object record. But if we are constructing new
layouts while generating the send stream we'd have to build the SA
layout object dynamically and send it at the end of the stream.
For sending and receiving between pools that do support large dnodes,
the drr_object send record type is extended with a new field to store
the dnode slot count. This field was repurposed from unused padding
in the structure.
ZIL Replay
----------
The dnode slot count is stored in the uppermost 8 bits of the lr_foid
field. The bits were unused as the object id is currently capped at
48 bits.
Resizing Dnodes
---------------
It should be possible to resize a dnode when it is dirtied if the
current dnodesize dataset property differs from the dnode's size, but
this functionality is not currently implemented. Clearly a dnode can
only grow if there are sufficient contiguous unused slots in the
dnode block, but it should always be possible to shrink a dnode.
Growing dnodes may be useful to reduce fragmentation in a pool with
many spill blocks in use. Shrinking dnodes may be useful to allow
sending a dataset to a pool that doesn't support the large_dnode
feature.
Feature Reference Counting
--------------------------
The reference count for the large_dnode pool feature tracks the
number of datasets that have ever contained a dnode of size larger
than 512 bytes. The first time a large dnode is created in a dataset
the dataset is converted to an extensible dataset. This is a one-way
operation and the only way to decrement the feature count is to
destroy the dataset, even if the dataset no longer contains any large
dnodes. The complexity of reference counting on a per-dnode basis was
too high, so we chose to track it on a per-dataset basis similarly to
the large_block feature.
Signed-off-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes #3542
2016-03-17 01:25:34 +00:00
|
|
|
i = 0;
|
|
|
|
while (i < db->db.db_size) {
|
2017-06-29 17:18:03 +00:00
|
|
|
dnode_phys_t *dnp =
|
|
|
|
(void *)(((char *)db->db.db_data) + i);
|
Implement large_dnode pool feature
Justification
-------------
This feature adds support for variable length dnodes. Our motivation is
to eliminate the overhead associated with using spill blocks. Spill
blocks are used to store system attribute data (i.e. file metadata) that
does not fit in the dnode's bonus buffer. By allowing a larger bonus
buffer area the use of a spill block can be avoided. Spill blocks
potentially incur an additional read I/O for every dnode in a dnode
block. As a worst case example, reading 32 dnodes from a 16k dnode block
and all of the spill blocks could issue 33 separate reads. Now suppose
those dnodes have size 1024 and therefore don't need spill blocks. Then
the worst case number of blocks read is reduced to from 33 to two--one
per dnode block. In practice spill blocks may tend to be co-located on
disk with the dnode blocks so the reduction in I/O would not be this
drastic. In a badly fragmented pool, however, the improvement could be
significant.
ZFS-on-Linux systems that make heavy use of extended attributes would
benefit from this feature. In particular, ZFS-on-Linux supports the
xattr=sa dataset property which allows file extended attribute data
to be stored in the dnode bonus buffer as an alternative to the
traditional directory-based format. Workloads such as SELinux and the
Lustre distributed filesystem often store enough xattr data to force
spill bocks when xattr=sa is in effect. Large dnodes may therefore
provide a performance benefit to such systems.
Other use cases that may benefit from this feature include files with
large ACLs and symbolic links with long target names. Furthermore,
this feature may be desirable on other platforms in case future
applications or features are developed that could make use of a
larger bonus buffer area.
Implementation
--------------
The size of a dnode may be a multiple of 512 bytes up to the size of
a dnode block (currently 16384 bytes). A dn_extra_slots field was
added to the current on-disk dnode_phys_t structure to describe the
size of the physical dnode on disk. The 8 bits for this field were
taken from the zero filled dn_pad2 field. The field represents how
many "extra" dnode_phys_t slots a dnode consumes in its dnode block.
This convention results in a value of 0 for 512 byte dnodes which
preserves on-disk format compatibility with older software.
Similarly, the in-memory dnode_t structure has a new dn_num_slots field
to represent the total number of dnode_phys_t slots consumed on disk.
Thus dn->dn_num_slots is 1 greater than the corresponding
dnp->dn_extra_slots. This difference in convention was adopted
because, unlike on-disk structures, backward compatibility is not a
concern for in-memory objects, so we used a more natural way to
represent size for a dnode_t.
The default size for newly created dnodes is determined by the value of
a new "dnodesize" dataset property. By default the property is set to
"legacy" which is compatible with older software. Setting the property
to "auto" will allow the filesystem to choose the most suitable dnode
size. Currently this just sets the default dnode size to 1k, but future
code improvements could dynamically choose a size based on observed
workload patterns. Dnodes of varying sizes can coexist within the same
dataset and even within the same dnode block. For example, to enable
automatically-sized dnodes, run
# zfs set dnodesize=auto tank/fish
The user can also specify literal values for the dnodesize property.
These are currently limited to powers of two from 1k to 16k. The
power-of-2 limitation is only for simplicity of the user interface.
Internally the implementation can handle any multiple of 512 up to 16k,
and consumers of the DMU API can specify any legal dnode value.
The size of a new dnode is determined at object allocation time and
stored as a new field in the znode in-memory structure. New DMU
interfaces are added to allow the consumer to specify the dnode size
that a newly allocated object should use. Existing interfaces are
unchanged to avoid having to update every call site and to preserve
compatibility with external consumers such as Lustre. The new
interfaces names are given below. The versions of these functions that
don't take a dnodesize parameter now just call the _dnsize() versions
with a dnodesize of 0, which means use the legacy dnode size.
New DMU interfaces:
dmu_object_alloc_dnsize()
dmu_object_claim_dnsize()
dmu_object_reclaim_dnsize()
New ZAP interfaces:
zap_create_dnsize()
zap_create_norm_dnsize()
zap_create_flags_dnsize()
zap_create_claim_norm_dnsize()
zap_create_link_dnsize()
The constant DN_MAX_BONUSLEN is renamed to DN_OLD_MAX_BONUSLEN. The
spa_maxdnodesize() function should be used to determine the maximum
bonus length for a pool.
These are a few noteworthy changes to key functions:
* The prototype for dnode_hold_impl() now takes a "slots" parameter.
When the DNODE_MUST_BE_FREE flag is set, this parameter is used to
ensure the hole at the specified object offset is large enough to
hold the dnode being created. The slots parameter is also used
to ensure a dnode does not span multiple dnode blocks. In both of
these cases, if a failure occurs, ENOSPC is returned. Keep in mind,
these failure cases are only possible when using DNODE_MUST_BE_FREE.
If the DNODE_MUST_BE_ALLOCATED flag is set, "slots" must be 0.
dnode_hold_impl() will check if the requested dnode is already
consumed as an extra dnode slot by an large dnode, in which case
it returns ENOENT.
* The function dmu_object_alloc() advances to the next dnode block
if dnode_hold_impl() returns an error for a requested object.
This is because the beginning of the next dnode block is the only
location it can safely assume to either be a hole or a valid
starting point for a dnode.
* dnode_next_offset_level() and other functions that iterate
through dnode blocks may no longer use a simple array indexing
scheme. These now use the current dnode's dn_num_slots field to
advance to the next dnode in the block. This is to ensure we
properly skip the current dnode's bonus area and don't interpret it
as a valid dnode.
zdb
---
The zdb command was updated to display a dnode's size under the
"dnsize" column when the object is dumped.
For ZIL create log records, zdb will now display the slot count for
the object.
ztest
-----
Ztest chooses a random dnodesize for every newly created object. The
random distribution is more heavily weighted toward small dnodes to
better simulate real-world datasets.
Unused bonus buffer space is filled with non-zero values computed from
the object number, dataset id, offset, and generation number. This
helps ensure that the dnode traversal code properly skips the interior
regions of large dnodes, and that these interior regions are not
overwritten by data belonging to other dnodes. A new test visits each
object in a dataset. It verifies that the actual dnode size matches what
was stored in the ztest block tag when it was created. It also verifies
that the unused bonus buffer space is filled with the expected data
patterns.
ZFS Test Suite
--------------
Added six new large dnode-specific tests, and integrated the dnodesize
property into existing tests for zfs allow and send/recv.
Send/Receive
------------
ZFS send streams for datasets containing large dnodes cannot be received
on pools that don't support the large_dnode feature. A send stream with
large dnodes sets a DMU_BACKUP_FEATURE_LARGE_DNODE flag which will be
unrecognized by an incompatible receiving pool so that the zfs receive
will fail gracefully.
While not implemented here, it may be possible to generate a
backward-compatible send stream from a dataset containing large
dnodes. The implementation may be tricky, however, because the send
object record for a large dnode would need to be resized to a 512
byte dnode, possibly kicking in a spill block in the process. This
means we would need to construct a new SA layout and possibly
register it in the SA layout object. The SA layout is normally just
sent as an ordinary object record. But if we are constructing new
layouts while generating the send stream we'd have to build the SA
layout object dynamically and send it at the end of the stream.
For sending and receiving between pools that do support large dnodes,
the drr_object send record type is extended with a new field to store
the dnode slot count. This field was repurposed from unused padding
in the structure.
ZIL Replay
----------
The dnode slot count is stored in the uppermost 8 bits of the lr_foid
field. The bits were unused as the object id is currently capped at
48 bits.
Resizing Dnodes
---------------
It should be possible to resize a dnode when it is dirtied if the
current dnodesize dataset property differs from the dnode's size, but
this functionality is not currently implemented. Clearly a dnode can
only grow if there are sufficient contiguous unused slots in the
dnode block, but it should always be possible to shrink a dnode.
Growing dnodes may be useful to reduce fragmentation in a pool with
many spill blocks in use. Shrinking dnodes may be useful to allow
sending a dataset to a pool that doesn't support the large_dnode
feature.
Feature Reference Counting
--------------------------
The reference count for the large_dnode pool feature tracks the
number of datasets that have ever contained a dnode of size larger
than 512 bytes. The first time a large dnode is created in a dataset
the dataset is converted to an extensible dataset. This is a one-way
operation and the only way to decrement the feature count is to
destroy the dataset, even if the dataset no longer contains any large
dnodes. The complexity of reference counting on a per-dnode basis was
too high, so we chose to track it on a per-dataset basis similarly to
the large_block feature.
Signed-off-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes #3542
2016-03-17 01:25:34 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i += DNODE_MIN_SIZE;
|
|
|
|
if (dnp->dn_type != DMU_OT_NONE) {
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
fill++;
|
Implement large_dnode pool feature
Justification
-------------
This feature adds support for variable length dnodes. Our motivation is
to eliminate the overhead associated with using spill blocks. Spill
blocks are used to store system attribute data (i.e. file metadata) that
does not fit in the dnode's bonus buffer. By allowing a larger bonus
buffer area the use of a spill block can be avoided. Spill blocks
potentially incur an additional read I/O for every dnode in a dnode
block. As a worst case example, reading 32 dnodes from a 16k dnode block
and all of the spill blocks could issue 33 separate reads. Now suppose
those dnodes have size 1024 and therefore don't need spill blocks. Then
the worst case number of blocks read is reduced to from 33 to two--one
per dnode block. In practice spill blocks may tend to be co-located on
disk with the dnode blocks so the reduction in I/O would not be this
drastic. In a badly fragmented pool, however, the improvement could be
significant.
ZFS-on-Linux systems that make heavy use of extended attributes would
benefit from this feature. In particular, ZFS-on-Linux supports the
xattr=sa dataset property which allows file extended attribute data
to be stored in the dnode bonus buffer as an alternative to the
traditional directory-based format. Workloads such as SELinux and the
Lustre distributed filesystem often store enough xattr data to force
spill bocks when xattr=sa is in effect. Large dnodes may therefore
provide a performance benefit to such systems.
Other use cases that may benefit from this feature include files with
large ACLs and symbolic links with long target names. Furthermore,
this feature may be desirable on other platforms in case future
applications or features are developed that could make use of a
larger bonus buffer area.
Implementation
--------------
The size of a dnode may be a multiple of 512 bytes up to the size of
a dnode block (currently 16384 bytes). A dn_extra_slots field was
added to the current on-disk dnode_phys_t structure to describe the
size of the physical dnode on disk. The 8 bits for this field were
taken from the zero filled dn_pad2 field. The field represents how
many "extra" dnode_phys_t slots a dnode consumes in its dnode block.
This convention results in a value of 0 for 512 byte dnodes which
preserves on-disk format compatibility with older software.
Similarly, the in-memory dnode_t structure has a new dn_num_slots field
to represent the total number of dnode_phys_t slots consumed on disk.
Thus dn->dn_num_slots is 1 greater than the corresponding
dnp->dn_extra_slots. This difference in convention was adopted
because, unlike on-disk structures, backward compatibility is not a
concern for in-memory objects, so we used a more natural way to
represent size for a dnode_t.
The default size for newly created dnodes is determined by the value of
a new "dnodesize" dataset property. By default the property is set to
"legacy" which is compatible with older software. Setting the property
to "auto" will allow the filesystem to choose the most suitable dnode
size. Currently this just sets the default dnode size to 1k, but future
code improvements could dynamically choose a size based on observed
workload patterns. Dnodes of varying sizes can coexist within the same
dataset and even within the same dnode block. For example, to enable
automatically-sized dnodes, run
# zfs set dnodesize=auto tank/fish
The user can also specify literal values for the dnodesize property.
These are currently limited to powers of two from 1k to 16k. The
power-of-2 limitation is only for simplicity of the user interface.
Internally the implementation can handle any multiple of 512 up to 16k,
and consumers of the DMU API can specify any legal dnode value.
The size of a new dnode is determined at object allocation time and
stored as a new field in the znode in-memory structure. New DMU
interfaces are added to allow the consumer to specify the dnode size
that a newly allocated object should use. Existing interfaces are
unchanged to avoid having to update every call site and to preserve
compatibility with external consumers such as Lustre. The new
interfaces names are given below. The versions of these functions that
don't take a dnodesize parameter now just call the _dnsize() versions
with a dnodesize of 0, which means use the legacy dnode size.
New DMU interfaces:
dmu_object_alloc_dnsize()
dmu_object_claim_dnsize()
dmu_object_reclaim_dnsize()
New ZAP interfaces:
zap_create_dnsize()
zap_create_norm_dnsize()
zap_create_flags_dnsize()
zap_create_claim_norm_dnsize()
zap_create_link_dnsize()
The constant DN_MAX_BONUSLEN is renamed to DN_OLD_MAX_BONUSLEN. The
spa_maxdnodesize() function should be used to determine the maximum
bonus length for a pool.
These are a few noteworthy changes to key functions:
* The prototype for dnode_hold_impl() now takes a "slots" parameter.
When the DNODE_MUST_BE_FREE flag is set, this parameter is used to
ensure the hole at the specified object offset is large enough to
hold the dnode being created. The slots parameter is also used
to ensure a dnode does not span multiple dnode blocks. In both of
these cases, if a failure occurs, ENOSPC is returned. Keep in mind,
these failure cases are only possible when using DNODE_MUST_BE_FREE.
If the DNODE_MUST_BE_ALLOCATED flag is set, "slots" must be 0.
dnode_hold_impl() will check if the requested dnode is already
consumed as an extra dnode slot by an large dnode, in which case
it returns ENOENT.
* The function dmu_object_alloc() advances to the next dnode block
if dnode_hold_impl() returns an error for a requested object.
This is because the beginning of the next dnode block is the only
location it can safely assume to either be a hole or a valid
starting point for a dnode.
* dnode_next_offset_level() and other functions that iterate
through dnode blocks may no longer use a simple array indexing
scheme. These now use the current dnode's dn_num_slots field to
advance to the next dnode in the block. This is to ensure we
properly skip the current dnode's bonus area and don't interpret it
as a valid dnode.
zdb
---
The zdb command was updated to display a dnode's size under the
"dnsize" column when the object is dumped.
For ZIL create log records, zdb will now display the slot count for
the object.
ztest
-----
Ztest chooses a random dnodesize for every newly created object. The
random distribution is more heavily weighted toward small dnodes to
better simulate real-world datasets.
Unused bonus buffer space is filled with non-zero values computed from
the object number, dataset id, offset, and generation number. This
helps ensure that the dnode traversal code properly skips the interior
regions of large dnodes, and that these interior regions are not
overwritten by data belonging to other dnodes. A new test visits each
object in a dataset. It verifies that the actual dnode size matches what
was stored in the ztest block tag when it was created. It also verifies
that the unused bonus buffer space is filled with the expected data
patterns.
ZFS Test Suite
--------------
Added six new large dnode-specific tests, and integrated the dnodesize
property into existing tests for zfs allow and send/recv.
Send/Receive
------------
ZFS send streams for datasets containing large dnodes cannot be received
on pools that don't support the large_dnode feature. A send stream with
large dnodes sets a DMU_BACKUP_FEATURE_LARGE_DNODE flag which will be
unrecognized by an incompatible receiving pool so that the zfs receive
will fail gracefully.
While not implemented here, it may be possible to generate a
backward-compatible send stream from a dataset containing large
dnodes. The implementation may be tricky, however, because the send
object record for a large dnode would need to be resized to a 512
byte dnode, possibly kicking in a spill block in the process. This
means we would need to construct a new SA layout and possibly
register it in the SA layout object. The SA layout is normally just
sent as an ordinary object record. But if we are constructing new
layouts while generating the send stream we'd have to build the SA
layout object dynamically and send it at the end of the stream.
For sending and receiving between pools that do support large dnodes,
the drr_object send record type is extended with a new field to store
the dnode slot count. This field was repurposed from unused padding
in the structure.
ZIL Replay
----------
The dnode slot count is stored in the uppermost 8 bits of the lr_foid
field. The bits were unused as the object id is currently capped at
48 bits.
Resizing Dnodes
---------------
It should be possible to resize a dnode when it is dirtied if the
current dnodesize dataset property differs from the dnode's size, but
this functionality is not currently implemented. Clearly a dnode can
only grow if there are sufficient contiguous unused slots in the
dnode block, but it should always be possible to shrink a dnode.
Growing dnodes may be useful to reduce fragmentation in a pool with
many spill blocks in use. Shrinking dnodes may be useful to allow
sending a dataset to a pool that doesn't support the large_dnode
feature.
Feature Reference Counting
--------------------------
The reference count for the large_dnode pool feature tracks the
number of datasets that have ever contained a dnode of size larger
than 512 bytes. The first time a large dnode is created in a dataset
the dataset is converted to an extensible dataset. This is a one-way
operation and the only way to decrement the feature count is to
destroy the dataset, even if the dataset no longer contains any large
dnodes. The complexity of reference counting on a per-dnode basis was
too high, so we chose to track it on a per-dataset basis similarly to
the large_block feature.
Signed-off-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes #3542
2016-03-17 01:25:34 +00:00
|
|
|
i += dnp->dn_extra_slots *
|
|
|
|
DNODE_MIN_SIZE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
2013-12-09 18:37:51 +00:00
|
|
|
if (BP_IS_HOLE(bp)) {
|
|
|
|
fill = 0;
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
fill = 1;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
2008-12-03 20:09:06 +00:00
|
|
|
blkptr_t *ibp = db->db.db_data;
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(db->db.db_size, ==, 1<<dn->dn_phys->dn_indblkshift);
|
2008-12-03 20:09:06 +00:00
|
|
|
for (i = db->db.db_size >> SPA_BLKPTRSHIFT; i > 0; i--, ibp++) {
|
|
|
|
if (BP_IS_HOLE(ibp))
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
continue;
|
2014-06-05 21:19:08 +00:00
|
|
|
fill += BP_GET_FILL(ibp);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
DB_DNODE_EXIT(db);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2014-06-05 21:19:08 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!BP_IS_EMBEDDED(bp))
|
Native Encryption for ZFS on Linux
This change incorporates three major pieces:
The first change is a keystore that manages wrapping
and encryption keys for encrypted datasets. These
commands mostly involve manipulating the new
DSL Crypto Key ZAP Objects that live in the MOS. Each
encrypted dataset has its own DSL Crypto Key that is
protected with a user's key. This level of indirection
allows users to change their keys without re-encrypting
their entire datasets. The change implements the new
subcommands "zfs load-key", "zfs unload-key" and
"zfs change-key" which allow the user to manage their
encryption keys and settings. In addition, several new
flags and properties have been added to allow dataset
creation and to make mounting and unmounting more
convenient.
The second piece of this patch provides the ability to
encrypt, decyrpt, and authenticate protected datasets.
Each object set maintains a Merkel tree of Message
Authentication Codes that protect the lower layers,
similarly to how checksums are maintained. This part
impacts the zio layer, which handles the actual
encryption and generation of MACs, as well as the ARC
and DMU, which need to be able to handle encrypted
buffers and protected data.
The last addition is the ability to do raw, encrypted
sends and receives. The idea here is to send raw
encrypted and compressed data and receive it exactly
as is on a backup system. This means that the dataset
on the receiving system is protected using the same
user key that is in use on the sending side. By doing
so, datasets can be efficiently backed up to an
untrusted system without fear of data being
compromised.
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes #494
Closes #5769
2017-08-14 17:36:48 +00:00
|
|
|
BP_SET_FILL(bp, fill);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
|
2016-04-21 18:23:37 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rw_enter(&dn->dn_struct_rwlock, RW_WRITER);
|
|
|
|
*db->db_blkptr = *bp;
|
|
|
|
rw_exit(&dn->dn_struct_rwlock);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2016-05-15 15:02:28 +00:00
|
|
|
/* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* This function gets called just prior to running through the compression
|
|
|
|
* stage of the zio pipeline. If we're an indirect block comprised of only
|
|
|
|
* holes, then we want this indirect to be compressed away to a hole. In
|
|
|
|
* order to do that we must zero out any information about the holes that
|
|
|
|
* this indirect points to prior to before we try to compress it.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
dbuf_write_children_ready(zio_t *zio, arc_buf_t *buf, void *vdb)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
dmu_buf_impl_t *db = vdb;
|
|
|
|
dnode_t *dn;
|
|
|
|
blkptr_t *bp;
|
2017-01-28 20:11:09 +00:00
|
|
|
unsigned int epbs, i;
|
2016-05-15 15:02:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(db->db_level, >, 0);
|
|
|
|
DB_DNODE_ENTER(db);
|
|
|
|
dn = DB_DNODE(db);
|
|
|
|
epbs = dn->dn_phys->dn_indblkshift - SPA_BLKPTRSHIFT;
|
2017-01-28 20:11:09 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(epbs, <, 31);
|
2016-05-15 15:02:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Determine if all our children are holes */
|
2016-10-13 21:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
for (i = 0, bp = db->db.db_data; i < 1ULL << epbs; i++, bp++) {
|
2016-05-15 15:02:28 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!BP_IS_HOLE(bp))
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* If all the children are holes, then zero them all out so that
|
|
|
|
* we may get compressed away.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2016-10-13 21:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
if (i == 1ULL << epbs) {
|
2017-01-28 20:11:09 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* We only found holes. Grab the rwlock to prevent
|
|
|
|
* anybody from reading the blocks we're about to
|
|
|
|
* zero out.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
rw_enter(&dn->dn_struct_rwlock, RW_WRITER);
|
2016-05-15 15:02:28 +00:00
|
|
|
bzero(db->db.db_data, db->db.db_size);
|
2017-01-28 20:11:09 +00:00
|
|
|
rw_exit(&dn->dn_struct_rwlock);
|
2016-05-15 15:02:28 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
DB_DNODE_EXIT(db);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
Illumos #4045 write throttle & i/o scheduler performance work
4045 zfs write throttle & i/o scheduler performance work
1. The ZFS i/o scheduler (vdev_queue.c) now divides i/os into 5 classes: sync
read, sync write, async read, async write, and scrub/resilver. The scheduler
issues a number of concurrent i/os from each class to the device. Once a class
has been selected, an i/o is selected from this class using either an elevator
algorithem (async, scrub classes) or FIFO (sync classes). The number of
concurrent async write i/os is tuned dynamically based on i/o load, to achieve
good sync i/o latency when there is not a high load of writes, and good write
throughput when there is. See the block comment in vdev_queue.c (reproduced
below) for more details.
2. The write throttle (dsl_pool_tempreserve_space() and
txg_constrain_throughput()) is rewritten to produce much more consistent delays
when under constant load. The new write throttle is based on the amount of
dirty data, rather than guesses about future performance of the system. When
there is a lot of dirty data, each transaction (e.g. write() syscall) will be
delayed by the same small amount. This eliminates the "brick wall of wait"
that the old write throttle could hit, causing all transactions to wait several
seconds until the next txg opens. One of the keys to the new write throttle is
decrementing the amount of dirty data as i/o completes, rather than at the end
of spa_sync(). Note that the write throttle is only applied once the i/o
scheduler is issuing the maximum number of outstanding async writes. See the
block comments in dsl_pool.c and above dmu_tx_delay() (reproduced below) for
more details.
This diff has several other effects, including:
* the commonly-tuned global variable zfs_vdev_max_pending has been removed;
use per-class zfs_vdev_*_max_active values or zfs_vdev_max_active instead.
* the size of each txg (meaning the amount of dirty data written, and thus the
time it takes to write out) is now controlled differently. There is no longer
an explicit time goal; the primary determinant is amount of dirty data.
Systems that are under light or medium load will now often see that a txg is
always syncing, but the impact to performance (e.g. read latency) is minimal.
Tune zfs_dirty_data_max and zfs_dirty_data_sync to control this.
* zio_taskq_batch_pct = 75 -- Only use 75% of all CPUs for compression,
checksum, etc. This improves latency by not allowing these CPU-intensive tasks
to consume all CPU (on machines with at least 4 CPU's; the percentage is
rounded up).
--matt
APPENDIX: problems with the current i/o scheduler
The current ZFS i/o scheduler (vdev_queue.c) is deadline based. The problem
with this is that if there are always i/os pending, then certain classes of
i/os can see very long delays.
For example, if there are always synchronous reads outstanding, then no async
writes will be serviced until they become "past due". One symptom of this
situation is that each pass of the txg sync takes at least several seconds
(typically 3 seconds).
If many i/os become "past due" (their deadline is in the past), then we must
service all of these overdue i/os before any new i/os. This happens when we
enqueue a batch of async writes for the txg sync, with deadlines 2.5 seconds in
the future. If we can't complete all the i/os in 2.5 seconds (e.g. because
there were always reads pending), then these i/os will become past due. Now we
must service all the "async" writes (which could be hundreds of megabytes)
before we service any reads, introducing considerable latency to synchronous
i/os (reads or ZIL writes).
Notes on porting to ZFS on Linux:
- zio_t gained new members io_physdone and io_phys_children. Because
object caches in the Linux port call the constructor only once at
allocation time, objects may contain residual data when retrieved
from the cache. Therefore zio_create() was updated to zero out the two
new fields.
- vdev_mirror_pending() relied on the depth of the per-vdev pending queue
(vq->vq_pending_tree) to select the least-busy leaf vdev to read from.
This tree has been replaced by vq->vq_active_tree which is now used
for the same purpose.
- vdev_queue_init() used the value of zfs_vdev_max_pending to determine
the number of vdev I/O buffers to pre-allocate. That global no longer
exists, so we instead use the sum of the *_max_active values for each of
the five I/O classes described above.
- The Illumos implementation of dmu_tx_delay() delays a transaction by
sleeping in condition variable embedded in the thread
(curthread->t_delay_cv). We do not have an equivalent CV to use in
Linux, so this change replaced the delay logic with a wrapper called
zfs_sleep_until(). This wrapper could be adopted upstream and in other
downstream ports to abstract away operating system-specific delay logic.
- These tunables are added as module parameters, and descriptions added
to the zfs-module-parameters.5 man page.
spa_asize_inflation
zfs_deadman_synctime_ms
zfs_vdev_max_active
zfs_vdev_async_write_active_min_dirty_percent
zfs_vdev_async_write_active_max_dirty_percent
zfs_vdev_async_read_max_active
zfs_vdev_async_read_min_active
zfs_vdev_async_write_max_active
zfs_vdev_async_write_min_active
zfs_vdev_scrub_max_active
zfs_vdev_scrub_min_active
zfs_vdev_sync_read_max_active
zfs_vdev_sync_read_min_active
zfs_vdev_sync_write_max_active
zfs_vdev_sync_write_min_active
zfs_dirty_data_max_percent
zfs_delay_min_dirty_percent
zfs_dirty_data_max_max_percent
zfs_dirty_data_max
zfs_dirty_data_max_max
zfs_dirty_data_sync
zfs_delay_scale
The latter four have type unsigned long, whereas they are uint64_t in
Illumos. This accommodates Linux's module_param() supported types, but
means they may overflow on 32-bit architectures.
The values zfs_dirty_data_max and zfs_dirty_data_max_max are the most
likely to overflow on 32-bit systems, since they express physical RAM
sizes in bytes. In fact, Illumos initializes zfs_dirty_data_max_max to
2^32 which does overflow. To resolve that, this port instead initializes
it in arc_init() to 25% of physical RAM, and adds the tunable
zfs_dirty_data_max_max_percent to override that percentage. While this
solution doesn't completely avoid the overflow issue, it should be a
reasonable default for most systems, and the minority of affected
systems can work around the issue by overriding the defaults.
- Fixed reversed logic in comment above zfs_delay_scale declaration.
- Clarified comments in vdev_queue.c regarding when per-queue minimums take
effect.
- Replaced dmu_tx_write_limit in the dmu_tx kstat file
with dmu_tx_dirty_delay and dmu_tx_dirty_over_max. The first counts
how many times a transaction has been delayed because the pool dirty
data has exceeded zfs_delay_min_dirty_percent. The latter counts how
many times the pool dirty data has exceeded zfs_dirty_data_max (which
we expect to never happen).
- The original patch would have regressed the bug fixed in
zfsonlinux/zfs@c418410, which prevented users from setting the
zfs_vdev_aggregation_limit tuning larger than SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE.
A similar fix is added to vdev_queue_aggregate().
- In vdev_queue_io_to_issue(), dynamically allocate 'zio_t search' on the
heap instead of the stack. In Linux we can't afford such large
structures on the stack.
Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Adam Leventhal <ahl@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov>
Reviewed by: Brendan Gregg <brendan.gregg@joyent.com>
Approved by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com>
References:
http://www.illumos.org/issues/4045
illumos/illumos-gate@69962b5647e4a8b9b14998733b765925381b727e
Ported-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes #1913
2013-08-29 03:01:20 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* The SPA will call this callback several times for each zio - once
|
|
|
|
* for every physical child i/o (zio->io_phys_children times). This
|
|
|
|
* allows the DMU to monitor the progress of each logical i/o. For example,
|
|
|
|
* there may be 2 copies of an indirect block, or many fragments of a RAID-Z
|
|
|
|
* block. There may be a long delay before all copies/fragments are completed,
|
|
|
|
* so this callback allows us to retire dirty space gradually, as the physical
|
|
|
|
* i/os complete.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
dbuf_write_physdone(zio_t *zio, arc_buf_t *buf, void *arg)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
dmu_buf_impl_t *db = arg;
|
|
|
|
objset_t *os = db->db_objset;
|
|
|
|
dsl_pool_t *dp = dmu_objset_pool(os);
|
|
|
|
dbuf_dirty_record_t *dr;
|
|
|
|
int delta = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dr = db->db_data_pending;
|
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(dr->dr_txg, ==, zio->io_txg);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* The callback will be called io_phys_children times. Retire one
|
|
|
|
* portion of our dirty space each time we are called. Any rounding
|
|
|
|
* error will be cleaned up by dsl_pool_sync()'s call to
|
|
|
|
* dsl_pool_undirty_space().
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
delta = dr->dr_accounted / zio->io_phys_children;
|
|
|
|
dsl_pool_undirty_space(dp, delta, zio->io_txg);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
/* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
dbuf_write_done(zio_t *zio, arc_buf_t *buf, void *vdb)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
dmu_buf_impl_t *db = vdb;
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
blkptr_t *bp_orig = &zio->io_bp_orig;
|
2013-12-09 18:37:51 +00:00
|
|
|
blkptr_t *bp = db->db_blkptr;
|
|
|
|
objset_t *os = db->db_objset;
|
|
|
|
dmu_tx_t *tx = os->os_synctx;
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
dbuf_dirty_record_t **drp, *dr;
|
|
|
|
|
2013-05-10 21:17:03 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT0(zio->io_error);
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db_blkptr == bp);
|
|
|
|
|
2013-05-10 19:47:54 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* For nopwrites and rewrites we ensure that the bp matches our
|
|
|
|
* original and bypass all the accounting.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (zio->io_flags & (ZIO_FLAG_IO_REWRITE | ZIO_FLAG_NOPWRITE)) {
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(BP_EQUAL(bp, bp_orig));
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
2013-12-09 18:37:51 +00:00
|
|
|
dsl_dataset_t *ds = os->os_dsl_dataset;
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
(void) dsl_dataset_block_kill(ds, bp_orig, tx, B_TRUE);
|
|
|
|
dsl_dataset_block_born(ds, bp, tx);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
mutex_enter(&db->db_mtx);
|
|
|
|
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
DBUF_VERIFY(db);
|
|
|
|
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
drp = &db->db_last_dirty;
|
|
|
|
while ((dr = *drp) != db->db_data_pending)
|
|
|
|
drp = &dr->dr_next;
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(!list_link_active(&dr->dr_dirty_node));
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(dr->dr_dbuf == db);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(dr->dr_next == NULL);
|
|
|
|
*drp = dr->dr_next;
|
|
|
|
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef ZFS_DEBUG
|
|
|
|
if (db->db_blkid == DMU_SPILL_BLKID) {
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
dnode_t *dn;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DB_DNODE_ENTER(db);
|
|
|
|
dn = DB_DNODE(db);
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(dn->dn_phys->dn_flags & DNODE_FLAG_SPILL_BLKPTR);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(!(BP_IS_HOLE(db->db_blkptr)) &&
|
Implement large_dnode pool feature
Justification
-------------
This feature adds support for variable length dnodes. Our motivation is
to eliminate the overhead associated with using spill blocks. Spill
blocks are used to store system attribute data (i.e. file metadata) that
does not fit in the dnode's bonus buffer. By allowing a larger bonus
buffer area the use of a spill block can be avoided. Spill blocks
potentially incur an additional read I/O for every dnode in a dnode
block. As a worst case example, reading 32 dnodes from a 16k dnode block
and all of the spill blocks could issue 33 separate reads. Now suppose
those dnodes have size 1024 and therefore don't need spill blocks. Then
the worst case number of blocks read is reduced to from 33 to two--one
per dnode block. In practice spill blocks may tend to be co-located on
disk with the dnode blocks so the reduction in I/O would not be this
drastic. In a badly fragmented pool, however, the improvement could be
significant.
ZFS-on-Linux systems that make heavy use of extended attributes would
benefit from this feature. In particular, ZFS-on-Linux supports the
xattr=sa dataset property which allows file extended attribute data
to be stored in the dnode bonus buffer as an alternative to the
traditional directory-based format. Workloads such as SELinux and the
Lustre distributed filesystem often store enough xattr data to force
spill bocks when xattr=sa is in effect. Large dnodes may therefore
provide a performance benefit to such systems.
Other use cases that may benefit from this feature include files with
large ACLs and symbolic links with long target names. Furthermore,
this feature may be desirable on other platforms in case future
applications or features are developed that could make use of a
larger bonus buffer area.
Implementation
--------------
The size of a dnode may be a multiple of 512 bytes up to the size of
a dnode block (currently 16384 bytes). A dn_extra_slots field was
added to the current on-disk dnode_phys_t structure to describe the
size of the physical dnode on disk. The 8 bits for this field were
taken from the zero filled dn_pad2 field. The field represents how
many "extra" dnode_phys_t slots a dnode consumes in its dnode block.
This convention results in a value of 0 for 512 byte dnodes which
preserves on-disk format compatibility with older software.
Similarly, the in-memory dnode_t structure has a new dn_num_slots field
to represent the total number of dnode_phys_t slots consumed on disk.
Thus dn->dn_num_slots is 1 greater than the corresponding
dnp->dn_extra_slots. This difference in convention was adopted
because, unlike on-disk structures, backward compatibility is not a
concern for in-memory objects, so we used a more natural way to
represent size for a dnode_t.
The default size for newly created dnodes is determined by the value of
a new "dnodesize" dataset property. By default the property is set to
"legacy" which is compatible with older software. Setting the property
to "auto" will allow the filesystem to choose the most suitable dnode
size. Currently this just sets the default dnode size to 1k, but future
code improvements could dynamically choose a size based on observed
workload patterns. Dnodes of varying sizes can coexist within the same
dataset and even within the same dnode block. For example, to enable
automatically-sized dnodes, run
# zfs set dnodesize=auto tank/fish
The user can also specify literal values for the dnodesize property.
These are currently limited to powers of two from 1k to 16k. The
power-of-2 limitation is only for simplicity of the user interface.
Internally the implementation can handle any multiple of 512 up to 16k,
and consumers of the DMU API can specify any legal dnode value.
The size of a new dnode is determined at object allocation time and
stored as a new field in the znode in-memory structure. New DMU
interfaces are added to allow the consumer to specify the dnode size
that a newly allocated object should use. Existing interfaces are
unchanged to avoid having to update every call site and to preserve
compatibility with external consumers such as Lustre. The new
interfaces names are given below. The versions of these functions that
don't take a dnodesize parameter now just call the _dnsize() versions
with a dnodesize of 0, which means use the legacy dnode size.
New DMU interfaces:
dmu_object_alloc_dnsize()
dmu_object_claim_dnsize()
dmu_object_reclaim_dnsize()
New ZAP interfaces:
zap_create_dnsize()
zap_create_norm_dnsize()
zap_create_flags_dnsize()
zap_create_claim_norm_dnsize()
zap_create_link_dnsize()
The constant DN_MAX_BONUSLEN is renamed to DN_OLD_MAX_BONUSLEN. The
spa_maxdnodesize() function should be used to determine the maximum
bonus length for a pool.
These are a few noteworthy changes to key functions:
* The prototype for dnode_hold_impl() now takes a "slots" parameter.
When the DNODE_MUST_BE_FREE flag is set, this parameter is used to
ensure the hole at the specified object offset is large enough to
hold the dnode being created. The slots parameter is also used
to ensure a dnode does not span multiple dnode blocks. In both of
these cases, if a failure occurs, ENOSPC is returned. Keep in mind,
these failure cases are only possible when using DNODE_MUST_BE_FREE.
If the DNODE_MUST_BE_ALLOCATED flag is set, "slots" must be 0.
dnode_hold_impl() will check if the requested dnode is already
consumed as an extra dnode slot by an large dnode, in which case
it returns ENOENT.
* The function dmu_object_alloc() advances to the next dnode block
if dnode_hold_impl() returns an error for a requested object.
This is because the beginning of the next dnode block is the only
location it can safely assume to either be a hole or a valid
starting point for a dnode.
* dnode_next_offset_level() and other functions that iterate
through dnode blocks may no longer use a simple array indexing
scheme. These now use the current dnode's dn_num_slots field to
advance to the next dnode in the block. This is to ensure we
properly skip the current dnode's bonus area and don't interpret it
as a valid dnode.
zdb
---
The zdb command was updated to display a dnode's size under the
"dnsize" column when the object is dumped.
For ZIL create log records, zdb will now display the slot count for
the object.
ztest
-----
Ztest chooses a random dnodesize for every newly created object. The
random distribution is more heavily weighted toward small dnodes to
better simulate real-world datasets.
Unused bonus buffer space is filled with non-zero values computed from
the object number, dataset id, offset, and generation number. This
helps ensure that the dnode traversal code properly skips the interior
regions of large dnodes, and that these interior regions are not
overwritten by data belonging to other dnodes. A new test visits each
object in a dataset. It verifies that the actual dnode size matches what
was stored in the ztest block tag when it was created. It also verifies
that the unused bonus buffer space is filled with the expected data
patterns.
ZFS Test Suite
--------------
Added six new large dnode-specific tests, and integrated the dnodesize
property into existing tests for zfs allow and send/recv.
Send/Receive
------------
ZFS send streams for datasets containing large dnodes cannot be received
on pools that don't support the large_dnode feature. A send stream with
large dnodes sets a DMU_BACKUP_FEATURE_LARGE_DNODE flag which will be
unrecognized by an incompatible receiving pool so that the zfs receive
will fail gracefully.
While not implemented here, it may be possible to generate a
backward-compatible send stream from a dataset containing large
dnodes. The implementation may be tricky, however, because the send
object record for a large dnode would need to be resized to a 512
byte dnode, possibly kicking in a spill block in the process. This
means we would need to construct a new SA layout and possibly
register it in the SA layout object. The SA layout is normally just
sent as an ordinary object record. But if we are constructing new
layouts while generating the send stream we'd have to build the SA
layout object dynamically and send it at the end of the stream.
For sending and receiving between pools that do support large dnodes,
the drr_object send record type is extended with a new field to store
the dnode slot count. This field was repurposed from unused padding
in the structure.
ZIL Replay
----------
The dnode slot count is stored in the uppermost 8 bits of the lr_foid
field. The bits were unused as the object id is currently capped at
48 bits.
Resizing Dnodes
---------------
It should be possible to resize a dnode when it is dirtied if the
current dnodesize dataset property differs from the dnode's size, but
this functionality is not currently implemented. Clearly a dnode can
only grow if there are sufficient contiguous unused slots in the
dnode block, but it should always be possible to shrink a dnode.
Growing dnodes may be useful to reduce fragmentation in a pool with
many spill blocks in use. Shrinking dnodes may be useful to allow
sending a dataset to a pool that doesn't support the large_dnode
feature.
Feature Reference Counting
--------------------------
The reference count for the large_dnode pool feature tracks the
number of datasets that have ever contained a dnode of size larger
than 512 bytes. The first time a large dnode is created in a dataset
the dataset is converted to an extensible dataset. This is a one-way
operation and the only way to decrement the feature count is to
destroy the dataset, even if the dataset no longer contains any large
dnodes. The complexity of reference counting on a per-dnode basis was
too high, so we chose to track it on a per-dataset basis similarly to
the large_block feature.
Signed-off-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes #3542
2016-03-17 01:25:34 +00:00
|
|
|
db->db_blkptr == DN_SPILL_BLKPTR(dn->dn_phys));
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
DB_DNODE_EXIT(db);
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
if (db->db_level == 0) {
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db_blkid != DMU_BONUS_BLKID);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(dr->dt.dl.dr_override_state == DR_NOT_OVERRIDDEN);
|
2008-12-03 20:09:06 +00:00
|
|
|
if (db->db_state != DB_NOFILL) {
|
|
|
|
if (dr->dt.dl.dr_data != db->db_buf)
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
arc_buf_destroy(dr->dt.dl.dr_data, db);
|
2008-12-03 20:09:06 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
dnode_t *dn;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DB_DNODE_ENTER(db);
|
|
|
|
dn = DB_DNODE(db);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(list_head(&dr->dt.di.dr_children) == NULL);
|
2013-12-09 18:37:51 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(db->db.db_size, ==, 1 << dn->dn_phys->dn_indblkshift);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!BP_IS_HOLE(db->db_blkptr)) {
|
2010-08-26 16:53:00 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERTV(int epbs = dn->dn_phys->dn_indblkshift -
|
|
|
|
SPA_BLKPTRSHIFT);
|
2013-12-09 18:37:51 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(db->db_blkid, <=,
|
|
|
|
dn->dn_phys->dn_maxblkid >> (db->db_level * epbs));
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(BP_GET_LSIZE(db->db_blkptr), ==,
|
|
|
|
db->db.db_size);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
DB_DNODE_EXIT(db);
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
mutex_destroy(&dr->dt.di.dr_mtx);
|
|
|
|
list_destroy(&dr->dt.di.dr_children);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
kmem_free(dr, sizeof (dbuf_dirty_record_t));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cv_broadcast(&db->db_changed);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db_dirtycnt > 0);
|
|
|
|
db->db_dirtycnt -= 1;
|
|
|
|
db->db_data_pending = NULL;
|
2018-07-31 21:51:15 +00:00
|
|
|
dbuf_rele_and_unlock(db, (void *)(uintptr_t)tx->tx_txg, B_FALSE);
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
dbuf_write_nofill_ready(zio_t *zio)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
dbuf_write_ready(zio, NULL, zio->io_private);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
dbuf_write_nofill_done(zio_t *zio)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
dbuf_write_done(zio, NULL, zio->io_private);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
dbuf_write_override_ready(zio_t *zio)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
dbuf_dirty_record_t *dr = zio->io_private;
|
|
|
|
dmu_buf_impl_t *db = dr->dr_dbuf;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dbuf_write_ready(zio, NULL, db);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
dbuf_write_override_done(zio_t *zio)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
dbuf_dirty_record_t *dr = zio->io_private;
|
|
|
|
dmu_buf_impl_t *db = dr->dr_dbuf;
|
|
|
|
blkptr_t *obp = &dr->dt.dl.dr_overridden_by;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
mutex_enter(&db->db_mtx);
|
|
|
|
if (!BP_EQUAL(zio->io_bp, obp)) {
|
|
|
|
if (!BP_IS_HOLE(obp))
|
|
|
|
dsl_free(spa_get_dsl(zio->io_spa), zio->io_txg, obp);
|
|
|
|
arc_release(dr->dt.dl.dr_data, db);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
|
|
|
|
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
dbuf_write_done(zio, NULL, db);
|
2016-07-22 15:52:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (zio->io_abd != NULL)
|
|
|
|
abd_put(zio->io_abd);
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
OpenZFS 7614, 9064 - zfs device evacuation/removal
OpenZFS 7614 - zfs device evacuation/removal
OpenZFS 9064 - remove_mirror should wait for device removal to complete
This project allows top-level vdevs to be removed from the storage pool
with "zpool remove", reducing the total amount of storage in the pool.
This operation copies all allocated regions of the device to be removed
onto other devices, recording the mapping from old to new location.
After the removal is complete, read and free operations to the removed
(now "indirect") vdev must be remapped and performed at the new location
on disk. The indirect mapping table is kept in memory whenever the pool
is loaded, so there is minimal performance overhead when doing operations
on the indirect vdev.
The size of the in-memory mapping table will be reduced when its entries
become "obsolete" because they are no longer used by any block pointers
in the pool. An entry becomes obsolete when all the blocks that use
it are freed. An entry can also become obsolete when all the snapshots
that reference it are deleted, and the block pointers that reference it
have been "remapped" in all filesystems/zvols (and clones). Whenever an
indirect block is written, all the block pointers in it will be "remapped"
to their new (concrete) locations if possible. This process can be
accelerated by using the "zfs remap" command to proactively rewrite all
indirect blocks that reference indirect (removed) vdevs.
Note that when a device is removed, we do not verify the checksum of
the data that is copied. This makes the process much faster, but if it
were used on redundant vdevs (i.e. mirror or raidz vdevs), it would be
possible to copy the wrong data, when we have the correct data on e.g.
the other side of the mirror.
At the moment, only mirrors and simple top-level vdevs can be removed
and no removal is allowed if any of the top-level vdevs are raidz.
Porting Notes:
* Avoid zero-sized kmem_alloc() in vdev_compact_children().
The device evacuation code adds a dependency that
vdev_compact_children() be able to properly empty the vdev_child
array by setting it to NULL and zeroing vdev_children. Under Linux,
kmem_alloc() and related functions return a sentinel pointer rather
than NULL for zero-sized allocations.
* Remove comment regarding "mpt" driver where zfs_remove_max_segment
is initialized to SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE.
Change zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ticks to
zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ms for consistency with
most other tunables in which delays are specified in ms.
* ZTS changes:
Use set_tunable rather than mdb
Use zpool sync as appropriate
Use sync_pool instead of sync
Kill jobs during test_removal_with_operation to allow unmount/export
Don't add non-disk names such as "mirror" or "raidz" to $DISKS
Use $TEST_BASE_DIR instead of /tmp
Increase HZ from 100 to 1000 which is more common on Linux
removal_multiple_indirection.ksh
Reduce iterations in order to not time out on the code
coverage builders.
removal_resume_export:
Functionally, the test case is correct but there exists a race
where the kernel thread hasn't been fully started yet and is
not visible. Wait for up to 1 second for the removal thread
to be started before giving up on it. Also, increase the
amount of data copied in order that the removal not finish
before the export has a chance to fail.
* MMP compatibility, the concept of concrete versus non-concrete devices
has slightly changed the semantics of vdev_writeable(). Update
mmp_random_leaf_impl() accordingly.
* Updated dbuf_remap() to handle the org.zfsonlinux:large_dnode pool
feature which is not supported by OpenZFS.
* Added support for new vdev removal tracepoints.
* Test cases removal_with_zdb and removal_condense_export have been
intentionally disabled. When run manually they pass as intended,
but when running in the automated test environment they produce
unreliable results on the latest Fedora release.
They may work better once the upstream pool import refectoring is
merged into ZoL at which point they will be re-enabled.
Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org>
Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7614
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/f539f1eb
Closes #6900
2016-09-22 16:30:13 +00:00
|
|
|
typedef struct dbuf_remap_impl_callback_arg {
|
|
|
|
objset_t *drica_os;
|
|
|
|
uint64_t drica_blk_birth;
|
|
|
|
dmu_tx_t *drica_tx;
|
|
|
|
} dbuf_remap_impl_callback_arg_t;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
dbuf_remap_impl_callback(uint64_t vdev, uint64_t offset, uint64_t size,
|
|
|
|
void *arg)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
dbuf_remap_impl_callback_arg_t *drica = arg;
|
|
|
|
objset_t *os = drica->drica_os;
|
|
|
|
spa_t *spa = dmu_objset_spa(os);
|
|
|
|
dmu_tx_t *tx = drica->drica_tx;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(dsl_pool_sync_context(spa_get_dsl(spa)));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (os == spa_meta_objset(spa)) {
|
|
|
|
spa_vdev_indirect_mark_obsolete(spa, vdev, offset, size, tx);
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
dsl_dataset_block_remapped(dmu_objset_ds(os), vdev, offset,
|
|
|
|
size, drica->drica_blk_birth, tx);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
dbuf_remap_impl(dnode_t *dn, blkptr_t *bp, dmu_tx_t *tx)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
blkptr_t bp_copy = *bp;
|
|
|
|
spa_t *spa = dmu_objset_spa(dn->dn_objset);
|
|
|
|
dbuf_remap_impl_callback_arg_t drica;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(dsl_pool_sync_context(spa_get_dsl(spa)));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
drica.drica_os = dn->dn_objset;
|
|
|
|
drica.drica_blk_birth = bp->blk_birth;
|
|
|
|
drica.drica_tx = tx;
|
|
|
|
if (spa_remap_blkptr(spa, &bp_copy, dbuf_remap_impl_callback,
|
|
|
|
&drica)) {
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* The struct_rwlock prevents dbuf_read_impl() from
|
|
|
|
* dereferencing the BP while we are changing it. To
|
|
|
|
* avoid lock contention, only grab it when we are actually
|
|
|
|
* changing the BP.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
rw_enter(&dn->dn_struct_rwlock, RW_WRITER);
|
|
|
|
*bp = bp_copy;
|
|
|
|
rw_exit(&dn->dn_struct_rwlock);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Returns true if a dbuf_remap would modify the dbuf. We do this by attempting
|
|
|
|
* to remap a copy of every bp in the dbuf.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
boolean_t
|
|
|
|
dbuf_can_remap(const dmu_buf_impl_t *db)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
spa_t *spa = dmu_objset_spa(db->db_objset);
|
|
|
|
blkptr_t *bp = db->db.db_data;
|
|
|
|
boolean_t ret = B_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(db->db_level, >, 0);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT3S(db->db_state, ==, DB_CACHED);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(spa_feature_is_active(spa, SPA_FEATURE_DEVICE_REMOVAL));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_VDEV, FTAG, RW_READER);
|
|
|
|
for (int i = 0; i < db->db.db_size >> SPA_BLKPTRSHIFT; i++) {
|
|
|
|
blkptr_t bp_copy = bp[i];
|
|
|
|
if (spa_remap_blkptr(spa, &bp_copy, NULL, NULL)) {
|
|
|
|
ret = B_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_VDEV, FTAG);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (ret);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
boolean_t
|
|
|
|
dnode_needs_remap(const dnode_t *dn)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
spa_t *spa = dmu_objset_spa(dn->dn_objset);
|
|
|
|
boolean_t ret = B_FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (dn->dn_phys->dn_nlevels == 0) {
|
|
|
|
return (B_FALSE);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(spa_feature_is_active(spa, SPA_FEATURE_DEVICE_REMOVAL));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_VDEV, FTAG, RW_READER);
|
|
|
|
for (int j = 0; j < dn->dn_phys->dn_nblkptr; j++) {
|
|
|
|
blkptr_t bp_copy = dn->dn_phys->dn_blkptr[j];
|
|
|
|
if (spa_remap_blkptr(spa, &bp_copy, NULL, NULL)) {
|
|
|
|
ret = B_TRUE;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_VDEV, FTAG);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (ret);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Remap any existing BP's to concrete vdevs, if possible.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
dbuf_remap(dnode_t *dn, dmu_buf_impl_t *db, dmu_tx_t *tx)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
spa_t *spa = dmu_objset_spa(db->db_objset);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(dsl_pool_sync_context(spa_get_dsl(spa)));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!spa_feature_is_active(spa, SPA_FEATURE_DEVICE_REMOVAL))
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (db->db_level > 0) {
|
|
|
|
blkptr_t *bp = db->db.db_data;
|
|
|
|
for (int i = 0; i < db->db.db_size >> SPA_BLKPTRSHIFT; i++) {
|
|
|
|
dbuf_remap_impl(dn, &bp[i], tx);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
} else if (db->db.db_object == DMU_META_DNODE_OBJECT) {
|
|
|
|
dnode_phys_t *dnp = db->db.db_data;
|
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(db->db_dnode_handle->dnh_dnode->dn_type, ==,
|
|
|
|
DMU_OT_DNODE);
|
|
|
|
for (int i = 0; i < db->db.db_size >> DNODE_SHIFT;
|
|
|
|
i += dnp[i].dn_extra_slots + 1) {
|
|
|
|
for (int j = 0; j < dnp[i].dn_nblkptr; j++) {
|
|
|
|
dbuf_remap_impl(dn, &dnp[i].dn_blkptr[j], tx);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2013-06-11 17:12:34 +00:00
|
|
|
/* Issue I/O to commit a dirty buffer to disk. */
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
dbuf_write(dbuf_dirty_record_t *dr, arc_buf_t *data, dmu_tx_t *tx)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
dmu_buf_impl_t *db = dr->dr_dbuf;
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
dnode_t *dn;
|
|
|
|
objset_t *os;
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
dmu_buf_impl_t *parent = db->db_parent;
|
|
|
|
uint64_t txg = tx->tx_txg;
|
2014-06-25 18:37:59 +00:00
|
|
|
zbookmark_phys_t zb;
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
zio_prop_t zp;
|
|
|
|
zio_t *zio;
|
|
|
|
int wp_flag = 0;
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-04-21 18:23:37 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(dmu_tx_is_syncing(tx));
|
|
|
|
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
DB_DNODE_ENTER(db);
|
|
|
|
dn = DB_DNODE(db);
|
|
|
|
os = dn->dn_objset;
|
|
|
|
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
if (db->db_state != DB_NOFILL) {
|
|
|
|
if (db->db_level > 0 || dn->dn_type == DMU_OT_DNODE) {
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Private object buffers are released here rather
|
|
|
|
* than in dbuf_dirty() since they are only modified
|
|
|
|
* in the syncing context and we don't want the
|
|
|
|
* overhead of making multiple copies of the data.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (BP_IS_HOLE(db->db_blkptr)) {
|
|
|
|
arc_buf_thaw(data);
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
dbuf_release_bp(db);
|
|
|
|
}
|
OpenZFS 7614, 9064 - zfs device evacuation/removal
OpenZFS 7614 - zfs device evacuation/removal
OpenZFS 9064 - remove_mirror should wait for device removal to complete
This project allows top-level vdevs to be removed from the storage pool
with "zpool remove", reducing the total amount of storage in the pool.
This operation copies all allocated regions of the device to be removed
onto other devices, recording the mapping from old to new location.
After the removal is complete, read and free operations to the removed
(now "indirect") vdev must be remapped and performed at the new location
on disk. The indirect mapping table is kept in memory whenever the pool
is loaded, so there is minimal performance overhead when doing operations
on the indirect vdev.
The size of the in-memory mapping table will be reduced when its entries
become "obsolete" because they are no longer used by any block pointers
in the pool. An entry becomes obsolete when all the blocks that use
it are freed. An entry can also become obsolete when all the snapshots
that reference it are deleted, and the block pointers that reference it
have been "remapped" in all filesystems/zvols (and clones). Whenever an
indirect block is written, all the block pointers in it will be "remapped"
to their new (concrete) locations if possible. This process can be
accelerated by using the "zfs remap" command to proactively rewrite all
indirect blocks that reference indirect (removed) vdevs.
Note that when a device is removed, we do not verify the checksum of
the data that is copied. This makes the process much faster, but if it
were used on redundant vdevs (i.e. mirror or raidz vdevs), it would be
possible to copy the wrong data, when we have the correct data on e.g.
the other side of the mirror.
At the moment, only mirrors and simple top-level vdevs can be removed
and no removal is allowed if any of the top-level vdevs are raidz.
Porting Notes:
* Avoid zero-sized kmem_alloc() in vdev_compact_children().
The device evacuation code adds a dependency that
vdev_compact_children() be able to properly empty the vdev_child
array by setting it to NULL and zeroing vdev_children. Under Linux,
kmem_alloc() and related functions return a sentinel pointer rather
than NULL for zero-sized allocations.
* Remove comment regarding "mpt" driver where zfs_remove_max_segment
is initialized to SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE.
Change zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ticks to
zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ms for consistency with
most other tunables in which delays are specified in ms.
* ZTS changes:
Use set_tunable rather than mdb
Use zpool sync as appropriate
Use sync_pool instead of sync
Kill jobs during test_removal_with_operation to allow unmount/export
Don't add non-disk names such as "mirror" or "raidz" to $DISKS
Use $TEST_BASE_DIR instead of /tmp
Increase HZ from 100 to 1000 which is more common on Linux
removal_multiple_indirection.ksh
Reduce iterations in order to not time out on the code
coverage builders.
removal_resume_export:
Functionally, the test case is correct but there exists a race
where the kernel thread hasn't been fully started yet and is
not visible. Wait for up to 1 second for the removal thread
to be started before giving up on it. Also, increase the
amount of data copied in order that the removal not finish
before the export has a chance to fail.
* MMP compatibility, the concept of concrete versus non-concrete devices
has slightly changed the semantics of vdev_writeable(). Update
mmp_random_leaf_impl() accordingly.
* Updated dbuf_remap() to handle the org.zfsonlinux:large_dnode pool
feature which is not supported by OpenZFS.
* Added support for new vdev removal tracepoints.
* Test cases removal_with_zdb and removal_condense_export have been
intentionally disabled. When run manually they pass as intended,
but when running in the automated test environment they produce
unreliable results on the latest Fedora release.
They may work better once the upstream pool import refectoring is
merged into ZoL at which point they will be re-enabled.
Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org>
Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7614
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/f539f1eb
Closes #6900
2016-09-22 16:30:13 +00:00
|
|
|
dbuf_remap(dn, db, tx);
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (parent != dn->dn_dbuf) {
|
2013-06-11 17:12:34 +00:00
|
|
|
/* Our parent is an indirect block. */
|
|
|
|
/* We have a dirty parent that has been scheduled for write. */
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(parent && parent->db_data_pending);
|
2013-06-11 17:12:34 +00:00
|
|
|
/* Our parent's buffer is one level closer to the dnode. */
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db_level == parent->db_level-1);
|
2013-06-11 17:12:34 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* We're about to modify our parent's db_data by modifying
|
|
|
|
* our block pointer, so the parent must be released.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(arc_released(parent->db_buf));
|
|
|
|
zio = parent->db_data_pending->dr_zio;
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
2013-06-11 17:12:34 +00:00
|
|
|
/* Our parent is the dnode itself. */
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT((db->db_level == dn->dn_phys->dn_nlevels-1 &&
|
|
|
|
db->db_blkid != DMU_SPILL_BLKID) ||
|
|
|
|
(db->db_blkid == DMU_SPILL_BLKID && db->db_level == 0));
|
|
|
|
if (db->db_blkid != DMU_SPILL_BLKID)
|
|
|
|
ASSERT3P(db->db_blkptr, ==,
|
|
|
|
&dn->dn_phys->dn_blkptr[db->db_blkid]);
|
|
|
|
zio = dn->dn_zio;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(db->db_level == 0 || data == db->db_buf);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT3U(db->db_blkptr->blk_birth, <=, txg);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(zio);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SET_BOOKMARK(&zb, os->os_dsl_dataset ?
|
|
|
|
os->os_dsl_dataset->ds_object : DMU_META_OBJSET,
|
|
|
|
db->db.db_object, db->db_level, db->db_blkid);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (db->db_blkid == DMU_SPILL_BLKID)
|
|
|
|
wp_flag = WP_SPILL;
|
|
|
|
wp_flag |= (db->db_state == DB_NOFILL) ? WP_NOFILL : 0;
|
|
|
|
|
2017-03-23 16:07:27 +00:00
|
|
|
dmu_write_policy(os, dn, db->db_level, wp_flag, &zp);
|
2010-08-26 21:24:34 +00:00
|
|
|
DB_DNODE_EXIT(db);
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-04-21 18:23:37 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* We copy the blkptr now (rather than when we instantiate the dirty
|
|
|
|
* record), because its value can change between open context and
|
|
|
|
* syncing context. We do not need to hold dn_struct_rwlock to read
|
|
|
|
* db_blkptr because we are in syncing context.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
dr->dr_bp_copy = *db->db_blkptr;
|
|
|
|
|
2014-06-05 21:19:08 +00:00
|
|
|
if (db->db_level == 0 &&
|
|
|
|
dr->dt.dl.dr_override_state == DR_OVERRIDDEN) {
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* The BP for this block has been provided by open context
|
|
|
|
* (by dmu_sync() or dmu_buf_write_embedded()).
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2016-07-22 15:52:49 +00:00
|
|
|
abd_t *contents = (data != NULL) ?
|
|
|
|
abd_get_from_buf(data->b_data, arc_buf_size(data)) : NULL;
|
2014-06-05 21:19:08 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
dr->dr_zio = zio_write(zio, os->os_spa, txg,
|
2016-07-11 17:45:52 +00:00
|
|
|
&dr->dr_bp_copy, contents, db->db.db_size, db->db.db_size,
|
|
|
|
&zp, dbuf_write_override_ready, NULL, NULL,
|
2016-05-15 15:02:28 +00:00
|
|
|
dbuf_write_override_done,
|
Illumos #4045 write throttle & i/o scheduler performance work
4045 zfs write throttle & i/o scheduler performance work
1. The ZFS i/o scheduler (vdev_queue.c) now divides i/os into 5 classes: sync
read, sync write, async read, async write, and scrub/resilver. The scheduler
issues a number of concurrent i/os from each class to the device. Once a class
has been selected, an i/o is selected from this class using either an elevator
algorithem (async, scrub classes) or FIFO (sync classes). The number of
concurrent async write i/os is tuned dynamically based on i/o load, to achieve
good sync i/o latency when there is not a high load of writes, and good write
throughput when there is. See the block comment in vdev_queue.c (reproduced
below) for more details.
2. The write throttle (dsl_pool_tempreserve_space() and
txg_constrain_throughput()) is rewritten to produce much more consistent delays
when under constant load. The new write throttle is based on the amount of
dirty data, rather than guesses about future performance of the system. When
there is a lot of dirty data, each transaction (e.g. write() syscall) will be
delayed by the same small amount. This eliminates the "brick wall of wait"
that the old write throttle could hit, causing all transactions to wait several
seconds until the next txg opens. One of the keys to the new write throttle is
decrementing the amount of dirty data as i/o completes, rather than at the end
of spa_sync(). Note that the write throttle is only applied once the i/o
scheduler is issuing the maximum number of outstanding async writes. See the
block comments in dsl_pool.c and above dmu_tx_delay() (reproduced below) for
more details.
This diff has several other effects, including:
* the commonly-tuned global variable zfs_vdev_max_pending has been removed;
use per-class zfs_vdev_*_max_active values or zfs_vdev_max_active instead.
* the size of each txg (meaning the amount of dirty data written, and thus the
time it takes to write out) is now controlled differently. There is no longer
an explicit time goal; the primary determinant is amount of dirty data.
Systems that are under light or medium load will now often see that a txg is
always syncing, but the impact to performance (e.g. read latency) is minimal.
Tune zfs_dirty_data_max and zfs_dirty_data_sync to control this.
* zio_taskq_batch_pct = 75 -- Only use 75% of all CPUs for compression,
checksum, etc. This improves latency by not allowing these CPU-intensive tasks
to consume all CPU (on machines with at least 4 CPU's; the percentage is
rounded up).
--matt
APPENDIX: problems with the current i/o scheduler
The current ZFS i/o scheduler (vdev_queue.c) is deadline based. The problem
with this is that if there are always i/os pending, then certain classes of
i/os can see very long delays.
For example, if there are always synchronous reads outstanding, then no async
writes will be serviced until they become "past due". One symptom of this
situation is that each pass of the txg sync takes at least several seconds
(typically 3 seconds).
If many i/os become "past due" (their deadline is in the past), then we must
service all of these overdue i/os before any new i/os. This happens when we
enqueue a batch of async writes for the txg sync, with deadlines 2.5 seconds in
the future. If we can't complete all the i/os in 2.5 seconds (e.g. because
there were always reads pending), then these i/os will become past due. Now we
must service all the "async" writes (which could be hundreds of megabytes)
before we service any reads, introducing considerable latency to synchronous
i/os (reads or ZIL writes).
Notes on porting to ZFS on Linux:
- zio_t gained new members io_physdone and io_phys_children. Because
object caches in the Linux port call the constructor only once at
allocation time, objects may contain residual data when retrieved
from the cache. Therefore zio_create() was updated to zero out the two
new fields.
- vdev_mirror_pending() relied on the depth of the per-vdev pending queue
(vq->vq_pending_tree) to select the least-busy leaf vdev to read from.
This tree has been replaced by vq->vq_active_tree which is now used
for the same purpose.
- vdev_queue_init() used the value of zfs_vdev_max_pending to determine
the number of vdev I/O buffers to pre-allocate. That global no longer
exists, so we instead use the sum of the *_max_active values for each of
the five I/O classes described above.
- The Illumos implementation of dmu_tx_delay() delays a transaction by
sleeping in condition variable embedded in the thread
(curthread->t_delay_cv). We do not have an equivalent CV to use in
Linux, so this change replaced the delay logic with a wrapper called
zfs_sleep_until(). This wrapper could be adopted upstream and in other
downstream ports to abstract away operating system-specific delay logic.
- These tunables are added as module parameters, and descriptions added
to the zfs-module-parameters.5 man page.
spa_asize_inflation
zfs_deadman_synctime_ms
zfs_vdev_max_active
zfs_vdev_async_write_active_min_dirty_percent
zfs_vdev_async_write_active_max_dirty_percent
zfs_vdev_async_read_max_active
zfs_vdev_async_read_min_active
zfs_vdev_async_write_max_active
zfs_vdev_async_write_min_active
zfs_vdev_scrub_max_active
zfs_vdev_scrub_min_active
zfs_vdev_sync_read_max_active
zfs_vdev_sync_read_min_active
zfs_vdev_sync_write_max_active
zfs_vdev_sync_write_min_active
zfs_dirty_data_max_percent
zfs_delay_min_dirty_percent
zfs_dirty_data_max_max_percent
zfs_dirty_data_max
zfs_dirty_data_max_max
zfs_dirty_data_sync
zfs_delay_scale
The latter four have type unsigned long, whereas they are uint64_t in
Illumos. This accommodates Linux's module_param() supported types, but
means they may overflow on 32-bit architectures.
The values zfs_dirty_data_max and zfs_dirty_data_max_max are the most
likely to overflow on 32-bit systems, since they express physical RAM
sizes in bytes. In fact, Illumos initializes zfs_dirty_data_max_max to
2^32 which does overflow. To resolve that, this port instead initializes
it in arc_init() to 25% of physical RAM, and adds the tunable
zfs_dirty_data_max_max_percent to override that percentage. While this
solution doesn't completely avoid the overflow issue, it should be a
reasonable default for most systems, and the minority of affected
systems can work around the issue by overriding the defaults.
- Fixed reversed logic in comment above zfs_delay_scale declaration.
- Clarified comments in vdev_queue.c regarding when per-queue minimums take
effect.
- Replaced dmu_tx_write_limit in the dmu_tx kstat file
with dmu_tx_dirty_delay and dmu_tx_dirty_over_max. The first counts
how many times a transaction has been delayed because the pool dirty
data has exceeded zfs_delay_min_dirty_percent. The latter counts how
many times the pool dirty data has exceeded zfs_dirty_data_max (which
we expect to never happen).
- The original patch would have regressed the bug fixed in
zfsonlinux/zfs@c418410, which prevented users from setting the
zfs_vdev_aggregation_limit tuning larger than SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE.
A similar fix is added to vdev_queue_aggregate().
- In vdev_queue_io_to_issue(), dynamically allocate 'zio_t search' on the
heap instead of the stack. In Linux we can't afford such large
structures on the stack.
Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Adam Leventhal <ahl@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov>
Reviewed by: Brendan Gregg <brendan.gregg@joyent.com>
Approved by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com>
References:
http://www.illumos.org/issues/4045
illumos/illumos-gate@69962b5647e4a8b9b14998733b765925381b727e
Ported-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes #1913
2013-08-29 03:01:20 +00:00
|
|
|
dr, ZIO_PRIORITY_ASYNC_WRITE, ZIO_FLAG_MUSTSUCCEED, &zb);
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
mutex_enter(&db->db_mtx);
|
|
|
|
dr->dt.dl.dr_override_state = DR_NOT_OVERRIDDEN;
|
|
|
|
zio_write_override(dr->dr_zio, &dr->dt.dl.dr_overridden_by,
|
2013-05-10 19:47:54 +00:00
|
|
|
dr->dt.dl.dr_copies, dr->dt.dl.dr_nopwrite);
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
mutex_exit(&db->db_mtx);
|
|
|
|
} else if (db->db_state == DB_NOFILL) {
|
2016-06-15 22:47:05 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(zp.zp_checksum == ZIO_CHECKSUM_OFF ||
|
|
|
|
zp.zp_checksum == ZIO_CHECKSUM_NOPARITY);
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
dr->dr_zio = zio_write(zio, os->os_spa, txg,
|
2016-07-11 17:45:52 +00:00
|
|
|
&dr->dr_bp_copy, NULL, db->db.db_size, db->db.db_size, &zp,
|
2016-05-15 15:02:28 +00:00
|
|
|
dbuf_write_nofill_ready, NULL, NULL,
|
|
|
|
dbuf_write_nofill_done, db,
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
ZIO_PRIORITY_ASYNC_WRITE,
|
|
|
|
ZIO_FLAG_MUSTSUCCEED | ZIO_FLAG_NODATA, &zb);
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(arc_released(data));
|
2016-05-15 15:02:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* For indirect blocks, we want to setup the children
|
|
|
|
* ready callback so that we can properly handle an indirect
|
|
|
|
* block that only contains holes.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2017-11-04 20:25:13 +00:00
|
|
|
arc_write_done_func_t *children_ready_cb = NULL;
|
2016-05-15 15:02:28 +00:00
|
|
|
if (db->db_level != 0)
|
|
|
|
children_ready_cb = dbuf_write_children_ready;
|
|
|
|
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
dr->dr_zio = arc_write(zio, os->os_spa, txg,
|
2016-04-21 18:23:37 +00:00
|
|
|
&dr->dr_bp_copy, data, DBUF_IS_L2CACHEABLE(db),
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
&zp, dbuf_write_ready,
|
|
|
|
children_ready_cb, dbuf_write_physdone,
|
|
|
|
dbuf_write_done, db, ZIO_PRIORITY_ASYNC_WRITE,
|
|
|
|
ZIO_FLAG_MUSTSUCCEED, &zb);
|
2010-05-28 20:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2008-11-20 20:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2010-08-26 18:49:16 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2018-02-16 01:53:18 +00:00
|
|
|
#if defined(_KERNEL)
|
2012-08-10 23:28:37 +00:00
|
|
|
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dbuf_find);
|
|
|
|
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dbuf_is_metadata);
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dbuf_destroy);
|
2012-08-10 23:28:37 +00:00
|
|
|
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dbuf_loan_arcbuf);
|
|
|
|
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dbuf_whichblock);
|
|
|
|
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dbuf_read);
|
|
|
|
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dbuf_unoverride);
|
|
|
|
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dbuf_free_range);
|
|
|
|
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dbuf_new_size);
|
|
|
|
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dbuf_release_bp);
|
|
|
|
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dbuf_dirty);
|
2018-04-17 18:06:54 +00:00
|
|
|
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dmu_buf_set_crypt_params);
|
2010-08-26 18:49:16 +00:00
|
|
|
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dmu_buf_will_dirty);
|
2012-08-10 23:28:37 +00:00
|
|
|
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dmu_buf_will_not_fill);
|
|
|
|
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dmu_buf_will_fill);
|
|
|
|
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dmu_buf_fill_done);
|
2012-08-14 15:35:32 +00:00
|
|
|
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dmu_buf_rele);
|
2012-08-10 23:28:37 +00:00
|
|
|
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dbuf_assign_arcbuf);
|
|
|
|
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dbuf_prefetch);
|
|
|
|
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dbuf_hold_impl);
|
|
|
|
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dbuf_hold);
|
|
|
|
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dbuf_hold_level);
|
|
|
|
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dbuf_create_bonus);
|
|
|
|
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dbuf_spill_set_blksz);
|
|
|
|
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dbuf_rm_spill);
|
|
|
|
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dbuf_add_ref);
|
|
|
|
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dbuf_rele);
|
|
|
|
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dbuf_rele_and_unlock);
|
|
|
|
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dbuf_refcount);
|
|
|
|
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dbuf_sync_list);
|
|
|
|
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dmu_buf_set_user);
|
|
|
|
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dmu_buf_set_user_ie);
|
|
|
|
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dmu_buf_get_user);
|
2014-11-13 18:09:05 +00:00
|
|
|
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dmu_buf_get_blkptr);
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2016-12-12 18:46:26 +00:00
|
|
|
/* BEGIN CSTYLED */
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
module_param(dbuf_cache_max_bytes, ulong, 0644);
|
|
|
|
MODULE_PARM_DESC(dbuf_cache_max_bytes,
|
2016-12-12 18:46:26 +00:00
|
|
|
"Maximum size in bytes of the dbuf cache.");
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
module_param(dbuf_cache_hiwater_pct, uint, 0644);
|
|
|
|
MODULE_PARM_DESC(dbuf_cache_hiwater_pct,
|
2016-12-13 22:21:02 +00:00
|
|
|
"Percentage over dbuf_cache_max_bytes when dbufs must be evicted "
|
|
|
|
"directly.");
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
module_param(dbuf_cache_lowater_pct, uint, 0644);
|
|
|
|
MODULE_PARM_DESC(dbuf_cache_lowater_pct,
|
2016-12-13 22:21:02 +00:00
|
|
|
"Percentage below dbuf_cache_max_bytes when the evict thread stops "
|
|
|
|
"evicting dbufs.");
|
2016-06-02 04:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2018-07-10 17:49:50 +00:00
|
|
|
module_param(dbuf_metadata_cache_max_bytes, ulong, 0644);
|
|
|
|
MODULE_PARM_DESC(dbuf_metadata_cache_max_bytes,
|
|
|
|
"Maximum size in bytes of the dbuf metadata cache.");
|
|
|
|
|
2018-03-13 17:52:48 +00:00
|
|
|
module_param(dbuf_cache_shift, int, 0644);
|
|
|
|
MODULE_PARM_DESC(dbuf_cache_shift,
|
|
|
|
"Set the size of the dbuf cache to a log2 fraction of arc size.");
|
2018-07-10 17:49:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
module_param(dbuf_metadata_cache_shift, int, 0644);
|
|
|
|
MODULE_PARM_DESC(dbuf_cache_shift,
|
|
|
|
"Set the size of the dbuf metadata cache to a log2 fraction of "
|
|
|
|
"arc size.");
|
2016-12-12 18:46:26 +00:00
|
|
|
/* END CSTYLED */
|
2010-08-26 18:49:16 +00:00
|
|
|
#endif
|